Skip to main content

Full text of "Commercial geography"

See other formats


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2007  with  funding  from 

IVIicrosoft  Corporation 


http://www.archive.org/details/commercialgeograOOgonnuoft 


Examination  copies  of  the  accompany- 
ing Book  have  just  reached  us  from  the 
Publishers.    We  have  pleasure  in  sending 
one  to  your  address. 

THE  COPP  CLARK  COMPANY, 
9  Front  St.  West, 

Ltd., 
TORONTO 

COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY 


COMMERCIAL 

GEOGRAPHY 


BY 

E.   C.   K.   CONNER,   M.A. 

BRUNNER   PROFESSOR    OF    ECONOMIC   SCIENCE 
AT   UNIVERSITY  COLLEGE,    LIVERPOOL 


ILonUoit 

MACMILLAN    AND   CO. 

AND  NEW  YORK 
1894 

All  rights  reserved 


PREFACE 

A  Preface  which  may  usually  be  dispensed  with  in  a 
work  of  this  character  is  needed  in  this  particular  case  for 
three  reasons. 

In  the  first  place,  I  wish  to  acknowledge  my  indebted- 
ness in  compiling  this  little  handbook  to  several  important 
works,  but  chiefly  to  the  invaluable  Uebersichte7i  der  Welt- 
wirthschaft^  a  record  started  by  the  late  Professor  F.  X. 
Von  Neumann-Spallart,  but  now  edited  by  Professor  Franz 
Von  Juraschek.  It  should  be  in  the  hands  of  all  teachers 
dealing  with  the  statistics  of  Commercial  Geography.  After 
this  Scherzer's  Produkt  und  Consum  has  been  of  most 
assistance  to  me. 

In  the  second  place,  it  is  desirable  to  define  the  position 
of  such  a  book  as  the  present.  It  does  not  profess  any 
originality.  It  is  designed  as  a  text-book  to  be  used  in 
schools  and  classes,  and  to  furnish  an  outline  sketch  which 
may  be  filled  in  and  elaborated  by  the  teacher  or  lecturer. 

In  the  third  place,  I  would  say  a  word  as  to  the  method 
I  have  employed.      It  is  one  which  I  have  tested  by  several 


COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY 


years'  teaching,  and  one  which  seems,  to  me  at  least,  to 
impress  itself  upon  students — perhaps  by  reason  of  its 
likeness  to  the  household  life  with  which  they  come  into 
some  contact.  A  great  many  statistics  have  been  given 
with  the  object  of  illustrating  the  comparative  position  which 
the  various  countries  occupy,  and  their  relation  to  the 
United  Kingdom.  It  does  not  follow  that  they  should  be 
learnt  by  rote.  They  will  serve  their  purpose  if  they  are 
so  studied  as  to  give  the  student  an  approximate  knowledge 
of  the  importance  of  the  different  commodities,  and  of  the 
situation  and  functions  of  the  different  nations. 


E.  C.   K.   GONNER. 


University  College,  Liverpool, 
August  1894. 


CONTENTS 


PART   I 

PAGE 

Commercial  Geography  and  its  Principles      .       i 


CHAPTER   I 
Introductory       ......       3 

CHAPTER   II 
Leading  Physical  and  Political  Influences    .       5 

A.  Physical  Influences  .....         5 

B.  Political  Influences  .  .  .  .  .11 

CHAPTER    III 

The    Necessary    Conditions    of    Various     In 
dustrial  and  Commercial  Developments 


A.  Agriculture  . 

B.  Manufacture 

C.  Commerce    . 


18 

19 
20 
22 


COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY 


PART    II 

PAGE 

The   Geography  of  the   Chief   Products  and 
Others  ....•••     29 


CHAPTER   I 
The  Production  of  Food  and  Drink 


Grains    . 

Wheat    . 

Rye 

Barley    . 

Oats       . 

Maize    . 

Potatoes 

Rice 

Pulses    . 

Animal  Products 

Meat,  etc. 

Butter    . 

Cheese  . 

Eggs      . 

Fish       . 

Sugar     . 

Cofifee    . 

Tea 

Cacao     . 

Salt 

Farinaceous  Foods 

Fruits     . 

Spices    . 

Drugs,  etc. 


33 

33 
36 
43 
43 
44 
44 
46 
46 
48 
49 
49 
54 
55 
55 
55 
57 
60 
62 
63 
63 
64 
65 
65 
66 


CONTENTS 

IX 

PAGE 

Miscellaneous 

66 

Wine     . 

.       67 

Beer       . 

.       69 

Spirits    . 

70 

Tobacco 

•       71 

CHAPTER   II 


Textile   Raw  Materials   and  their   Manufac- 
ture 


Cotton  . 

73 

Wool     . 

79 

Flax       . 

82 

Hemp    . 

82 

Jute 

83 

Silk 

83 

Other  Fibres 

84 

CHAPTER    III 


Other  Products  (chiefly  Mineral)  and  their 
Manufacture  .  .  .  .  .  .86 


Coal 

Iron 

Copper 

Lead 

Tin 

Zinc 

Other  Minerals 

Leather,  etc. 

Petroleum,  etc. 


86 
90 
93 
94 
95 
95 
96 
96 
98 


COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY 


Timber  . 

Gums     . 

Animal  and  Vegetable  Oils 

Chemicals 

Stone  and  Clay . 

Miscellaneous    . 


PART    III 


Countries,  their  Agriculture,  Industries,  and 
Commerce        .  .  .  •  •  .107 

United  Kingdom 

France  . 

Belgium 

Holland 

Germany 

Austria- Hungary 

Switzerland 

Italy       . 

The  Balkan  Peninsula 

Spain  and  Portugal 

Norway,  Sweden,  and  Denmark 

Russia    . 

Canada  and  Newfoundland 

United  States 

Mexico  . 

Central  America 

West  Indies 

South  America 

Turkey  in  Asia,  etc. 

Asiatic  Russia 

British  India 

Further  India,  etc, 


CONTENTS                                         xi 

China     . 

PAGE 

i86 

Japan     . 
Algeria,  etc. 
Egypt     . 
South  Africa 

i88 

189 

190 

192 

Australia 

195 

Tasmania 

199 

New  Zealand 

199 

Oceania 

.     200 

Table  showing  the 
Countries 

Money  in  use  in  the  Principal  Foreign 

.     201 

Index . 

.       20.-? 

PART    I 

COMMERCIAL    GEOGRAPHY    AND    ITS 
PRINCIPLES 


CHAPTER  I 

INTRODUCTORY 

Geography  is  the  study  of  the  environments  of  man.  It 
has  to  observe,  arrange,  and  describe  the  physical  con- 
ditions under  which  he  lives,  and  to  indicate  the  part  which 
they  respectively  play  in  determining  the  course  of  his 
development  and  the  nature  of  his  occupations.  In  so 
doing,  the  geographical  student  must  take  notice  also  of  the 
most  prominent  political  influences  which  co-operate  with 
the  foregoing  in  producing  certain  effects.  A  scientific 
pursuit  of  geography  involves  the  exercise  of  two  main 
faculties  and  entails  on  the  student  two  functions.  He 
must  observe  or  collect  facts,  and  he  must  arrange  them 
when  collected.  This  he  must  do  in  order  that  he  may  be 
able  (i)  to  describe  the  facts,  both  political  and  physical, 
present  in  a  particular  country  or  part  of  the  world,  (2)  to 
indicate  the  relation  between  the  various  facts.  Thus  the 
possession  by  South  America  of  a  great  number  of  navig- 
able rivers  is  an  important  fact.  But  such  isolated  facts 
are  not  sufficient.  We  must  consider  and  learn  the  im- 
portance to  a  country  of  a  large  system  of  internal  naviga- 
tion. 

Commercial  Geography  is  not  a  separate  branch  of 
geography.  It  is  merely  the  consideration  of  geographical 
facts,  in  so  far  as  they  subserve  particular  ends  and  bring 
about  particular  developments.  In  studying  it  we  confine 
ourselves  to  a  restricted  view  of  general  geography.  We 
no  longer  ask  how  certain  facts  affect  man,  but  we  ask  how 


COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY 


they  affect  him  in  his  manufactures,  commerce,  and 
agriculture,  or,  to  use  the  most  general  terms,  as  producer 
and  consumer.  Such  a  study  is  of  practical  importance, 
because  it  teaches — 

a.  The  different  industrial  or  commercial  occupations  of 

different  countries,  districts,  and  towns. 

b.  The  localities  in  which   different  goods   (food,   raw- 

material  or  manufactures)  are  produced. 

c.  The  relations  uniting  these,  e.g.  one  country  buying 

from   another,   as    England   procures    raw    cotton 
from  the  United  States  of  America. 

d.  The    conditions    on   which    national   success    in   the 

various  industrial  or  commercial  occupationr 
depends.  Thus  a  knowledge  of  commercial 
geography  teaches  the  directions  in  which  future 
developments  may  take  place. 
In  studying  these  various  matters  two  subjects  present 
themselves  at  once  for  inquiry  : — 

(i)  The  ways  in  which  his  physical  and  political 
surroundings  affect  man  in  his  manufacturing, 
commercial,  and  agricultural  capacities,  i.e.  in- 
dustrially or  commercially. 
(2)  The  respective  conditions  of  success  in  the  various 
industrial  branches. 


CHAPTER  II 

LEADING    PHYSICAL   AND    POLITICAL    INFLUENCES 

Though  it  is  not  possible  to  enumerate  all  the  varying 
influences  which  affect  man  in  his  economic  character,  they 
may  be  grouped  under  certain  headings  which  will  show 
the  nature  of  the  effect  which  they  are  likely  to  produce. 
And  first  of  all,  these  so-called  geographical  influences 
which  surround  and  determine  the  course  of  the  develop- 
ment of  the  various  nations  must  be  broadly  divided  into — 
A.  Physical.     B.  Political. 

A.  PHYSICAL  INFLUENCES. 

The    physical    surroundings  are   capable   of  separation 
into  three  groups,  each  requiring  separate  consideration, 
(i)  Natural  Formations  and  Position. 

(2)  Natural  Forces. 

(3)  Soil  and  Mineral  Deposits. 

(i)  Natural  Formations  and  Geographical  Position. 

— Among  the  conditions  falling  under  the  heading  which 
affect  a  country  in  its  economic  {i.e.  industrial  and 
commercial)  developments,  two  require  notice. 

a.  Proxiuiity  to  the  sea  and  possession  of  navigable 
water-ways. — By  its  proximity  to  the  sea  a  country  is  chiefly 
affected  in  two  ways. 

i.  In  respect  of  its  climate.  In  this  connection  other 
influences  have  to  be  taken  into  account,  as,  for 
instance,  the  effect  of  mountain  ranges  and  the 


6  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

direction  of  the  winds.  These  considerations 
will  be  treated  farther  on  (pp.  8,  9). 
ii.  With  regard  to  its  means  of  easy  communication 
with  other  countries  and  between  the  different 
parts  of  its  own  coast.  Navigable  rivers  and 
other  water-ways  have  similar  effects. 

In  early  and  mediaeval  times  those  countries 
developed  more  quickly  which  had  good  water 
frontage.  Thus  in  ancient  times  civilisation 
and  trade  advanced  most  rapidly  in  the 
countries  bordering  on  the  Eastern  Mediter- 
ranean. In  the  Middle  Ages  the  great  trading 
countries  were  the  Italian  cities,  as  Venice  and 
Genoa,  and  the  Hanse  towns,  some  of  the 
latter,  as  Liibeck,  Stralsund,  Rostock,  lying  on 
the  Baltic,  others  on  large  rivers. 

Of  early  towns  those  which  were  not  built 
solely  for  purposes  of  defence  were  usually 
situated  on  rivers.  The  river  was  both  the 
road  and  the  railway  of  such  towns,  and  to  be 
on  the  river  meant  to  be  in  communication 
with  the  outside  world — Oxford,  London, 
Winchester,  Frankfort,  Cologne. 

A  good  sea  frontage  or  coast  line  is  still  of 
immense  importance  to  a  country.  Russia 
complains  of  being  shut  off  from  the  open 
sea.  Austria  has  one  good  outlet  in  Triest. 
Germany,  despite  Hamburg  and  Bremen,  is 
much  shut  in.  With  regard  to  coast  line 
Europe  has  i  mile  of  coast  to  every  190 
square  miles  of  area,  having  five  times  as  high 
a  proportion  as  has  Africa. 
b.  Mountain  Ranges.  —  These  are  important  in  two 
ways. 

i.  They    affect    climate    in    conjunction    with    winds, 

etc.  (pp.  8,  9). 
ii.  They  may  obstruct  communication  and  locomotion. 
At  one  time  the  Alps  separated  and  protected 
Italy  from  the  other  countries  of  Europe.     The 


k 


I  PHYSICAL  AND  POLITICAL  INFLUENCES  7 

ranges  dividing  Thibet  from  India  are  still  a 
great  barrier  in  the  way  of  communication.  In 
South  America  the  East  has  been  divided  from 
the  West  by  the  Andes,  which  will  soon  be 
pierced  by  the  railway  which  is  to  connect 
Buenos  Ayres  with  Valparaiso  through  the 
Uspallata  Pass. 

(2)  Natural  Forces,  Winds  and  Climate. 

a.  Winds.  —  The  course  of  the  winds  is  important 
because  of  both  their  more  general  effects  and  the  influence 
they  exert  on  the  climate  of  particular  countries. 

Winds  are  air  currents  from  regions  of  higher  to  regions 
of  lower  pressure.  Their  courses  depend  then  on  the 
position  of  these,  and  largely  in  consequence  on  the 
relations  of  temperature  existing  between  (a)  the  regions 
round  the  Equator  and  the  Poles ;  (b)  the  large  land 
masses  and  the  sea.  According  to  these  causes  they  may 
be  divided  into  three  classes,  arising  respectively  out  of  (a) 
differences  of  temperature  at  the  Poles  and  the  Equator ; 
(b)  the  relations  of  land  to  sea ;  (c)  local  and  occasional 
causes. 

(a)  The  main  and  regular  course  of  the  winds  arises 
from  the  difference  of  temperature  at  the  Poles  and  the 
Equator,  together  with  the  rotatory  action  of  the  globe. 
From  the  colder  regions  of  the  Poles  constant  currents  are 
maintained  to  the  hotter  Equator.  The  wind  starts  from 
polar  regions,  where  the  earth's  rotatory  motion  is  slow, 
and  travels  towards  the  Equator,  where  the  rotatory  motion 
is  swift.  Hence  the  regular  winds  which  would  at  starting  be 
direct  north  and  south  are  given  an  easterly  action  as  a  result 
of  the  rotation  of  the  earth  from  west  to  east.  As  it  whirls 
round  it  comes  as  it  were  against  the  wind,  and  thus  the  great 
air  currents  known  as  the  north-east  and  south-east  trade 
winds  are  established.  They  blow  north  and  south  of 
the  Equator  from  about  30°  to  9°  N.  and  30°  to  3°  S., 
between  them  being  imposed  the  tropical  belt  of  calms. 
North  and  south  of  the  trade  winds  the  prevailing  winds 
are  westerly.     The  high  air  currents  from  the  Equator  to 


8  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

the  Poles  are  somewhat  dragged  round  by  the  rapid 
turn  of  the  earth,  and  as  the  speed  at  the  Poles  is  much 
less  than  at  the  Equator  they  move  more  rapidly  than  does 
the  globe  in  these  parts,  and  are  felt  as  westerly  winds. 

(b)  Winds  of  the  second  class  have  been  divided  into 
land  and  sea  breezes  and  the  monsoons.  The  former  are  of 
importance  with  regard  to  the  temperature  and  general 
well-being  of  the  coast  part  of  the  countries  concerned  ; 
the  latter  with  regard  to  locomotion,  which  at  certain  seasons 
of  the  year  they  often  obstruct.  They  are  occasioned  by 
the  circumstances  consequent  on  the  shifting  of  the  region 
of  greatest  heat  from  the  north  to  the  south  of  the  Equator. 
From  spring  to  autumn  the  monsoon  winds  north  of  the 
Equator  coincide  in  direction  with  the  trade  winds,  blowing 
from  the  north-east,  but  south  of  the  Equator  they  are  north- 
westerly ;  during  the  winter  months  these  conditions  are 
reversed,  north  of  the  Equator  the  monsoon  winds  being 
south-west,  while  south  of  it  they  coincide  with  the  trade 
winds  and  blow  from  the  south-east.  The  season  of 
change  is  a  time  during  which  tempests  and  thunderstorms 
threaten  the  districts  and  seas  lying  in  the  neighbourhood 
of  the  Equator. 

(c)  There  are  in  addition  to  the  above  many  local  and 
less  regular,  and  therefore  less  calculable  winds. 

The  main  importance  of  the  winds  displays  itself — 
{i)  In  connection  with  sea  moisture,  etc.,  as  affecting 

the  temperature  and  climate. 

(2)  In  the  assistance  lent  to  locomotion.     A  knowledge 

of  the  probable  direction  of  the  winds  at  particular 

times  leads  navigators  to  shape  their  courses  so 

as  to  avail  themselves  to  the  full  of  any  aid  they 

may  offer,  and  to  avoid  the  perils  and  tempests 

which  are  frequent  in  particular  localities. 

b.   Climate. — The   important   characteristics   of  climate 

are    teinperature   and    moisture.      Partaking    as    they    do, 

in  varying  degrees,  of  these  two  elements,  the  climates  of 

different  countries  exhibit  the  utmost  variety.     One  country, 

as   North   Brazil,  may  be,  in  climatic  conditions,  very  hot 

and  very  moist,  another,  as    North   Chili,  and   to   a  less 


I  PHYSICAL  AND  POLITICAL  INFLUENCES  9 

extent    South    Australia,   hot   and   dry,   another  cold   and 
dry,  as   Manitoba,    and    another    chilly   and   damp,  as    is 
England.      The    causes    determining    climate    are    many. 
Those  affecting  it  with  regard  to  temperature  are — 
i.   Distance  from  the  Equator. 

ii.  Altitude.  The  higher  a  man  goes  the  colder  he 
becomes.  It  has  been  reckoned  that  an  eleva- 
tion of  420  feet  is  equivalent  to  going  100  miles 
nearer  one  of  the  Poles.  Thus,  according  to 
report,  Antisana  in  Ecuador,  just  beneath  the 
Equator,  has,  owing  to  its  great  altitude  of 
13,000  feet  above  sea  level,  the  same  average 
mean  temperature  as  St.  Petersburg,  which  lies 
in  60°  N.  latitude,  but  on  the  sea  level, 
iii.  Exposure  to  different  winds  and  proximity  to  the 
sea.  Thus  the  north-western  shores  of  both 
great  continents,  the  old  world  and  the  new 
world,  are  warmer  than  the  eastern,  being 
exposed  to  the  south-west  in  place  of  easterly 
winds.  Again  the  centre  of  the  old  world  is 
farther  from  the  sea  and  colder  than  the  centre 
of  the  new  world. 
With  regard  to  moisture  the  leading  causes  of  difference 
are — 

i.  Exposure  to  winds  blowing  off  the  sea. 
ii.   Position  with  regard  to  mountain  ranges  which  may 
drain  the  winds  of  their  moisture.     The  trade 
winds  passing  over  America  are  drained  by  the 
Andes,  whence  flow  the  great  rivers,  ^.^.  Amazon, 
Orinoco,  Rio  Negro,  etc.      Similarly  the  strip 
of  land    in    India    between   the  sea  and    the 
Western  Ghats  is  extremely  well-watered. 
The  iiifliience  of  climate  is  felt  in  many  ways.      It    is 
important  as — 

i.  Allowing  labour  to  be  more  or  less  continuous. 
Extremes  of  climate  appear  to  have  a  bad  effect 
in  not  peraiitting  regular  labour  throughout  the 
greater  portion  of  the  year.  In  this  respect  the 
climates  of  North  England  and  South  Scotland 


lo  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

are  beneficial,  as  there  are  few  days  too  cold  or  too 
hot  to  allow  of  regular  and  hard  labour.  Hot 
tropical  climates  are  the  most  disadvantageous. 

il  Allowing  or  encouraging  different  productions. 
Some  products  are  much  more  sensitive  to 
climatic  influences  than  others,  as,  for  instance, 
cotton,  tobacco,  vines,  silk,  sugar,  rubber,  etc. 
Among  the  articles  of  chief  importance  which 
have  a  wider  range  of  growth  are  the  chief 
cereals,  and  the  more  important  animals,  as 
sheep,  cattle,  etc.,  but  even  these  are  more 
profitably  cultivated  in  certain  climates. 

iii.  Favouring  certain  manufactures.  Thus  the  climate 
of  Lancashire  is  well  suited  for  the  cotton 
manufacture,  that  of  the  southern  portion  of 
France  and  of  Italy  for  that  of  silks  and  velvets, 
as  in  Lyons,  Genoa,  Milan. 

iv.  Affecting  locomotion.  In  these  countries  which 
suffer  from  rigorous  winters,  the  ordinary  modes 
of  locomotion  may  be  temporarily  suspended. 
Railway  routes  and  roads  are  rendered  im- 
passable by  snowfalls  and  rivers  {e.g.  the  St. 
Lawrence)  blocked  with  ice. 

(3)  Soil  and  Mineral  distribution. — The  character  of 
the  soil  determines  in  some  instances  the  nature  of  the 
products  of  the  country,  in  others  the  degree  of  fertility  in 
which  certain  products  can  be  grown.  A  rich  soil  will 
yield  a  greater  return  in  the  case  of  wheat,  i.e.  a  greater 
number  of  bushels  to  the  acre  will  be  produced.  This  is 
the  effect  of  a  difference  of  soil  in  the  case  of  the  more 
general  articles  of  cultivation.  But  in  the  case  of  other 
and  more  special  articles,  as  cotton,  particular  vines,  etc., 
it  may  influence  cultivation  to  such  an  extent  as  to  practically 
determine  whether  they  should  be  cultivated  at  all.  Despite 
this  it  does  not  in  general  impose  such  rigid  limits  as  does 
climate.  Wheat  grows  better  on  light  clays  or  heavy  loams 
than  on  other  soils,  but  it  can  be  cultivated  very  generally, 
though  not   so   cheaply   or  with   such   favourable    results. 


r  PHYSICAL  AND  POLITICAL  INFLUENCES         ii 

The  rich  soil  of  the  Mississippi  bottom  and  the  black  cotton 
soil  behind  the  Western  Ghats  in  India  are  peculiarly 
favourable  for  the  production  of  cotton.  On  less  suitable 
soils  the  cotton  crops  are  not  good.  Certain  wines  are  the 
production  of  certain  vineyards,  as  for  instance  wine  grown 
on  the  decomposed  granitic  soil  of  the  Constantia  vineyard 
at  Cape  Colony. 

The  possession  of  minerals  affects  the  industrial  power 
of  countries  in  two  ways. 

a.  Certain  minerals  may  be  best  described  as  the 
necessary  instruments  of  manufacture.  Of  these  the  two 
chief  are  coal  and  iron,  without  their  presence  either  by 
home  production  or  import  a  nation  is  cut  off  from 
machinery,  and  can  make  but  little  progress  in  the  ways 
of  modern  industry. 

b.  Minerals  provide  also  the  raw  material  of  certain 
manufactures.  Metals  are  the  material  of  the  hardware, 
certain  clays  and  sands  of  the  pottery  and  glass  industries, 
while  the  possession  of  salt  enables  chemical  manufactures 
to  be  prosecuted  with  ease  and  profit.  These  in  their  turn 
furnish  other  manufactures,  as  those  of  soap,  paper,  and 
glass,  with  one  of  their  necessary  ingredients. 


B.  POLITICAL  INFLUENCES. 

These  may  be  described  as  in  part  the  consequence  of 
the  physical  conditions  of  the  past,  in  part  the  result  of  the 
action  of  mankind  as  displayed  in  history  and  in  the 
administrations  of  the  present  day.  They  may  be  treated 
under  the  following  headings  : — 

(i)  Custom  and  Historical  Usage. — The  effect  of 
custom  on  the  economic  {i.e.  commercial  and  industrial) 
development  of  man  cannot  be  over-rated.  Long  after 
the  motives  or  necessities  which  have  given  rise  to 
particular  actions  have  ceased,  those  actions  will  continue 
to  be  performed.  They  will  be  discontinued  gradually ; 
individuals  will  deal  at  certain  shops,  no  better  than 
others,  because  they  have  been  accustomed  to  deal  there. 


12  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

One  nation  will  maintain  its  hold  on  the  markets  of  another, 
though  it  may  have  ceased  to  be  the  only,  and  perhaps 
the  main  producer  of  the  articles  required.  This  is 
particularly  the  case  in  commerce,  which  requires 
considerable  organisation  for  its  due  conduct.  The 
imperial  tie  connecting  England  with  Australia  and 
other  colonies  led  to  an  early  development  of  trade 
between  the  countries.  They  traded  with  England  because 
they  were  in  constant  communication.  And  now,  though 
the  ways  of  communication  have  been  greatly  widened, 
though  lines  of  steamers  are  established  between  continental 
countries  and  the  leading  British  colonies,  England  continues 
to  absorb  an  exceedingly  large  proportion  (about  47  to  48 
per  cent)  of  their  trade.  In  a  like  manner  the  early 
development  of  English  commerce  rendered  it  often 
advantageous  for  many  new  trades  to  be  conducted  through, 
or  by  means  of  that  country.  Many  commodities  are 
brought  to  England  to  be  sent  on  to  other  countries. 
Imports  into  Sweden  from  India  usually  pass  through 
England,  but  even  when  they  go  direct,  they  are  not  paid 
for  directly.  The  Indian  exporter  looks  for  his  money 
from  England,  and  the  English  agent  gets  his  payment 
from  Sweden. 

Again,  the  system  of  land  tenure  in  a  country  largely 
affects  the  nature  of  its  agriculture  ;  sometimes  assisting  it 
in  particular  directions,  sometimes  hampering  it  altogether. 
The  dairy  farming  and  market  gardening  of  Belgium  are 
largely  due  to  the  system  of  peasant  proprietorship  in  that 
country. 

(2)  Tariffs  and  Customs  Duties. — These  are  of  three 
kinds.  Import  Duties  on  the  one  hand,  on  the  other 
Export  Duties  and  Bouiiiies. 

Import  Duties  are  imposed  to  raise  the  price  of  the 
articles  on  which  they  are  levied,  and  which  are  being 
imported  into  the  country,  and  thus  to  benefit  or  protect 
the  home  manufacturers  who,  relieved  from  foreign  com- 
petition, can  charge  a  higher  price  for  their  goods.  Thus 
industries  may  be  encouraged  ;  but  the  people  who  consume 
their  products  must,  at  any  rate  temporarily,  pay  a  higher 


I  PHYSICAL  AND  POLITICAL  INFLUENCES         13 

price  for  what  they  require.  Import  duties  will  then 
interfere  with  the  trade  carried  on  between  nations.  If 
levied  on  raw  material,  they  will  raise  the  price  of  the 
manufactured  article.  If  levied  on  the  main  staples  of  the 
food  supply,  they  will  increase  the  cost  of  living  to  the  large 
body  of  the  people.  A  duty  on  American  cotton  or 
Australian  wool,  levied  at  the  ports  of  the  United  Kingdom, 
would  affect  the  price  of  the  exports.  In  1846  an 
Act  was  passed  in  abolition  of  the  Corn  duties,  up  to  then 
levied  on  imports  of  corn  into  the  United  Kingdom.  Since 
then  the  average  price  of  corn  has  been  much  lower. 

Export  Duties  are  duties  levied  on  goods  which  are 
sent  out  of  the  country  for  the  supply  of  foreign  nations. 
At  the  present  time  they  are  rarely  imposed.  They  may 
be  levied  for  the  sake  of  revenue,  when  the  country  levying 
has  so  great  a  monopoly  of  the  article  thus  taxed,  that  the 
countries  who  have  hitherto  taken  their  supplies  from  it 
must  continue  to  do  so,  or  go  without.  At  one  time  such 
duties  were  imposed  with  the  view  of  retaining  in  the 
country  certain  supplies,  considered  necessary  to  its  well- 
being.  Thus,  in  England,  such  a  duty  was  imposed  at  one 
time  on  the  export  of  wool,  in  order  that  the  home  manu- 
facturer might  find  a  plentiful  supply,  at  another  on  the 
export  of  corn. 

Boicnties  differ  from  the  preceding  two  forms  of  tariff 
duties.  They  are  premiums  given,  in  some  way  or  other, 
either  for  the  production  of,  or  for  the  export  of,  goods  pro- 
duced in  a  country.  Several  foreign  nations,  and  more 
particularly  Germany  and  France,  give  bounties  to  the 
sugar  manufacturers  on  the  sugar  they  export. 

With  regard  to  customs  duties  of  all  kinds,  it  may  be 
said  that,  unless  levied  for  revenue  purposes  only,  and  so 
offset  by  similar  duties  imposed  on  home  production,  they 
may  lead  to  unforeseen  and  serious  results.  They  may 
sadly  disorganise  and  disarrange  the  industries  of  a  country. 
In  consequence,  also,  of  the  obstacles  they  imposed  on 
the  free  and  beneficial  exchange  of  commodities  between 
different  countries,  commercial  treaties  are  proposed  in 
the   interests  of  business  to  obviate   their  effects   within 


14  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

certain  spheres.  The  whole  German  Empire  forms  one 
commercial  union  (Zoll-verein),  no  duties  being  levied  on 
goods  sent  from  one  German  state  to  another. 

(3)  Government  and  Political  Constitution. — The 
state  of  commerce  and  manufacture  in  a  country  cannot  but 
be  largely  and  widely  affected  by  the  nature  and  strength 
of  its  government.  In  two  ways  this  dependence  is 
strongly  marked.  On  the  strength  of  the  government  rests 
the  security  of  the  people,  both  as  regards  their  own 
security  and  the  safety  of  their  property.  But,  on  the  other 
hand,  their  individual  enterprise  and  energy,  and  to  some 
extent  their  skill,  are  bound  up  with  the  independence  of 
character,  which  some  systems  of  administration  do  so 
much  to  develop,  others  to  suppress.  A  good  government 
is  one  that  is  both  stable  and  free.  The  South  American 
Republics  offer  little  or  no  stability,  and  in  consequence 
their  trade  is  frequently  convulsed  by  violent  fluctuations. 
The  Argentine  has  great  sources  of  wealth,  but  political 
disorders,  supplemented,  it  is  true,  by  other  causes,  have 
led  to  serious  economic  evils.  On  the  other  hand, 
England  and  the  United  States  may  be  taken  as  types 
of  the  countries  which  have  stimulated  the  energy  of  their 
inhabitants  by  a  system  of  free  and  liberal  administration. 
Their  workmen  are  energetic  and  their  masters  enterprising. 

(4)  System  of  Locomotion,  Transport,  and  Communi- 
cation.— As  some  natural  formations  impede,  and  others 
facilitate  communication  as  regards  persons  and  goods 
between  different  and  distant  districts,  the  constructions  of 
human  energy  may  enable  people  to  overcome  the  one  and 
supplement  the  other.  Railways  and  canals  are  as  useful  as, 
often  more  useful  than,  rivers,  but  they  are  a  great  deal 
more  expensive,  for  while  a  country  is  dowered  with  the 
latter,  at  the  most  having  but  to  improve  its  natural  wealth, 
the  former  are  the  result  of  much  toil  and  heavy  expendi- 
ture. But  without  means  of  communication  and  transit  a 
country  will  never  reach  a  high  position  in  the  economic 
scale. 

(5)  Financial  Banking  and  Monetary  Systems. — 
Under  the  foregoing  heading  we  considered  the  means  of 


I  PHYSICAL  AND  POLITICAL  INFLUENCES         15 

transport  of  persons  and  goods,  under  this  we  have  to  note 
those  of  transport,  as  it  were,  of  debts  and  payments. 
When  goods  have  been  sent  from  one  country  to  another, 
or  from  one  person  to  another,  they  have  to  be  paid  for 
either  in  other  goods  or  in  money.  As  a  rule  they  cannot  be 
paid  for  directly  in  goods  or  articles,  since  it  rarely  happens 
that  one  party  to  the  bargain  both  buys  from  and  sells  to 
the  other.  Still  less  seldom  is  it  that  their  transactions, 
when  thus  reciprocal,  are  equal  in  value.  A  cotton  manu- 
facturer does  not  necessarily  buy  the  things  he  and  his 
family  require  for  their  use  from  the  same  large  shop- 
keepers whom  he  supplies  with  calico.  Now,  one  object 
of  a  banking  and  financial  system  is  to  bring  about  an 
indirect  payment  in  goods,  in  other  words,  to  economise 
money  and  its  use.  If  A  sells  to  B,  and  buys,  let  us  say, 
to  the  same  extent  from  C,  D,  E,  the  cheapest  method 
of  payment  is  by  transfer  of  the  debt  due  from  A  to  B, 
to  C,  D,  and  E.  The  system  of  banking  has  been  so 
extended  as  to  enable  debts  to  cancel  debts,  and  to  save 
people  the  trouble  and  expense  of  sending  money  about  the 
country. 

Another  important  achievement  of  the  financial  organi- 
sation of  the  country  is  the  free  circulation  of  capital. 
Some  people  have  saved  capital  and  cannot  use  it,  others 
want  it  to  use  but  have  not  got  it.  In  order  that  the 
capital  may  be  put  to  its  due  use,  the  one  class  must  come 
into  connection  with  the  other.  This  they  do  through 
intermediaries,  as  bankers,  financiers,  brokers,  etc.  The 
banking  system  and  the  money  market  are  organisations, 
whereby  capital  passes  by  loan  into  the  hands  of  those  who 
can  use  it,  and  who  show  their  power  by  the  payment  of 
interest  either  to  those  who  have  saved  it,  or  to  their 
agents. 

(6)  Systems  of  Weights  and  Measures. — At  one  time 
each  country  or  state  had  a  separate  system  of  weights 
and  measures  and  money.  But  after  the  advantages  which 
one  acknowledged  system  conferred  on  the  inhabitants 
dwelling  in  the  same  country  were  fully  recognised,  and 
when    these   began    to    trade   and    trade   frequently    with 


l6  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

foreigners,  a  gradual  disposition  towards  international 
uniformity  was  manifested.  In  the  matter  of  money  an 
absolute  uniformity,  even  had  it  been  possible,  was  by  no 
means  so  necessary  as  in  the  case  of  weights  and  measures. 
Most  countries,  however,  have  adopted  or  recognised  some 
form  of  decimal  currency.  This  is  the  case  with  all  the 
chief  trading  nations,  with  the  exception  of  the  United 
Kingdom  and  her  colonies. 

In  the  case  of  weights  and  measures  it  has  been  possible 
to  adopt  not  only  a  system  of  decimal  calculation,  but  the 
same  system.  The  Metric  Systein  of  weights  and  measures, 
as  this  is  called,  has  now  passed  into  most  extensive  use. 
It  has  been  computed  that  it  is  in  compulsory  use  in 
countries  with  a  total  population  of  302  millions,  that 
it  is  recognised  and  used  in  part  in  other  countries  with 
a  total  population  of  395  millions,  while  in  countries  with 
a  population  of  97  millions  it  is  optional.  Many  of  the 
last  two  classes,  however,  make  little  or  no  use  of  the  Metric 
System.  Among  these  is  the  United  Kingdom.  Her  great 
trading  rivals  use  the  Metric  System^  and  thus  gain,  as  recent 
accounts  have  shown,  considerable  advantage  over  her. 
They  compute  their  distances,  their  quantities,  and  their 
measures  in  the  same  way,  and  consequently  there  is  no 
need  of  intricate  calculation  before  the  inhabitants  of  one 
country  understand  the  real  meaning  of  the  terms  used  by 
those  of  another. 

The  Metric  System  may  be  described  as  follows  : — 
Its  fundamental  basis  is  the  metre,  the  measure  of  length 
which  is  a  ten-millionth  part  of  the  distance  from  Pole  to 
the  Equator.  It  is  the  unit  of  length,  and,  by  computation, 
of  all  weights  and  measures.  A  square  of  ten  metres  is 
termed  an  are,  and  is  the  unit  of  surface  measures.  The 
cube  of  the  tenth  part  of  a  metre  {i.e.  a  decimetre)  is  the 
litre,  the  unit  of  capacity.  The  gramme,  which  is  the 
unit  of  weight,  is  the  weight  of  such  quantity  of  distilled 
water  at  a  temperature  of  39-2°  Fahr.,  as  would  fill  the 
cube  of  a  hundredth  part  of  a  metre.  Few  terms  besides 
those  of  the  chief  units  denoted  above  are  in  common 
or  frequent  use.      All  such  terms,  moreover,  are  derived 


I  PHYSICAL  AND  POLITICAL  INFLUENCES         17 

from  the  unit  by  prefixes  denoting  multiplication  and 
division.  Prefixes  denoting  multiples  are  derived  from 
Greek,  and  those  denoting  divisions  from  Latin. 

Deca,           10  times  .         .         .  Deci,  ^Vth  part 

Hecto,       100     ,,  ...  Centi,  y^th   ,, 

Kilo,        1000     ,,  ...  Milli,  TT^th   „ 
Myrio,  10,000     ,, 

The  chief  measures,  with  their  English  equivalents,  are 
given  below. 

Chief  measures  of  length  : — 

Metre  =  39-37 1  inches. 
Kilometre  =1093-633  yards. 

Chief  measures  of  surface  : — 

AreorSquareK     .6  ds. 

Decametre    j  ^ 

HectareorSq.  1        711  3acres. 
Hectometre     J     ^'     ^^ 

Chief  measure  of  capacity  : — 

Litre  =  1-761  pints. 

Chief  measures  of  weight : — 

Gramme  =  15-433  troy  grains. 
Kilogramme  =  2-205  lbs. 


CHAPTER   III 

THE   NECESSARY   CONDITIONS   OF   VARIOUS    INDUSTRIAL 
AND   COMMERCIAL   DEVELOPMENTS 

Nations  may  be  classified  according  to  the  great  branch 
of  industry  which  occupies  the  energy  and  time  of  the  bulk 
of  the  people,  and  on  which  they  depend  for  their  livelihood. 
Broadly  speaking,  there  are  but  three  such  branches — 
manufacture,  commerce,  and  agriculture.  No  nation,  it  is 
true,  is  wholly  manufacturing,  or  wholly  commercial,  and 
few  can  be  described  even  as  wholly  agricultural,  but  any 
one  of  these  three  methods  of  employment  may  be  pre- 
eminently important  in  the  case  of  a  particular  country. 
Still  more  true  is  this  if  we  turn  from  countries  to  districts 
of  countries.  England  is  a  manufacturing  and  commercial 
country ;  Liverpool  is  a  commercial  city ;  Yorkshire  a 
manufacturing  district.  Agriculture  is  the  chief  occupation 
of  Hungary,  of  India,  etc.  ;  Belgium  is  at  once,  but  in 
different  districts,  manufacturing,  commercial,  and  agri- 
cultural. 

Success  in  each  of  these  departments,  though  affected 
by  a  complexity  of  causes  of  very  varying  importance, 
depends  in  the  main  on  the  extent  to  which  the  country 
in  question  possesses  certain  great  sources  of  advantage. 
These  may  be  termed  the  conditions  of  its  specific  success. 
They  are,  as  a  rule,  few  and  simple,  but  vary,  of  course, 
with  the  branch  of  occupation  dominant  in  the  country. 
They  must  be  treated  separately. 


INDUSTRIAL   DEVELOPMENT  19 


A.  AGRICULTURE. 

The  chief  conditions  of  successful  agriculture  are  as 
follows  : — 

(i)  Suitable  Climate. — The  climate  required  depends 
on  the  nature  of  the  particular  product  which  it  is  desired  to 
cultivate.  As  a  rule,  extremes  of  hot  and  cold,  especially 
if  accompanied  by  much  moisture,  are  unsuitable  for  the 
main  agricultural  productions. 

(2)  Nature  and  Fertility  of  the  Soil. — In  respect  of 
its  productive  capacity  the  soil  differs  in  two  ways  : — 

i.  It  may  be  fine  or  not.  In  countries  where  there 
is  much  rain,  a  fine  porous  soil  is  suitable  for 
products  which  do  not  require  much  water  at 
the  roots,  and  which  need  warmth,  e.g.  the 
Delta  soils  of  Egypt  and  India, 
ii.  The  constituents  of  the  soil  required  for  different 
products  are  extremely  various,  in  some 
instances  an  abundance  of  special  elements 
being  required,  e.g.  black  cotton  soil.  This  and 
other  constituent  properties  of  the  soil  tend  to 
become  exhausted,  and  then  require  replacement 
by  manures.  These  are  of  three  kinds,  possess- 
ing respectively  nitrates,  phosphate,  and  potash. 
In   certain  climates  the  land  requires  artificial  watering 

by  irrigation,  which,  though  costly,  has  certain  advantages 

over    the    supplies    provided    in    other    places    by    nature. 

Such   are,    i.    regularity  and   certainty ;    ii.    possession    of 

fertilising  ingredients. 

(3)  Favourable  Conditions  of  Land  Tenure  and 
customs  of  land  owning. — The  true  and  potent  effect  of 
land  tenure  on  the  agriculture  of  a  country  may  be  judged 
from  the  beneficial  results  of  such  statutes  as  the  Agri- 
cultural Holdings  Acts,  which  encouraged  settlement  on 
the  land,  and  invited  its  improvement  by  assuring  the 
farmer  compensation  for  his  unexhausted  improvements. 
In  Belgium  the  system  of  small  holdings  and  ownerships 
has  led  to  minute  and  careful  cultivation  on  the  part  of  the 
peasant  farmers. 


20  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

B.  MANUFACTURES. 

The  chief  headings  under  which  we  may  describe  the 
necessary  conditions  of  a  high  degree  of  development  in 
manufacture  are  four  : — 

( 1 )  Climate  allowing  of  continuous  and  regular  labour. — 
Despite  the  earlier  growth  in  civilisation  of  the  countries 
bordering  on  the  Mediterranean,  it  is  not  in  these  but  in 
the  lands  of  northern  Europe  that  manufactures  have  found 
their  home.  Such  manufactures  as  have  become  of  im- 
portance in  Italy  are  to  be  found  not  in  the  south  but  in 
the  north,  e.g.  Milan. 

(2)  National  Dexterity  or  fitness  for  particular  labours. 
— In  those  manufactures  which  require  artistic  taste  in  their 
processes,  this  appears  undeniable.  Mosaic  work,  for 
instance,  is  frequently,  if  not  usually,  done  by  Italian  work- 
men. But  even  in  work  where  the  labour  required  is  less 
dependent  on  the  individual,  or  rather  national,  taste,  the 
skill  which  is  requisite  would  seem  to  be  more  easily 
obtained  among  the  members  of  a  country  where  those 
or  similar  occupations  have  been  followed  for  several  genera- 
tions. Intelligence  and  aptitude  are  largely  the  result  of 
inheritance. 

(3)  Possession  of  Coal. — As  motive  power  other  than 
that  offered  by  human  or  animal  strength  is  required  in 
countries  where  manufacturing  industries  have  passed  out  of 
the  early  stages  of  growth,  their  future  is  closely  bound  up 
with  their  possession  of  these  in  abundant  and  accessible 
supplies.  The  force  of  the  wind  has  been  utilised  in  some 
places  to  turn  the  corn-mills  ;  but  the  wind  is  uncertain  and 
irregular.  Water  power  is  of  greater  and  more  frequent 
use.  It  was  one  of  the  advantages  which  gradually 
attracted  the  woollen  manufactures  from  their  earlier 
homes  in  the  eastern  and  western  counties  to  Yorkshire. 
But  since  the  discovery  of  steam  power  and  the  invention 
of  the  steam  engine,  these  forms  of  energy  have  been  largely 
superseded.     The  great  requisite  of  manufacture  is  coal. 

In  the  first  place,  we  must  range  the  countries  in  the 
order  of  their  coal  production  : — 


INDUSTRIAL    DEVELOPMENT 


1890 
United  Kingdom 
United  States  of  America 

(000, 

Tons. 
000  omitted.) 

182 

141 

Germany   . 
Austria- Hungary 
France 

88 
27 
26 

Belgium     . 
Russia 

20 
6 

New  South  Wales 

3k 

Canada 

2i 

Japan 
India 

2 
2 

Spain 

I 

Many  countries,  however,  import  coal,  and  one  in 
particular  does  a  large  export  trade.  The  United  Kingdom 
sends  27  million  tons  of  coal  away,  which  is  chiefly  taken 
by  the  following  countries  : — France  (nearly  5  millions), 
Germany  and  Holland  (nearly  4  millions),  Italy  (3|-),  Spain 
(ij),  Russia  (il),  Egypt  (ij),  Denmark  (ij),  Indfa  (1). 

(4)  Proximity  of  Coal  and  Iron. — The  industrial 
importance  of  coal  is  greatly  increased  by  the  presence  of 
iron  in  the  same  district  or  in  pretty  close  proximity. 
Owing  to  the  great  weight  of  the  two  commodities,  transport 
is  a  difficulty  and  an  expense  out  of  proportion  to  the  main 
cost.  But  without  iron,  and  abundance  of  iron,  the  manu- 
factures of  a  country  will  remain  backward.  Coal  is  fuel, 
but  iron  is  machinery.  In  the  process  of  manufacturing 
production,  coal  and  iron  work  in  close  and  frequent 
harmony.  Coal  is  used  in  smelting  the  rough  ore,  and 
in  producing  out  of  it  machinery,  which  afterwards,  in 
conjunction  with  coal,  will  be  employed  in  developing  the 
main  manufactures  of  the  countries.  In  addition,  iron  is 
the  raw  material  in  the  case  of  iron  and  steel  products 
other  than  machinery. 

A  reference  to  the  table  of  the  main  coal  localities  in 
the  chief  manufacturing  countries  shows  us  that  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  many  of  them  iron  is  found,  sometimes 
in  small,  sometimes  in  considerable  quantities. 


COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY 


a.  The  following  are  the  chief  iron  -  producing 
countries  : — 

Average  1  for  years  1886-90.  (oo.oS"  o'iitted.) 

United  Kingdom 7,7 

United  States  of  America  ....      7,0 

Germany.         .         .         .         .         .         .4,1 

France     .......      1,7 

Belgium  .......      7,7 

b.  The  actual  importance  to  manufactures  of  the 
possession  of  both  coal  and  iron  is  seen  in  Germany, 
where  the  three  great  manufacturing  districts  correspond 
closely  to  the  localities  where  such  exist,  viz.  round 
Elberfeld  and  Essen,  Miihlhausen  to  Saarbriick,  Chemnitz. 
In  Austria  there  are  both  coal  and  iron,  but  they  are  not  in 
the  same  neighbourhood. 

The  growth  of  any  particular  branch  of  manufacture  will 
depend,  in  addition  to  the  foregoing  general  considerations, 
on  the  advantages  possessed  by  the  country  or  district  in 
question,  with  regard  to  the  particular  raw  materials  or 
other  requisites  needed  in  its  operations.  Thus  salt  is 
required  in,  and  forms,  as  it  were,  the  base  of  a  certain 
group  of  products.  Alkali  and  chemical  works  have 
grown  up  near  the  sources  of  salt  supply,  as,  for  instance, 
those  of  St.  Helen's  and  Widnes  near  the  salt  of  Cheshire  ; 
and  in  turn  other  industries  requiring  chemical  constituents, 
as  glass  and  soap,  have  been  founded  near  them.  At 
St.  Helen's  there  are  glass  works,  and  in  the  districts  of 
Liverpool  large  soap  works. 


C.  COMMERCE. 

The  commercial  activity  of  a  country,  taken  as  a  whole, 
is  usually  consequent  upon  its  high  degree  of  development 
in  some  other  department.  In  the  United  States  of 
America  the  agricultural  products  grown  so  largely  in  the 
Central  and  Western  States  are  sent  for  exchange,  sale, 

1  Adapted  from  Uebersichten  der  Weltwirthschaft  by  Dr.  Von 
Juraschek. 


I  INDUSTRIAL    DEVELOPMENT  23 

and  export  to  large  towns,  e.g.  Chicago.  In  the  United 
Kingdom  the  large  midland  industrial  district  has  a 
commercial  centre  in  Birmingham.  But  though  some  such 
connection  as  this  usually  exists,  giving  rise  often  to 
commerce  in  its  earlier  stages,  some  countries,  and  especially 
some  cities,  assume  a  particular  importance  in  the  exchange 
transactions  of  the  world.  Thus  England  is  an  important 
commercial  country  in  very  many  ways.  Marseilles  is  an 
important  commercial  city. 

Yet  while  commercial  activity  or  activity  in  exchanging 
is  necessarily  consequent  on  having  something  to  exchange, 
the  possession  of  commercial  opportunities  {i.e.  outlets  and 
markets)  will  lead  to  a  great  development  in  the  other 
departments  of  occupation.  No  country  will  attain  a  high 
position  in  majiufacture  unless  it  has  good  opportunities  of  ex- 
changitig  its  goods  for  those  produced  by  other  nations.  On 
what  these  opportunities  depend  a  short  account  will  show. 

(i)  Central  Geographical  Position. — Commerce  means 
exchange,  and  a  country,  or  rather  locality,  to  become  a 
place  of  exchange  should  be  in  a  position  where  goods  will 
tend  to  come  for  such  a  purpose.  No  better  illustration  of 
this  is  offered  than  by  Singapore,  which  serves  as  an 
emporium  and  a  market  between  the  Malay  and  China  seas 
on  the  one  side,  and  British  India  with  the  more  western 
world  on  the  other.  Liverpool,  again,  is  on  the  high  road 
of  commerce,  as  it  were,  between  England  and  the  United 
States.  In  many  cases  custom,  habit,  and  other  causes, 
some  of  which  are  referred  to  below,  modify  the  advantages 
accruing  from,  or  the  disadvantages  apparently  consequent 
on,  the  lack  of  a  directly  central  position. 

(2)  Means  of  Locomotion — a.  External. — In  connec- 
tion with  the  actual  geographical  position  of  a  place  or  country, 
the  advantages  of  proximity  to  the  sea  require  notice  afresh. 
Water  carriage  is  so  much  the  cheapest,  and  foreign  com- 
merce has  become  so  important,  that  good  seaports  are 
of  the  very  highest  economic  value  to  a  modern  nation. 
To  be  of  service,  these  should  not  be  too  far  distant  from 
those  districts  to  which  the  goods  imported  or  from  which 
the  goods   exported   go.      Much   of  the   early  commercial 


24  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

importance  of  Italy  rested  on  its  excellent  maritime  position, 
and  there  has  been  some  increase  in  the  business  since  the 
opening  of  the  Suez  Canal  threw  it  once  more  across  the 
great  marine  highway  from  the  East  to  Europe.  The 
possession  of  an  effective  mercantile  marine  is  needed  to 
enable  a  country  to  avail  itself  of  the  full  advantages  offered 
by  a  long  stretch  of  seashore,  and  by  frequent  and  con- 
venient ports  and  harbours.  J 

The  importance  attaching  to  immediate  communication 
with  the  sea,  and  with  as  much  of  the  sea  as  possible,  is 
shown  by  the  attempts  to  construct  ship  canals  in  different 
portions  of  the  world.  The  Suez  Canal  (officially  opened 
to  traffic,  1869)  connects  the  Mediterranean  and  the  Red 
Sea,  and  thus  enables  vessels  trading  between  the  East 
and  Europe  to  escape  the  long  journey  round  the  Cape  of 
Good  Hope,  a  saving  of  about  one-third  in  distance  from 
London  to  the  ports  in  British  India.  The  proportion  of 
total  Canal  as  against  total  Cape  voyages  is  about  ten 
to  six.  It  has  stimulated  the  trade  between  the  leading 
European  nations  and  India,  China,  and  Australia,  the 
greater  portion  of  which  now  passes  through  it.  But 
nowhere  have  its  results  been  more  than  in  the  great 
seaports  of  Italy  and  Southern  France,  as  Marseilles, 
Genoa,  Venice,  Naples,  and  Brindisi.  Other  important 
sea  canals  projected  or  commenced  are  from  Bordeaux 
to  Narbonne,  Liverpool  to  Manchester,  from  Kiel  to  below 
Hamburg.  Though  the  recent  failure  of  M.  de  Lesseps' 
attempt  to  cut  a  canal  across  the  Isthmus  of  Panama  has 
thrown  a  shadow  upon  the  different  projects  for  connecting 
the  Atlantic  and  Pacific  Oceans  by  means  of  a  waterway 
through  Central  America,  it  is  highly  probable  that  new 
efforts  will  be  made  to  achieve  an  end  which  involves  so 
enormous  an  economy  of  distance  and  so  of  time. 

b.  Internal.  —  The  locomotion  within  a  country 
may  be  separately  treated,  according  as  it  takes  place 
by  means  of  roads,  rivers,  canals,  and  railways.  Of 
these  it  may  be  said  that  the  first  named,  though  in 
historical  order  only  rivalled  by  the  river  or  natural  water 
way,  are,  so  far  as  long  distances  are  concerned,  of  but 


I  INDUSTRIAL   DEVELOPMENT  25 

little  importance.  Roads  are  the  means  of  local  traffic, 
but  not  of  long  journeys.  Rivers  are  still  of  immense 
importance.  As  has  already  been  said,  water  carriage  is 
superior  in  cheapness  to  land  carriage,  and  where  natural 
waterways  exist,  as  in  the  case  of  rivers,  there  is,  in 
addition,  no  cost  incurred  in  construction.  The  river 
system  of  South  America  is  remarkable  for  its  completeness. 
Canals,  which  are  a  means  either  of  supplying  the  place  of 
rivers  or  of  supplementing  them,  have  been  largely  con- 
structed during  the  last  century.  In  England  they  serve 
both  purposes,  in  some  cases  connecting  important  places, 
e.g.  Liverpool  and  Leeds  Canal,  in  others  running  from  one 
river  to  another,  e.g.  the  Oxford  Canal,  running  from 
the  Thames  to  the  Trent.  A  good  instance  of  the  latter 
kind  is  the  Canal  du  Midi  in  France,  which  connects  the 
waters  of  the  Garonne  with  the  Mediterranean.  In  Brazil 
the  navigation  of  the  river  Madeira,  where  the  course  of 
the  river  is  interrupted  by  rapids,  is  carried  on  by  means  of 
a  canal  running  from  above  to  below  the  obstruction.  But 
still  more  important  to  locomotion  and  communication  has 
been  the  growth  of  railways  in  countries  such  as  England, 
Germany,  and  the  eastern  part  of  the  United  States.  Any 
of  these  may  be  treated  as  a  type  of  a  country  resting  its 
industrial  development  on  a  railway  system,  even  as  Holland 
may  be  said  to  depend  on  a  canal  system,  and  Brazil  on  a 
river  system. 

Locomotion  may  also  be  treated  of  with  regard  to  the 
force  of  propulsion  employed.  There  are  human  and  animal 
powers,  the  force  of  the  wind  and  waters  {i.e.  currents  of 
rivers,  steam,  and  electricity). 

(3)  Habit  and  Custom. — A  trade  once  established  will 
not  only  endure  after  the  immediate  need  at  the  time  of  its 
initiation  has  vanished,  but  even  attract  more  commerce 
into  the  channel  thus  made. 

(4)  Banks  and  Markets. — As  a  rule  the  commercial 
development  of  a  country  entails  a  corresponding  growth 
in  banking  and  financial  institutions.  These,  necessitated 
at  first  by  the  ordinary  transactions  of  business,  become  a 
powerful    aid    to    further   development    by    reason    of  the 


26  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

opportunities  they  provide  for  the  advantageous  distribu- 
tion of  capital  among  the  various  enterprises.  These 
institutions  group  themselves  in  or  round  some  city,  either 
the  metropolis,  as  London,  Paris,  Berlin,  or  some  other 
place  which  has  grown  into  a  financial  centre,  where  the 
banks  as  it  were  may  bank,  and  where  the  lenders  and 
borrowers  of  capital  come  into  contact  in  the  Stock  Exchange 
or  Bourse.  Most  large  towns,  as  for  instance  Manchester 
and  Liverpool,  Glasgow  and  Belfast,  become  little  financial 
centres  in  themselves,  but  even  in  cases  such  as  these  there 
is  a  good  residue  of  business  to  be  transacted  in  London, 
where  what  may  be  described  as  the  final  settlement  takes 
place. 

In  considering  the  foregoing,  which  have  been  termed 
the  chief  departments  of  human  activity,  it  may  be  asked  if 
there  are  any  main  differences  evident  answering  to  the 
difference  of  occupation.  In  the  first  place,  each  main 
division  of  employment  tends  to  bring  about  a  particular 
distribution  of  the  population.  Agriculture  is  usually  carried 
on  in  districts  which  are  not  thickly  peopled,  though  of 
course  the  degree  of  density  largely  depends  on  the  nature 
of  the  chief  commodity.  A  district  growing  and  subsisting 
on  rice,  as,  for  instance,  the  Ganges  valley  in  India,  is 
capable  of  a  much  greater  population  per  acre  than  are 
the  wheat  counties  of  England.  On  the  other  hand,  com- 
merce requires  for  its  purposes  large  and  populous  cities. 
Manufactures  are  often  plied  in  towns,  or  in  the  neighbour- 
hood of  towns,  but  often  too  they  spread  themselves  out 
through  a  wide  district  which  is  densely  populated,  but  of 
course  by  no  means  so  densely  as  are  the  streets  of  large 
cities.  They  are  covered  by  numbers  of  small  towns  or 
industrial  villages.  Such  are,  for  instance,  the  districts 
called  the  Potteries  extended  around  Stoke  and  Newcastle 
in  Staffordshire,  the  Plauensche  Grund  in  Saxony,  the  Black 
Country  around  Wolverhampton. 

In  the  second  place,  the  density  of  population,  granted 
a  knowledge  of  the  main  food-stuff  produced  and  required, 
affords  some  rough  indication  of  the  class  to  which  a 
particular   country   belongs.      Agricultural    countries    and 


I  INDUSTRIAL   DEVELOPMENT  27 

districts  are,  as  a  rule,  less  densely  peopled,  though  a 
rice -eating  country  will  always  bear  a  heavier  population 
than  one  which  is  wheat  -  eating.  The  following  table 
affords  some  idea  of  the  guidance  thus  furnished,  as  well 
as  of  the  caution  required  in  drawing  an  inference  in  any 
particular  case.  In  the  first  column  is  given  the  number 
of  tons  of  coal  consumed  per  head  of  the  population  (1890), 
in  the  second  the  population  per  square  mile  : — 


Tons  of  coal  consumed 

per 

head 

Density  per 

of  the 

population  approximately. 

square  mile. 

Belgium 

2.6 

510 

United  Kingdom 

4.0 

308 

Germany 

1.8 

227 

France 

.9 

187 

Austria 

.6 

161 

A  country  like  the  United  States  of  America,  which  is 
as  yet  but  partly  taken  up,  and  the  different  districts  of 
which  differ  so  much,  cannot  be  taken  into  account.  In  it 
the  consumption  of  coal  per  head  was  2.2  tons. 


PART  II 

THE  GEOGRAPHY  OF  THE  CHIEF 
PRODUCTS  AND  OTHERS 


PART  II 

THE  GEOGRAPHY  OF  THE  CHIEF  PRODUCTS 
AND  OTHERS 

According  to  their  conditions  and  needs  the  various 
nations  and  peoples  are  occupied  in  the  production  of  the 
commodities  required  to  satisfy  their  wants  and  those 
of  others.  These  may  be  treated  of  under  separate 
headings  : — 

(i)  Food  Stuffs. 

(2)  Textile  Raw  Materials  and  their  manufacture. 

(3)  Manufacture. 

This  division  does  not  pretend  to  any  close  scientific 
precision,  but  it  may  be  said  to  embody  the  popular  sense 
of  the  distinctions  which  may  be  drawn  between  the 
different  articles.  As  an  individual  can  look  through  his 
yearly  bills  and  make  up  his  accounts,  so  we  can  look 
through  the  yearly  bills  of  the  various  countries. 

Firstly^  we  must  consider  their  food  supply^  we  must 
see  what  it  amounts  to,  and  endeavour  to  discover  the 
sources  from  which  it  is  derived,  for  each  country,  like  an 
individual,  must  either  grow  its  own  food  supply,  or  buy  it 
fro?n  some — not  shop,  but — country.  Sometimes  a  country, 
besides  growing  enough  for  itself,  has  a  surplus  to  send 
away  to  other  countries,  which  may  be  described  as  its 
customs. 

Seco7idly,  let  us  turn  from  food  and  drink  to  the  question 
of  clothing  a7id  household  articles.     Even  in   the   case  of 


32  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part  ii 

food,  a  nation  is  in  one  way  unlike  an  individual  in  its 
purchases,  for,  while  the  latter  usually  buys  articles  in  an 
advanced  state  of  preparation,  it  buys  them  in  very  large 
quantities  and  in  a  raw  condition.  But  when  we  come 
to  clothing  the  distinction  is  much  more  marked.  Some 
buy  raw  material  to  manufacture  for  their  own  use  and 
that  of  others,  while  others  buy  manufactured  articles. 
In  the  same  way  some  countries  occupy  themselves  with 
the  production  of  raw  materials,  others  with  perfecting 
these  into  their  manufactured  form.  The  manufactures 
must  be  treated  of  separately.  The  most  important  articles 
of  clothing  are  those  which  are  woven  and  spun  ;  outside 
these  there  are  many  others.  But  these  are  so  many  and 
so  various  that  it  will  be  most  convenient  to  class  them 
together  with  the  many  other  products  required  to  supply 
the  multifarious  needs  of  mankind. 


CHAPTER  I 

THE   PRODUCTION   OF    FOOD   AND   DRINK 

In   treating  of  these  we  shall  find  it  necessary  to  devote 
nearly  all  our  attention  to  those  which  are  the  more  important. 
They  may  be  classified  as  follows  : — 

i.  Grains  and  Pulses. — Breadstuffs — Wheat — Rye — 
Barley — Oats — Maize — Substitutes  for  Bread- 
stuffs. 
ii.   Meats. — Meat  (sheep  and  oxen) — Bacon,  ham,  and 

pork — Dairy  produce — Fish, 
iii.  Groceries.  —  Tea  —  Coffee  —  Sugar  —  Cocoa  — 

Southern  fruits — Spices, 
iv.  Wine,  etc. — Wine — Beer — Spirits. 
V.  Tobacco. 

i.   Grains  and  Pulses. 
I.  Breadstuffs. 

To  get  some  idea  of  the  grain  production  of  the 
world,  or  rather  of  that  part  of  the  world  about  which  we 
can  form  any  idea,  we  may  start  with  an  estimate  of  its 
total  value.  Taking  the  years  1884  and  1887,  a  good 
average  grain  harvest  has  been  calculated  as  worth  about 
;^  1, 1 00,000,000. 

This  total  represents  the  year's  harvest  of  all  the  cereals. 
It  may  be  divided  between  the  chief  and  other  grains 
much  as  follows  : — 

Wheat ;^435, 000,000. 

Maize ;^  18  7, 000, 000. 


34  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

Oats ;^i67,ooo,ooo. 

Rye ;^  1 49, 000,000. 

Barley ^^98,000,000. 

Miscellaneous       ....  ;^30,ooo,ooo. 

These  figures  are  certainly  very  large.  They  show  the 
great  value  of  this  portion  of  the  food  supply — the  immense 
importance  of  one  cereal,  wheat,  and  the  great  prominence 
of  three  others,  maize,  oats,  and  rye. 

Now  we  must  turn  to  the  local  distribution  of  these 
totals,  and  glance  at  the  different  countries  according  to 
their  grain  production.  The  important  countries  may  be 
ranged  in  their  order  of  production  ^  with  regard  to  the 
chief  cereals : — 

Wheat. — (European  countries)  France,  Russia,  Austria- 
Hungary,  Italy,  Germany,  Spain,  United  Kingdom, 
Turkey.  (Other  countries)  United  States,  British  India, 
Canada,  Australia. 

Rye. — Russia,  Germany,  Austria-Hungary,  France. 

Barley. — Russia,  Austria  -  Hungary,  Germany,  United 
Kingdom,  France,  United  States,  Algiers. 

Oats. — Russia,  United  States,  Germany,  France,  United 
Kingdom,  Austria-Hungary,  Canada,  Sweden,  Denmark. 

Maize.  —  United  States,  Austria  -  Hungary,  Italy, 
Roumania. 

When  it  is  remembered  that  modern  improvements  in 
locomotion  and  transport  have  brought  these  countries  into 
close  communication,  the  importance  to  the  world  and  to 
each  country  of  so  widespread  production  of  these  articles 
is  apparent.  When  one  country  has  too  much,  it  can 
dispose  of  its  surplus  to  another.  Thus  the  price  is  kept 
fairly  even,  and,  in  the  second  place,  the  full  pressure  of  a 
famine  in  one  locality  is  moderated  by  the  supplies  which 
can  be  obtained  from  elsewhere.  It  rarely  happens  that  bad 
or  good  harvests  are  universal.  On  the  contrary,  a  bad 
harvest  in  one  place  is  often  contemporary  with  bountiful 

1  Roughly  adapted  from  Uebersichten  der  Weltwirthschaft,  edited 
by  Dr.  F.  Von  Juraschek,  from  which  many  of  the  following  calcula- 
tions, etc. ,  have  been  taken. 


FOOD  AND  DRINK— GRAIN 


35 


production  elsewhere.  Thus  there  were  bad  harvests  in 
Europe  in  1885,  1886,  1889,  while  in  India  there  was  an 
excellent  harvest  in  1885,  an  average  one  in  1886,  and  a 
bad  wheat  harvest  in  1889.  In  the  United  States  in  1885 
the  wheat  harvest  was  bad  but  the  maize  good,  in  1886 
a  fair  harvest,  and  in  1889  a  very  good  one.  In  Europe 
there  were  excellent  harvests  in  1887,  1888;  in  India 
that  of  1887  was  bad,  and,  so  far  as  wheat  was  concerned, 
moderate  in  1888  ;  in  the  United  States  there  was  a  bad 
maize  harvest  in  1887,  and  a  bad  wheat  harvest  in  1888. 
The  possibility  of  such  compensation  is  greatly  facilitated 
by  the  differences  of  time  at  which  the  harvest  takes  place 
in  the  various  countries,  owing  to  the  great  differences  in 
their  climates. 

The  trade  in  grain  between  the  various  countries  is 
indeed  very  large,  for  the  value  of  the  amount  thus  trans- 
ferred may  be  reckoned  at  about  ;!{^  140,000,000,  thus 
excelling  any  other  branch  of  trade.  Estimated  in  quantities 
it  amounts  to  some  750  or  800  million  bushels.  This  is 
composed  much  as  follows  : — 


Wheat     . 

40  per  cent 

Rye          . 

10       „ 

Barley      . 

12       ,, 

Oats 

9      „ 

Maize 

14      „ 

Meal 

And  other  grains. 

10      „ 

The  export  trade  is  important  as  affording  an  occupation 
for  those  countries  where  the  large  stretches  of  unoccupied 
lands  and  a  favourable  climate  offer  an  opportunity  for 
growing  more  than  is  wanted  at  home,  while  the  possibility 
of  large  imports  allows  industrial  and  more  densely  peopled 
nations  to  devote  their  energies  to  manufacture  and 
commerce,  in  place  of  having  first  of  all  to  produce  their 
own  breadstuffs.  The  more  important  countries  may 
be  classified  respectively  as  grain  -  importing  and  grain- 
exporting  countries. 


36 


COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY 


PART 


More  important  Countries  importing  Grain. 


United  Kingdom 
France . 
Germany 
Belgium 
Holland 
Italy     . 


Excess  of  Imports  over 

Exports  in  1888,  in  value 

of  millions  of  pounds 

sterling. 

about  51 

„    14 

M  9 

„  8 

,»  7 

..  6 


Chief  Exporting  Countries. 


United  States  of  America 
Russia    .... 
British  India  . 
Austria- Hungary     , 
Roumania 


Excess  of  Exports  over 

Imports  in  1888,  in  value 

of  millions  of  pounds 

sterling. 

about  24 

M      39 

,>      IS 

.,      13 

8 


All  the  cereals  referred  to  in  the  above  tables  are  by  no 
means  of  the  same  importance  ;  and  as  the  conditions  of 
their  production  differ  very  considerably,  a  short  account 
must  be  given  of  each. 

Wheat. — This,  the  most  important  cereal  so  far  as 
countries  in  a  high  state  of  development  and  as  the  grain 
trade  are  concerned,  is  grown  throughout  a  wide  climatic 
range.  It  requires  a  warm  summer,  moisture  in  the  spring, 
but  is  not  averse  to  fairly  cold  winters,  especially  if  protected 
by  snow. 

The  time  of  its  harvest  depends^  of  course,  upon  the 
particular  climate  of  the  country,  thus  occurring  in  some 
country  at  every  season  of  the  year,  a  fact  of  importance 
inasmuch  as  it  provides  a  continuous  supply  of  wheat  in  the 
markets  of  the  importing  countries.  The  dates  of  the  chief 
harvests  are  as  follows  : — 


FOOD  AND  DRINK— GRAIN 


37 


January  .     .  Australia,  New  Zealand,  Chili,  Argentine. 

February     .  East  Indies. 

March     .     .  East  Indies. 

April .     .     .   Mexico,  Egypt,  Persia,  Syria. 

May  .     .     .   China,  Japan,  North  Asia  Minor,  Algiers. 

June  .     .     .   California,  Spain,  Portugal,  Italy,  Greece,  S.  France. 

July  .     .     .  France,  S.  Germany,  Austria,  S.  Russia,  United  States. 

August   .     .   Germany,    Belgium,     Holland,    Denmark,    England, 

part  of  Canada. 
September  .  Norway,  Sweden,  Scotland,  Russia,  Canada. 
October  .     .   N.  Russia. 
November   .  S.  Africa. 
December   .  S.  Australia. 

The  proportionate  yield  of  wheat  is  by  no  means  the 
same  in  the  different  countries.  In  the  great  grain  countries 
it  is  lower  than  in  those  countries  which  are  more  thickly 
populated,  and  which,  so  far  as  they  produce  grain  at  all, 
produce  it  by  a  more  intense  cultivation  and  by  more  care- 
ful tillage  of  the  soil.  This  is  shown  by  the  following  table, 
where  we  see  Great  Britain  and  Denmark  ranking  very  high, 
far  above  the  United  States  and  South  Australia.  The 
number  of  bushels  yielded  per  acre  is  given. 


Countries. 

Bushels 
per  Acre. 

Great  Britain    .     . 

28 

Germany 

21 

France     . 

17 

Russia     . 

9 

Belgium  . 

20 

Holland  . 

29 

Denmark 

42 

Austria    . 

15 

Hungary 

20i 

Countries. 


Italy  .... 
India .... 
United  States  . 
New  South  Wales 
New  Zealand  . 
South  Australia 
Victoria  .  . 
Manitoba  .  . 
Ontario  .     . 


Bushels 
per  Acre. 


9 

9 

12 

Hi 
26 

75 
12 
18 
17 


The  chief  wheat-consuming  countries  are  the  prominent 
industrial  nations,  the  countries  of  Southern  Europe  and 
the  North  American  and  Australian  countries.  Thus  the 
yearly  consumption  of  bushels  of  wheat  per  head  has  been 
put  at 


38 


COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY 


United  Kingdom  . 
France 

6 

8 

Belgium  and  Holland 

Italy     . 

Canada 

5 
6 

Victoria 

6 

United  States 

4l 

4l  (A  great  deal  of  maize  is  eaten. ) 

In  Russia  rye  is  the  chief  food  of  the  people,  a  fact  which 
also  accounts  for  the  comparatively  small  consumption  of 
wheat  in  Germany  (only  3  bushels  per  head),  since  the 
north  of  Germany  is  not  a  wheat-eating  district. 

The  total  wheat  harvest  of  the  world  in  1889  was 
reckoned  at  2040  million  bushels,  and  in  1890  at  about 
the  same.  Putting  aside  France,  which  produces  a  very 
large  crop,  but  so  far  from  exporting  imports  still  more 
wheat,  the  leading  countries  were  the  United  States,  Russia, 
and  British  India.  These  three  are  by  far  the  largest 
sellers  or  exporters  of  wheat.  They  send  the  produce  of 
their  harvest  to  the  thickly-populated  industrial  countries  of 
Europe,  and  especially  to  the  United  Kingdom,  which  has 
long  ceased  to  grow  enough  for  its  own  consumption.  The 
extent  of  the  export  trade  of  the  three  leading  countries  is 
shown  in  the  following  table. 

Comparative  Statement  of  the  Exports  of  Wheat 
from  the  United  States,  Russia,  and  British  India 
during  the  Years  1882  to  1890  in  round  numbers 
(approximate). 


Year. 

United  States. 

Russia. 

India. 

1881 

186,300,000 

36,500,000 

13,800,000 

1882 

121,800,000 

48,900,000 

37,100,000 

1883 

147,800,000 

76,300,000 

26,400,000 

1884 

111,500,000 

83,700,000 

39,200,000 

^^5 

132,500,000 

67,700,000 

29,500,000 

1886 

94,500,000 

91,700,000 

39,300,000 

1887 

153,800,000 

51,600,000 

41,500,000 

1888 

119,600,000 

77,900,000 

25,200,000 

1889 

88,600,000 

125,100,000 

32,800,000 

1890 

109,400,000 

102,400,000 

26,700,000 

II  FOOD  AND  DRINK— WHEAT  39 

Since  the  last  of  these  years  there  has  been,  in  one  year  at 
least,  a  very  considerable  increase  in  the  Indian  exports, 
which  would  seem  to  show  that  India  sends  more  wheat  to 
Europe  when  the  exports  of  the  two  other  countries  diminish 
owing  to  bad  harvests  or  other  causes.  The  United  States, 
according  to  the  table  above,  has  been  gradually  diminish- 
ing its  exports,  and  some  think  that  the  time  is  rapidly 
approaching  when  that  country  will  cease  to  send  much 
wheat  abroad  owing  to  the  rapid  increase  of  its  own  popula- 
tion and  the  lessening  amount  of  new  land  available  for 
cultivation  except  under  a  much  higher,  and  so  less 
remunerative,  system  of  farming.  On  the  other  hand, 
exports  from  Russia  have  been  increasing.  So  far  as  the 
United  Kingdom  is  concerned  these  three  countries  are  of 
very  great  importance,  since,  taken  together,  they  usually 
furnish  it  with  about  three-quarters  of  the  total  quantity  of 
wheat  that  she  imports. 

United  States  of  America. — The  United  States  pro- 
duce very  large  crops  of  wheat  and  maize.  Their  pro- 
duction of  wheat  has  to  be  great,  since  it  must  meet  the 
needs  of  both  an  increasing  home  demand  and  a  large 
export  trade.  Wheat  growing  and  wheat  export  is  a 
leading  business.  It  is  a  business  for  which  they  possess 
exceptional  advantages,  of  which  the  chief  are — (i)  large 
and  thinly-populated  plains  extending  through  the  central 
and  western  districts  ;  (2)  a  virgin  and  fertile  soil ;  (3) 
intelligent  use  of  implements  and  machinery.  The 
American  farmer,  untied  by  old  custom  and  farming  large 
stretches  of  land,  will  procure  and  use  the  best  mechanical 
means  for  increasing  his  crops ;  (4)  vast  organisation 
for  transport  of  the  grain  from  the  places  of  its  growth  to 
the  great  collecting  centres  or  markets,  and  again  thence 
to  the  ports  from  which  it  is  sent  to  the  countries  acting  as 
customers. 

Of  recent  years  a  great  change  has  taken  place  with 
regard  to  the  districts  where  wheat  is  chiefly  grown.  In 
the  decade  1850-60,  the  states  of  Pennsylvania,  Ohio, 
New  York,  and  Virginia  were  at  the  top  of  such,  but 
now  the  leading  states  are  Minnesota,  California,  Dakota, 


40 


COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY 


PART 


Indiana,  Illinois,  Ohio,  Kansas,  Michigan,  Iowa,  and 
Missouri.  This  marks  the  tendency  of  cultivation  in 
America  to  go  westward,  a  tendency  which  affects  maize 
as  well  as  wheat,  the  leading  wheat  states  at  different 
dates  being — 


1880. 

1886. 

1889. 

1892. 

Illinois 

Minnesota 

Minnesota 

Dakota 

Indiana 

Ohio 

California 

Ohio 

Ohio 

Indiana 

Dakota 

Indiana 

Michigan 

California 

Indiana 

California 

Minnesota 

Iowa 

Illinois 

Minnesota 

The  place  of  the  United  States  in  the  table  given  above 
with  reference  to  the  production  per  acre  (p.  ;^7)  shows 
that  the  soil  is  cultivated  lightly.  The  average  for  the 
more  western  states  is  somewhat  higher  than  that  for  the 
whole  country,  for  while  this  is  about  12  bushels,  these 
produce  an  amount  per  acre  ranging  from  16 J  to  19J 
bushels. 

The  organisation  for  the  transport  of  the  wheat  from 
these  inland  districts  to  the  ports  has  been  greatly  developed 
of  recent  years.  The  Great  Trunk  Railway  lines  have  been 
extended  and  branch  lines  constructed  to  bring  the  grain 
on  to  their  course.  In  Kansas,  between  1885  and  1888, 
no  less  than  4525  miles  of  railroad  were  built,  and  great 
progress  has  been  made  in  Nebraska,  Colorado,  Montana, 
and  Dakota.  Canals  have  been  cut  and  waterways  by  river 
deepened  and  extended  so  as  to  afford  access  to  the  line 
of  the  great  lakes.  The  wheat  goes  first  to  the  great 
collecting  places,  of  which  the  principal  are  Chicago, 
St.  Louis,  Toledo,  Milwaukee,  Peoria,  Detroit,  Duluth,  the 
great  growth  of  these  testifying  to  the  importance  of  the 
trade.  Thence  it  is  despatched  according  to  the  port  from 
which  it  may  be  shipped  to  Europe — 

a.  By  the  route  of  the  great  lakes  and  by  the  Erie 
Canal  and  the  Hudson  River  to  New  York,  or  some- 
times it  may  be  shipped  direct  from  Duluth  and 
Chicago. 

d.   By  rail  to  New  York.      This  is  the  course  taken  by 


II  FOOD  AND  DRINK— WHEAT  41 

a  great  proportion  of  the  grain  from  Illinois,  Wisconsin, 
Minnesota,  Dakota,  Nebraska. 

c.  By  the  Mississippi,  which,  with  its  tributaries,  has  been 
greatly  improved,  to  New  Orleans. 

The  wheat  from  the  states  on  the  west  coast — 
California,  Oregon,  Washington — while  connected  with  the 
east  by  five  great  lines,  can  send  their  produce  most 
cheaply  to  the  ports  on  the  west  by  the  waterways  of 
the  Joaquim,  Sacramento,  and  Columbia.  The  exports  of 
wheat  and  flour  from  the  Western  or  Pacific  ports  has 
increased  rapidly  of  recent  years.  They  contribute  some 
18  per  cent  of  the  total  wheat  imports  into  the  United 
Kingdom. 

The  chief  ports  whence  wheat  is  despatched  are  New 
York,  Baltimore,  New  Orleans,  Philadelphia,  Boston,  and 
ports  on  the  Pacific  Coast.  By  far  the  most  important  is  New 
York.  From  these  ports  the  wheat  and  flour  are  despatched 
to  the  countries  buying  from  America,  and  chiefly  to 
Europe,  the  United  Kingdom  and  France  being  much  the 
largest  consumers  of  American  wheat.  The  United 
Kingdom,  indeed,  takes  nearly  60  per  cent  of  all  the 
breadstuff's  sent  out  of  America.  She  buys  half  of  the 
wheat  and  flour  exported. 

Russia. — The  wheat  supply  of  Russia  is  produced  very 
largely  for  export,  for  the  average  consumption  is  only  2 
bushels  per  head.  It  was  only  when  the  rye  harvest 
failed  to  meet  the  needs  of  the  home  population  that 
wheat  prohibited  from  export  became  an  important  element 
in  the  fare  of  the  people.  The  conditions  of  its  production 
differ  very  much  from  those  which  exist  in  the  United 
States.  On  the  one  hand  labour  is  much  cheaper;  on  the 
other  hand  the  cultivation  of  wheat  is  not  undertaken  with 
such  intelligence  and  with  such  determination  to  employ 
the  best  machinery  for  the  purpose.  Farming  in  Russia  is 
largely  controlled  by  the  old  customs  of  the  land,  and  many 
authorities  do  not  hesitate  to  say  that  until  there  is  a  radical 
change  in  the  method  under  which  land  is  held  and 
cultivated  things  will  not  improve,  and  Russian  produce 
will  become  more  scarce  in  the  markets  of  Europe.      The 


42  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

yield  per  acre  is  very  low,  amounting  only  to  some  9 
bushels,  so  that  the  large  production  depends  solely  upon 
the  great  acre&ge  of  land  in  cultivation.  The  best  wheat 
districts  are  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  Don,  and  in  the 
governments  of  Kief,  Bessarabia,  and  Cherson  and  Taurus. 

Out  of  a  total  production  of  wheat  reckoned  (average 
1883-87)  at  230  million  bushels,  some  70  miUions  are 
exported.  Of  this  nearly  all  is  exported  from  the  ports  on 
the  Black  Sea  and  the  Sea  of  Azov,  and,  indeed,  most  from 
Odessa.  Odessa  lies  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  best 
wheat  provinces,  freights  from  it  are  low,  and  it  possesses 
the  organisation  needed  for  the  conduct  of  the  trade.  The 
most  important  customer  for  Russian  wheat  is  Germany, 
after  which  come  France,  the  United  Kingdom,  and  the 
Netherlands. 

Britisli  India. — It  is  only  during  the  last  twenty-five 
years,  noticeably  since  1873,  when  the  India  export  duty  on 
wheat  was  taken  off,  that  Indian  wheat  has  been  of  any 
importance  in  European  markets.  Until  then  nearly  all 
the  wheat  grown  had  been  kept  for  home  consumption. 
With  regard  to  the  production  of  wheat  for  export  to 
Europe  and  for  sale  in  competition  with  the  United  States 
and  Russia,  India  possesses  certain  very  distinct  advantages 
and  disadvantages.  Among  the  latter  must  be  placed  its 
greater  distance  from  Europe,  the  high  rent  which  is  paid 
for  the  land,  and  the  want  of  rain  from  which  certain 
districts  suffer.  On  the  other  hand,  labour  is  exceedingly 
abundant  and,  owing  to  a  low  standard  of  living,  very  cheap. 
The  Government  has  done  a  great  deal  to  stimulate  export 
by  the  extension  of  the  railway  system  and  by  making 
canals,  some  for  irrigation  and  some  for  carriage.  Though 
Indian  wheat  has  made  good  its  position,  it  has  not  been 
sent  in  such  great  quantities  as  was  at  one  time  anticipated. 
Before  this  takes  place  the  means  and  organisation  of 
transport  must  be  improved  and  the  freights  cheapened. 

The  total  production  is  on  the  average  (1883-87) 
260  million  bushels,  though  of  more  recent  years  this 
amount  has  not  often  been  reached.  The  average  yield 
per  acre  is  about  9J  bushels,  the  greatest  production  taking 


II  FOOD  AND  DRINK— RYE,  ETC.  43 

place  in  the  North-West  Provinces.  After  these  come  the 
Central  Provinces  and  Bombay.  One  great  point  of 
contrast  between  the  United  States  and  India  lies  in  the 
very  much  greater  population  of  the  latter.  While  the 
United  States  has  only  63  millions  to  support,  the  soil  of 
India  must  find  the  means  of  sustenance  for  290  millions. 
Though  rice  and  millets  are  important  food  for  many,  a  con- 
siderable quantity  of  wheat  is  consumed  in  certain  parts  of 
the  country.  Of  the  three  wheat  ports  Bombay  does  con- 
siderably the  greatest  trade,  exporting  in  the  year  1891-92 
more  than  26  millions  of  bushels,  while  Kurachi,  once  less 
important,  is  now  more  important  than  Calcutta,  despatching 
in  the  same  year  19  to  the  9  millions  of  the  latter.  The 
total  average  quantity  sent  from  the  ports  of  India  has  been 
reckoned  at  some  60  millions  of  bushels,  of  which  more  than 
50  per  cent  comes  to  the  United  Kingdom.  The  two  next 
largest  customers  are  France  and  Belgium. 

Rye. — This  is  an  important  crop  in  the  north  of 
Europe  and  Russia.  It  can  be  cultivated  in  a  cooler 
climate  than  that  suited  for  wheat,  unlike  which  it  flourishes 
on  very  poor  soils.  In  Europe  it  grows  as  far  north  of  the 
Equator  as  70°.  The  chief  countries  producing  it  are 
Russia,  where  the  peasantry  depend  upon  the  rye  harvest 
for  their  sustenance ;  the  north  of  Germany,  where  much 
the  same  conditions  prevail ;  Sweden,  Denmark,  Holland, 
and  Finland,  in  all  of  which  countries  it  far  exceeds  the 
wheat  crop.  It  is  also  grown  to  a  considerable  extent  in 
France,  where  it  is  about  one-fifth  of  the  wheat  crop.  In 
the  United  Kingdom  it  is  hardly  grown  at  all. 

With  one  exception  it  does  not  enter  largely  into  the 
export  trade  of  any  country.  Russia,  however,  despatches 
some  50  million  bushels  yearly  (average  1886-89),  niost  of 
which  goes  to  Germany  and  Holland. 

It  is  imported  to  a  very  small  extent  into  the  United 
Kingdom. 

Barley. — Like  rye,  this  cereal  has  a  very  wide  range  of 
cultivation.  It  can  be  grown  farther  north  than  wheat, 
though  it  flourishes  best  in  the  soils  well  adapted  for  the 
latter.     It  is  chiefly  used  for  malting  and  distilling  purposes. 


44  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

The  United  Kingdom  and  Germany  both  produce  barley 
in  much  the  same  quantities  as  wheat ;  while  in  Austria, 
Hungary,  and  Russia  its  crop  is  about  two-thirds,  in  Spain 
about  one-half  of  that  of  the  latter. 

The  United  Kingdom,  in  addition  to  growing  a  large 
quantity  of  barley,  imports  a  good  amount  chiefly  from 
Russia,  Turkey,  Roumania,  France,  and  Germany. 

Oats. — Owing  to  its  hardier  nature,  this  crop  can  be 
cultivated  in  countries  and  districts  too  cold  for  either  wheat 
or  barley.  Oats,  however,  refuse  to  yield  profitable 
harvests  as  the  hotter  regions  are  approached.  So  far  as 
Europe  is  concerned,  oats  are  grown  in  the  more  northerly 
and  moister  countries.  In  many  countries  the  quantity 
produced  far  exceeds  that  of  wheat.  This  is  particularly 
the  case  in  Russia,  where  oats  are  grown  to  nearly,  but  not 
quite  the  same  extent  as  rye  ;  in  Germany,  where  the  oat-crop 
is  about  two  and  a  half  times  that  of  wheat ;  in  the  United 
Kingdom,  where,  owing  to  its  great  cultivation  in  the 
northern  part  of  England,  and  in  Ireland  and  Scotland,  its 
crop  doubles  that  of  the  wheat ;  in  the  Scandinavian 
countries,  where  the  disproportion  between  its  growth  and 
that  of  wheat  far  exceeds  that  in  the  larger  countries 
already  named.  On  the  other  hand,  in  France  the  crop 
is  less  than  that  of  wheat,  while  in  Italy,  Spain,  and 
Turkey  it  is  extremely  insignificant  in  comparison.  Passing 
from  Europe,  it  is  the  most  important  crop  in  Canada,  and 
grown  in  the  United  States  in  greater  quantities  than 
wheat. 

The  amount  that  enters  into  international  trade  is 
about  I  GO  million  bushels,  or  perhaps  a  tenth  of  the  total 
production.  It  is  imported  largely  by  the  United  Kingdom, 
chiefly  from  Russia,  the  United  States,  and  Sweden. 

Maize. — This  is  one  of  the  important  presents  that 
America  has  made  to  the  Old  World.  It  is  a  very  pro- 
ductive crop,  but,  owing  to  the  nature  of  its  requirements, 
cannot  be  grown  in  many  countries  where  the  other  cereals 
are  freely  cultivated.  It  demands  a  long  summer  without 
frost,  abundant  sunshine,  and  a  sufficiency  of  moisture. 
Thus  it  does  not  grow  in  the  United  Kingdom,  Germany, 


II  FOOD  AND  DRINK— MAIZE  45 

or  the  countries  of  Northern  Europe.  Of  all  European 
countries,  it  grows  best  in  the  eastern  districts  of  Austria- 
Hungary,  where  it  is  nearly  as  important  a  crop  as  wheat 
or  oats,  in  Italy,  in  Roumania ;  while  Spain,  Turkey, 
Portugal,  Servia,  and  Southern  France  cultivate  it  with 
success.  It  is  grown  in  the  Argentine,  and  in  the  United 
States  it  is  pre-eminently  the  most  important  crop.  There 
it  has  shown  the  same  tendency  as  wheat — to  proceed 
westward.  It  is  chiefly  grown  in  the  following  states — 
Iowa,  Illinois,  Missouri,  Nebraska,  Kansas,  Indiana ; 
whereas  in  1886  the  leading  states  were  lUinois,  Indiana, 
Ohio,  Michigan,  Minnesota,  Iowa.  Of  late  years  the  pro- 
duction of  maize  in  the  United  States  has  increased  despite 
its  variability. 

Average  of  Years.  Million  Bushels. 

1880-84 1,575 

1888 1,987 

1889 2,112 

1893 1,619 

Of  this  amount,  so  far  as  1888  was  concerned,  it  is  reckoned 
that  the  home  consumption  amounted  to  29!-  bushels  a 
head. 

Maize  enters  more  largely  into  commerce  than  any 
grain,  with  the  exception  of  wheat,  which,  however,  it  does 
not  approach  in  commercial  importance.  From  the 
different  producing  countries  some  180  million  bushels  are 
exported.  Among  these  the  United  States  is  by  far  the 
most  important,  other  countries  being  Russia,  Austria- 
Hungary,  Roumania,  Argentine  Republic. 

The  remaining  grain  foods  are  much  less  valuable  than 
the  preceding.  Among  them  are  buckwheat^  which, 
though  not  grown  in  the  United  Kingdom,  is  cultivated  to  a 
considerable  extent  in  Russia  and  France,  both  countries 
exporting  to  England,  and  in  the  United  States  ;  millet^ 
which  in  both  its  kinds  forms  an  important  product  in 
India,  and  enters  into  the  consumption  of  the  poorer 
peasants  in  Italy. 


46  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 


2.  Certain  Substitutes  for  Bread  Foods. 

These  are  two  in  number — potatoes  in  the  more 
developed  regions  where  grain  foods  are  too  expensive  or 
for  other  reasons  not  easily  available,  rice  in  the  East. 

Potatoes. — The  potato,  a  plant  which  was  probably 
introduced  into  Northern  Europe  by  way  of  Italy,  did  not 
become  a  popular  and  important  food  till  comparatively 
recent  times.  At  the  present  time  there  are  at  least  two 
countries,  Ireland  and  North  Germany,  where  for  the 
poorer  classes  it  takes  as  important  a  place  as  grain  foods. 
It  was  cultivated  in  Ireland  somewhat  earlier  than  in 
England,  and  the  production  in  that  country  is  very  high 
when  contrasted  with  the  number  of  the  population.  The 
potato  crop  in  some  of  the  more  important  countries  was  in 
1889— 

Million  Tons. 

Germany 26 

Russia 13I 

Austria- Hungary \i\ 

France lO^ 

United  States 5l 

Great  Britain 3^ 

Ireland 2| 

Belgium    .         .  .  •  2| 

Holland 2 

Sweden     .......  2 

These  figures,  which  are  given  in  round  numbers,  show  the 
very  varying  importance  attached  to  this  plant  by  the 
different  countries.  Only  three  nations  import  potatoes  to 
any  considerable  extent,  the  United  Kingdom,  the  United 
States,  and  Switzerland.  They  derive  their  foreign  supplies 
chiefly  from  Germany,  France,  and  Russia. 

Rice. — Rice  is  grown  under  very  particular  conditions. 
It  requires  two  things — a  very  high  summer  temperature, 
and  fields  which  can  be  flooded  at  certain  periods  of  its 


I 


II  FOOD  AND  DRINK—RICE  47 

growth. 1  It  is  grown  chiefly  on  low  lands  near  the  sea, 
river  deltas  offering  particular  advantages.  Thus  at  one 
time  it  was  cultivated  with  great  success  in  the  swamps 
of  South  Carolina,  in  Georgia  and  Louisiana,  though  the 
importance  of  this  district  as  a  rice-producing  country  has 
declined  very  greatly  since  the  abolition  of  slavery  and 
since  the  rise  into  prominence  of  the  south  and  south-eastern 
countries  of  Asia,  e.g.  British  India,  with  Burmah,  China, 
Indo-China,  Siam,  Japan,  etc. 

In  these  countries,  which  contain  a  large  population,  rice 
is  a  very  important  food  crop.  At  one  time  it  was  said  that 
it  formed  the  food  of  one-half  of  the  population  of  the 
world,  and  though  this  is  now  regarded  as  an  exaggeration, 
the  number  depending  upon  it  is  variously  estimated  as 
from  400  to  500  millions.  These  dwell  in  Japan,  Indo- 
China,  and  in  certain  parts  of  India  and  China.  In  these 
two  latter  countries  rice  is  the  staple  food  of  the  most 
densely-populated  districts,  as,  for  instance,  the  Ganges 
valley,  but  by  no  means  of  the  whole  country.  In  British 
India,  for  instance,  a  considerable  quantity  of  wheat  is  con- 
sumed. Outside  this  part  of  the  world  rice  is  grown  in 
Asia  Minor,  Egypt,  Italy,  and  Spain. 

In  India  the  total  produce  amounts  to  some  330  million 
hundredweights,  which  is  very  unequally  derived  from  the 
various  districts.  The  amount  of  land  under  rice  cultivation 
in  the  more  important  of  these  is  shown  in  the  table  below. 
In  order  to  exhibit  the  dense  populations  which  exist  in  the 
districts  where  rice  is  largely  cultivated,  the  density  of 
population  per  square  mile  has  been  added.  The  two 
columns  taken  together  will  also  afford  some  indication  of 
the  purport  of  the  rice-growing,  whether  for  home  or  local 
consumption,  or  for  exportation.  Lower  Burmah  occupies 
an  almost  unique  position.  It  has  a  high  production  of 
rice  and  a  low  population.  It  is  from  this  province  that 
the  greatest  amount  of  Indian  rice  exports  proceed,  the 
direct  imports  into  the  United  Kingdom  coming  chiefly 
from  Lower  Burmah  and  Bengal. 

^  Upland  rice  or  hill  rice,  which  thrives  on  a  drier  soil,  is  produced 
in  comparatively  small  quantities. 


48 


COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY 


Land  under  rice,  1890-91. 

In  thousand  acres. 

Density  of  population 
per  square  mile. 

Bengal 

473 

Madras 

6,159 

248 

N.-W.  Provinces 
Oudh 

4,771  \ 
2,797/ 

442 

Central  Provinces 

4,005 

127 

Lower  Burmah 

4,398 

52 

Bombay 

2,297 

150 

Upper  Burmah 

1,350 

43 

Assam 

1,275 

116 

Punjab 

692 

187 

3.  Pulses. 

Owing  to  their  extremely  nutritious  characteristics, 
leguminous  vegetables  hold  an  important  position  in  the 
diet  of  many  nations.  The  varieties  of  most  importance 
are  common  peas  and  beans,  lentils,  chickpeas,  and  soya- 
beans. 

Peas  are  cultivated  widely  in  the  northern  portion  of 
Europe  and  in  the  countries  of  North  America  (the  United 
States  and  Canada),  whence  the  United  Kingdom  derives 
about  three-fourths  of  her  entire  import. 

Beans  are  also  grown  in  the  north  of  Europe  and 
America,  but  some  varieties  flourish  more  richly  in  the 
warmer  zones.  Of  these  the  soya-bean  is  important.  It 
is  grown  and  consumed  most  largely  in  China,  Japan,  and 
Egypt,  the  latter  country  being  very  prominent  in  its  exports 
both  of  beans  and  lentils  to  the  United  Kingdom.  Lentils 
are  grown  in  both  northerly  and  southerly  climates,  with 
particular  advantage  in  India  and  Egypt.  The  chickpea 
is  a  native  of  Southern  Europe  and  the  East. 


II  FOOD  AND  DRINK— MEAT,  ETC.  49 

ii.  Meat  and  Cattle  and  Animal  Products. 

I.  Meat  and  Cattle. 

Recent  times  have  seen  a  great  change  in  the  circum- 
stances of  the  meat  supply.^  On  the  one  hand,  a  rapid 
increase  in  the  population  has  been  accompanied  by  great 
increase  in  the  quantity  of  meat  food  consumed  per  head  of 
that  population.  On  the  other  hand,  the  development  of 
industries  and  the  growth  of  towns  have  prevented  a 
corresponding  increase  in  the  number  of  cattle,  etc.,  kept 
in  the  more  thickly -populated  countries,  even  when  they 
have  not  occasioned  a  positive  decrease.  The  new  organisa- 
tion of  the  meat  supply  has  become  an  urgent  matter  both 
for  the  consumers,  to  whose  interest  it  is  that  the  inter- 
national trade  in  cattle  and  meat  should  be  rapidly 
developed,  and  for  the  home  farmer,  who  looks  on  foreign 
competition  with  a  natural  anxiety.  So  far  as  Europe  is 
concerned,  the  increase  in  the  number  of  the  animals  which 
go  to  form  the  food  supply  has  been  far  outstripped  by  the 
increase  in  the  number  of  those  who  are  there  to  eat  them. 
This  has  taken  place  despite  an  actual  increase  in  the  former. 
During  the  years  1852-57  the  stock  in  European  countries 
was — of  cattle  87  millions,  of  sheep  177  millions,  of  pigs  38 
millions  ;  in  the  years  1865-85  there  were,  on  an  average — 
cattle  94  millions,  sheep  169  milHons,  pigs  45  millions;  while 
the  average  from  1880-85  was — cattle  94  millions,  sheep 
180  millions,  pigs  44  millions.  The  following  table,  however, 
will  show  how  greatly  the  number  fell  proportionately  to  the 
population. 


■^  Many  of  the  following  comparative  statistics  are  drawn  from  the 
Uebersichten,  etc. 


50 


COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY 


Population  and  Cattle,  etc.,  in  Europe 
(most  Countries  in). 


In  the  periods 

Population 
in  millions. 

Numbers  per  1000  inhabitants. 

Cattle. 

Sheep. 

Pigs. 

1S65-74 
1873-82 
1878-85 
1880-89 

278 
304 
313 
341 

331 

302 
302 
300 

700 
568 

539 
549 

152 
140 
138 
137 

In  some  countries,  as,  for  instance,  the  United  Kingdom, 
the  last  few  years  have  seen  a  slight  rise  in  the  number  of 
cattle  and  sheep  kept  proportionate  to  the  population. 

The  comparison  between  the  numbers  of  the  population 
and  of  the  cattle,  etc.,  varies  of  course  in  the  case  of  the 
separate  countries  of  Europe.  The  relation  holding  good  of 
recent  years  in  some  of  the  more  important  of  these  and 
of  the  United  States  merits  careful  notice. 


Per  1000  inhabitants. 

Cattle. 

Sheep. 

Pigs. 

United  Kingdom 

Germany 

France 

Belgium 

Austria-Hungary 

Denmark 

United  States 

269 

345 
349 
251 

840 

772 
419 

1^ 

390 

573 
70s 

lOI 

201 
152 
117 
208 
361 
820 

The  position  of  these  two  latter  countries  is  very  significant 
in  comparison  with  that  held  by  the  thickly -populated 
industrial  countries  of  Western  Europe,  e.g.  United 
Kingdom,  Belgium,  Germany,  France.  Nor  are  these 
latter  less  given  to  a  large  individual  consumption  of 
meat.  By  computing  the  quantity  of  meat  consumed, 
both  that  raised  in  the  country  and  that  brought  from 
abroad,  in  any  one  country,  and  dividing  it  by  the  number 
of  the  population  of  that  country,  it  is  reckoned  that  the 
amount  consumed  by  the  average  individual  is  in 


FOOD  AND  DRINK— MEAT,  ETC.  51 


The  United  Kingdom 

124  \hs. 

Belgium 

.       77  lbs. 

France 

84,, 

Holland     . 

•      77   ,, 

Denmark    . 

79  >, 

Austria-Hungary 

•      48  „ 

Germany     . 

77  » 

Italy  . 

.       24  „ 

Most  nations  consume  a  much  greater  amount  of  beef 
than  of  mutton,  Austria- Hungary  being  the  only  important 
country  in  which  this  proportion  is  reversed. 

From  a  comparison  of  this  table  with  the  one  which 
gives  the  number  of  live  beasts  proportionate  to  the 
population  in  the  various  countries,  it  is  obvious  that  some 
of  the  countries  have  too  many,  others  too  few  for  their 
own  consumption.  Consequently  some  nations  will  have 
to  buy  meat  and  cattle  from  others. 

A  very  large  and  valuable  trade  takes  -place  in  cattle  and 
meats.  Leaving  out  of  count  bacon,  this  is  worth  about 
;^5 0,000,000.  About  half  of  this  value  consists  in  live 
beasts,  cattle,  sheep,  goats,  and  pigs,  the  other  half  being 
meat,  fresh,  salted,  or  dried.  In  this  trade  a  great  many 
countries  take  part,  for  even  those  which  raise  about  as 
much  as  they  require  send  some  kinds  of  their  meat  abroad 
and  import  other  meat  which  they  want. 

The  chief  importing  1  countries  are — 

The  United  Kingdom,  with  a  net  import  £2^,00^, 000. 
France  ,,  ,,        ;i^2, 500,000. 

The  chief  exporting  countries  are — 

The  United  States,  with  a  net  export  ;^22,ooo,ooo. 
Germany  ,,  ,,       ;i^3, 000,000. 

Argentine  and  Uruguay    ,,  ,,        ;^2,8oo,ooo. 

Denmark  ,,  ,,        ;^2,5oo,ooo. 

The  United  Kingdom. — Above  all  countries  the  United 
Kingdom  depends  upon  foreign  countries  for  its  meat  supply. 
During  the  twenty-five  years  from  1865  to  1890,  while  its 
population  increased  very  largely,  the  number  deriving  their 
living  from  rural  pursuits  decreased;  the  average  consumption 

^  Countries  which  import  meat  (live  or  dead)  exceeding  in 
quantity  what  they  export. 


52  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

per  head  rose  from  loo  lbs.  to  124  lbs.;  and  the  proportion 
of  foreign  meat  in  this  consumption  rose  from  7  per 
cent  to  33  per  cent.  In  1868,  of  the  100  lbs.  which 
each  person  may  be  supposed  to  have  eaten,  93  lbs.  were 
raised  at  home  and  only  7  lbs.  imported;  while  in  1890, 
of  the  124  lbs.,  83  were  raised  at  home  and  41  imported. 
The  United  Kingdom  obtains  its  supplies  from  all  parts  of 
the  world — cattle  from  the  United  States  and  Canada ; 
sheep  and  pigs  from  the  same  countries  ;  fresh  beef  from 
the  United  States,  Australasia,  Argentine  Republic,  and 
Canada ;  salt  beef  from  the  United  States,  Canada, 
Australasia ;  fresh  mutton  from  New  Zealand,  Australia, 
United  States,  Argentine  Republic,  Canada  ;  various  kinds 
of  preserved  meat  from  Uruguay,  Argentine,  and  Brazil : 
salt  pork  from  United  States  and  Canada ;  ham  and  bacon 
from  the  United  States  and  Canada. 

France. — Though  France  is  much  more  able  to  satisfy 
the  demand  of  her  people  for  meat  than  is  the  United 
Kingdom,  it  is  compelled  to  resort  to  foreign  nations  for 
a  certain  portion  of  it.  Foreign  imports  of  meat  are  to 
some  extent  discouraged  by  the  custom  duties  levied  on 
the  frontier  or  at  the  ports  of  entry.  The  countries 
from  which  France  is  supplied  are  chiefly  continental, 
though  in  many  cases  meat  comes  to  it  from  across 
the  seas  through  another  country.  For  instance,  some 
American  meat  comes  through  Belgium  ;  live  stock  comes 
chiefly  from  Algiers  and  Germany  ;  fresh  meat  from 
Germany  and  Austria  ;  salted  meats  either  from  or  through 
the  above-named  countries,  and  through  Belgium. 

The  United  States. — Besides  providing  for  its  own 
increasing  and  improving  population,  the  United  States 
has,  during  the  last  twenty  years,  entered  on  a  vast  trade 
of  cattle  and  meat  exportation.  For  rearing  live  stock 
there  are  many  advantages.  To  them  is  devoted  the 
immense  tract  of  country  that  includes  the  roUing  grass 
lands  and  plains,  a  territory  about  as  large  as  Europe. 
It  includes  Texas,  the  Indian  Territory,  and  large  parts  of 
Idaho,  Wyoming,  Montana,  Utah,  Arizona,  New  Mexico, 
Colorado,  Nevada,  and  some  portions  of  California,  Oregon, 


n  FOOD  AND  DRINK— MEAT,  ETC.  53 

and  Washington.  Other  states  in  the  West  Central  are 
also  largely  given  up  to  the  business  of  rearing  live  stock. 
Among  the  states  standing  highest  in  live  stock  are — Texas, 
Ohio,  Indiana,  Illinois,Wisconsin,  Iowa,  Missouri,  Kansas,  and 
Nebraska.  Taking  sheep  alone,  we  find  also  rich  districts 
towards  the  Pacific  —  California,  New  Mexico,  Oregon, 
Utah,  Montana,  etc.  So  great  has  been  the  activity  of 
some  of  these  districts  that,  despite  the  increase  in  popula- 
tion, the  growth  in  the  number  of  cattle  has  been  even 
greater,  the  proportion  per  1000  inhabitants  rising  from 
767  in  1850  to  840  in  1889.  Sheep  and  pigs,  when 
measured  by  the  same  standard,  have,  however,  diminished. 
Even  in  them  the  United  States  still  contrasts  very 
favourably  with  the  countries  of  Europe. 

Two  other  circumstances  have  largely  influenced  stock 
farming,  so  far  as  it  is  concerned  with  an  export  trade — 
the  comparative  low  prices  ruling  in  America,  and  the 
remarkable  development  of  locomotion  and  trade  organisa- 
tion. Low  prices  have  enabled  the  farmers  to  compete 
with  their  stock  in  foreign  lands  against  the  home  farmers, 
though  during  the  more  recent  years  prices  have  fallen 
so  much,  owing  to  excessive  competition  in  the  United 
States,  that  stock  farming  is  no  longer  so  profitable  as  it 
once  was,  and  many  ranches  have  been  deserted  and  lie 
idle.  On  the  other  hand,  the  improvements  in  the  trans- 
port service  are  all  to  the  benefit  of  the  western  cattle  and 
sheep  states.  From  these  states  meat  is  forwarded  to 
the  more  crowded  East.  In  this  transit  an  important  part 
is  played  by  Chicago,  St.  Louis,  Kansas  City,  Omaha, 
and  Peoria,  which  serve  as  collecting  places,  whence  stock 
may  be  farther  forwarded.  If  destined  for  foreign  countries 
they  are  shipped  on  board  specially  constructed  vessels  on 
their  arrival  at  the  eastern  ports.  At  the  collecting  places, 
however,  a  great  portion  of  the  stock  is  slaughtered,  and 
then  either  forwarded  in  the  refrigerating  carriages  or 
salted  and  canned  before  being  sent  on.  The  latter 
processes  combine  to  form  one  of  the  great  industries  of 
Chicago  and  St.  Louis.  In  the  former  city  the  curing  and 
preparing  of  bacon,  ham,  and  pork  are  carried  on  with  a 


54  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

perfection   and  to  an    extent    unknown   in   Europe,  about 
4  million  pigs  being  slaughtered  and  cured  annually. 

Argentine  Republic  and  Uruguay.  —  Both  these 
countries  have  large  herds  of  live  stock,  especially  of 
cattle  and  sheep.  The  latter,  however,  are  an  object  of 
attention  chiefly  on  account  of  their  wool.  The  number  of 
cattle  and  sheep  per  looo  inhabitants  is — 


Argentine 
Uruguay 


Cattle. 

Sheep. 

5,789 

17,581 

13,576 

37,426 

In  the  last-named  country  the  increase  during  recent 
years  has  been  very  great.  A  large  number  of  cattle  in 
each  country  are  sent  to  the  saladeros  to  be  slaughtered 
and  for  their  meat  to  be  prepared  for  export  to  foreign 
lands.  Among  other  forms  which  this  preparation  takes 
may  be  mentioned  that  of  meat  extract,  the  Liebig 
saladero  being  at  Fray  Bentos  in  Uruguay. 

Of  the  meat  exports  from  these  countries,  live  cattle  and 
plain  salted  meat  go  chiefly  to  the  other  countries  of  South 
and  Central  America.  To  Europe  and  especially  to  the 
United  Kingdom  go  the  more  finely-prepared  meat,  the 
salted  tongues  and  the  supplies  of  fresh  frozen  meat.  After 
the  United  Kingdom  rank  France,  Spain,  and  Belgium. 

The  exports  of  cattle  and  meat  from  Germany  and 
Denmark  are  chiefly  sent  to  the  neighbouring  countries. 

2.  Some  Animal  Products. 

Butter. — The  consumption  of  butter  in  Europe  has 
largely  increased  during  the  present  century  owing  to  the 
general  improvements  in  the  comfort  in  which  people  live. 
In  consequence  of  this  increased  demand  the  price  has 
risen  so  much  that  cheaper  substitutes  for  it  have  been 
sought,  one  of  which,  margarine^  has  become  an  article  of 
great  importance.  By  means  of  improvement  both  in  the 
processes  of  manufacture  and  in  the  rapidity  of  transport, 
countries  which  do  not  produce  sufficient  butter  for  their 
own  needs  are  able  to  import  it  from  abroad.     Both  the 


I 


II  FOOD  AND  DRINK — BUTTER,  ETC.  55 

United  Kingdom  and  Belgium  import  butter,  the  latter 
to  the  value  of  ;^  5  00, 000.  But  the  imports  into  the 
United  Kingdom  are  far  larger.  In  1890  it  imported 
butter  to  the  value  of  nearly  ;^  12,000,000,  and  margarine  to 
the  value  of  over  ;^3, 000,000.  The  chief  countries  which 
produce  butter  for  other  countries  are  Denmark,  France, 
Holland,  and  Sweden,  from  each  of  which  the  United 
Kingdom  obtains  a  large  quantity.  The  chief  country 
producing  and  exporting  margarine  is  Holland. 

Cheese. — The  manufacture  of  cheese,  like  that  of  butter, 
is  common  to  most  countries.  But  in  this  case,  too,  some 
countries  have  to  rely  upon  foreign  production  for  part  of 
their  supply.  Both  the  United  Kingdom  and  France, 
though  they  produce  a  great  quantity  of  cheese,  are  placed 
in  this  position.  Holland  can  provide  them  with  a  good 
deal ;  but  in  the  case  of  the  United  Kingdom,  the  United 
States  and  Canada  are  far  more  important.  From  these 
two  countries  it  obtains  about  four-fifths  of  its  total  import. 
Of  recent  years  Canada  has  devoted  considerable  attention 
to  the  manufacture  of  cheese  for  foreign  markets,  its  exports 
in  1890  being  three  or  four  times  as  great  as  those  of  1874. 
Finer  kinds  of  cheese  are  made  in  Switzerland  and  Italy. 

Eggs. — A  considerable  trade  is  carried  on  in  eggs, 
large  quantities  of  which  are  exported  annually  from  France, 
Holland,  Belgium,  Denmark,  and  Russia. 

3.  Fisheries. 

To  some  countries  fish,  the  "harvest  of  the  sea,"  is 
nearly  as  important  as  the  yield  of  the  fields.  It  affords  a 
main  article  of  support  to  the  maritime  inhabitants  of  China, 
and  together  with  rice  constitutes  the  food  of  the  greater 
portion  of  Japan,  where  it  has  been  calculated  that  no  fewer 
than  il  millions  of  people  are  engaged  in  the  fisheries. 
In  Norway  the  unfavourable  conditions  of  climate  and  soil 
have  driven  the  people  to  seek  their  support  from  the  sea, 
whence  they  land  fish  both  for  their  own  use  and  for 
export. 

In  some  countries  the  value  of  the  annual  catch  of  fish 


56  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

is  very  great.  Thus  the  annual  product  of  the  United 
Kingdom  sea  -  fishers  has  been  variously  stated  at 
^10,000,000  or  ;^ 1 3,000,000,  while  the  sea  fisheries 
of  the  United  States  were  estimated  (1880)  as  yielding 
over  ;^8,ooo,ooo.  But  if  the  produce  of  the  large  lake 
fisheries,  of  the  rivers  and  of  the  oyster-beds,  be  included 
in  the  account  of  the  fisheries  of  the  latter,  the  value  may 
be  put,  as  it  has  been  put  by  one  observer,  at  no  less  than 
;^2 2,000,000.  The  value  of  all  the  Canadian  fisheries  in 
1890  nearly  reached  ;^4, 000,000.  The  fisheries  of  the 
colony  of  Newfoundland  may  be  reckoned  as  worth  about 
another  million. 

There  are  two  great  fishing  districts  in  the  world :  the 
one  the  North  Sea ;  the  other  the  Western  Atlantic 
adjoining  the  coast  of  Newfoundland,  Nova  Scotia,  New 
Brunswick,  Prince  Edward  Isle,  Quebec,  and  the  New 
England  States.  While  the  fishing  in  the  open  sea  is  free  to 
every  nation,  treaties  have  been  made  to  determine  the 
rights  of  inshore  fishing  in  this  latter  district.  The  chief 
fish  caught  in  this  large  district  are  cod,  mackerel,  herring, 
haddock,  and  hake.  A  large  number  of  lobsters  are  also 
taken  near  the  shores. 

The  North  Sea  fisheries  are  shared  amongst  the  fisher- 
men from  Scotland,  England,  Holland,  and  the  Scandinavian 
countries.  Their  total  value  has  been  estimated  at 
;^2  5,000,000.  They  comprise  herring,  cod,  mackerel, 
haddock,  sole,  whiting,  etc.  The  chief  fishing  ports  in 
England  are  London,  Grimsby,  Hull,  Lowestoft,  and 
Yarmouth ;  and  in  Scotland,  Wick,  Peterhead,  and 
Lerwick.  The  herring  fisheries  of  France  and  Holland 
are  also  important. 

The  chief  places  where  salmon  fishing  is  largely  carried 
on  are  in  Norway,  and  to  a  much  greater  extent  British 
Columbia  and  the  American  States  bordering  on  the 
Pacific.  On  the  Columbia  and  Eraser  rivers  salmon  is 
caught,  then  "  canned  "  and  exported. 

The  oyster-beds  of  the  United  States  are  valuable  not 
only  for  home  consumption,  but  for  export.  They  lie 
chiefly  in  the  states  of  Maryland  and  those  adjoining.     In 


II  FOOD  AND  DRINK— SUGAR  57 

England  oysters  are  found  near  Whitstable,  in  France  on 
the  coast  of  Brittany,  in  Belgium  near  Ostend,  in  Holland 
near  Texel,  and  off  the  island  of  Zeeland. 

From  the  Mediterranean  come  the  sardine  (prepared 
chiefly  in  France),  the  anchovy^  and  the  tunny.  The 
sardine  is  also  caught  on  the  west  coast  of  France.  The 
pilchard  is  caught  off  the  coast  of  Cornwall. 


Less  necessary  Food  Commodities — 


The  articles  included  in  this  category  are  chiefly  those 
which,  though  useful  and  pleasing,  do  not  constitute  the 
essential  sustenance  of  any  body  of  people.  The  chief 
commodities  are  sugar,  coffee,  tea,  cocoa  ;  but  besides  these 
there  are  a  number  of  minor  articles. 

I.  Sugar. 

The  increase  in  the  use  of  sugar  since  1875-79  has 
been  remarkable.  With  the  exceptions  of  Belgium  and  Italy 
every  important  European  country  consumed  more  sugar 
annually  on  the  average  of  the  period  1885-89  than  on 
that  of  the  earlier  period.  In  the  United  Kingdom  the 
consumption  per  head  has  increased  from  57  to  70  lbs.  ; 
in  the  United  States  from  35  to  53  ;  in  France  from  18  to 
22  ;  and  in  Germany  from  13  to  nearly  16  lbs.  Of  course 
a  great  deal  of  this  use  of  sugar  is  indirect,  as  sugar  is  used 
in  the  manufacture  of  so  many  articles,  as  jam,  confectionery, 
beer,  etc. 

There  are  two  kinds  of  sugar — beetroot  sugar  and  cane 
sugar.  Cane  sugar  was  used  in  times  of  antiquity,  and  till 
very  recent  years  held  a  supremacy  hardly  interfered  with 
by  the  small  amount  of  sugar  produced  from  the  beet. 
But  now  beetroot  sugar,  as  the  following  table  shows,  has 
not  only  proved  itself  no  mean  rival,  but  become  victorious 
in  the  struggle  for  the  first  place. 


58 


COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY 


PART 


Yearly  Production  of  Sugar  in  Tons. 


1884-85. 

1888.89. 

1889-90. 

Cane  Sugar   . 
Beet  Sugar    . 

2,400,000 
2,500,000 

2,200,000 
2,700,000 

2,300,000 
3,600,000 

Total    .     . 

4,900,000 

4,900,000 

5,900,000 

These  estimates,  though  only  approximate,  represent  very 
fairly  the  change  that  has  been  taking  place.  The  countries 
producing  beet  sugar  are  very  differently  situated  as  to 
geographical  position  and  climate  from  those  in  which  the 
cane  grows.  The  sugar-cane  requires  a  moist  soil  and  a 
hot  temperature,  flourishing  best  in  the  tropical  countries. 
It  was  introduced  into  Southern  Europe  by  the  Arabs,  and 
thence  transplanted  to  the  West  Indies,  where  its  spread 
was  rapid.  On  the  other  hand,  beetroot  is  grown  in  the 
countries  of  Northern  Europe  in  a  temperate  but  not  always 
a  clement  climate. 

The  chief  countries  engaged  in  the  production  of  beet 
sugar  are — 

Germany,  with  a  production  of  about  l\  million  tons. 
France  „  „  %      „ 

Other  large  producers  are  Austria,  Russia,  and  Belgium, 
while  Holland  and  other  countries  add  to  the  production  in 
smaller  amounts. 

Germany. — The  progress  of  the  beet  cultivation  and  of 
the  sugar  industry  has  been  very  rapid  during  the  last  thirty 
years,  owing  very  largely  to  the  measures  of  protection  taken 
by  the  Government.  At  the  present  time  there  are  some  400 
factories  at  work,  half  of  which  are  situated  in  the  Prussian 
provinces  of  Saxony  and  Hanover  and  in  Brunswick,  where  the 
beetroot  fields  occupy  large  stretches  of  country.  Magde- 
burg is,  as  it  were,  the  sugar  capital  of  this  district.  Sugar 
production  takes  place  also  in  Silesia  and  Anhalt.  Of  the 
sugar  exported  from  Germany  more  than  half  goes  to  the 


FOOD  AND  DRINK— SUGAR 


59 


United  Kingdom,  after  which  Holland,  the  United  States, 
and  Sweden  rank  as  good  customers. 

France. — France,  though  it  entered  on  the  production 
of  beet  sugar  before  any  other  nation,  has  been  compelled 
to  yield  the  first  place  to  Germany.  Of  late  years  its 
production  has  been  uncertain.  The  chief  sugar  districts 
are  in  the  north,  near  Lille,  Amiens,  Rouen,  and  also  near 
Nantes,  Orleans,  and  Bordeaux.  Its  exports  go  chiefly  to 
the  United  Kingdom,  Portugal,  Belgium,  so  far  as  raw 
sugar  is  concerned.  Refined  sugar  it  sends  to  the  United 
Kingdom,  Switzerland,  Turkey,  etc.  France,  however,  now 
imports  more  raw  sugar  than  she  exports.  Her  refineries, 
especially  so  far  as  the  better  sorts  of  sugar  are  concerned, 
are  among  the  best  in  the  world. 

Atcstria-Hungary  produces  largely,  chiefly  in  Moravia, 
Hungary,  Silesia,  Lower  Austria,  and  Galicia,  and  has  an 
export  both  of  raw  and  refined  sugar.  It  sends  sugar  into 
Germany,  to  the  United  Kingdom,  Italy,  etc. 

The  chief  countries  producing  cane  sugar  lie  in  two 
different  parts  of  the  globe  ;  roughly  speaking,  divisible  into 
the  East  Indies  and  the  West  Indies.  Of  these  the  more 
important  are — 

Tons. 


Demerara 

prouuciug  o^UjUUU 
115,000 

Porto  Rico 

70,000 

Java 

310,000 

Manila,  etc. 

,,            180,000 

Mauritius 

,,            125,000 

Brazil    . 

,,            170,000 

Louisiana 

125,000 

As  may  be  seen,  the  countries  in  the  West  Indies  and 
America  are  considerably  the  more  important.  In  addition 
to  the  countries  named,  sugar  is  largely  produced  in  Trini- 
dad, Barbadoes,  Jamaica,  Antigua,  Martinique,  Guadeloupe, 
Sandwich  Islands,  British  India,  Madura,  Mexico,  Egypt. 
Much  of  the  cane  sugar  is  sent  to  the  United  States.  This 
occurs  in  the  case  of  Cuba,  Porto  Rico,  and  even  in  the 


6o  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

case  of  the  British  West  Indies  and  the  Sandwich  Islands. 
From  Mauritius  about  nine-tenths  of  the  total  product  goes 
to  Australasia  and  India  ;  from  the  Dutch  East  Indies  the 
sugar  goes  to  the  United  States  and  over  Singapore  ;  from 
the  Philippines  chiefly  to  the  former. 

The  most  important  importing  countries  are  the 
United  Kingdom  and  the  United  States.  The  United 
Kingdom  imported  (1892)  in  raw  sugar  8  million  cwts. 
from  the  continent  of  Europe  (beet),  and  over  7  million 
cwts.  of  cane  sugar  from  Java,  British  West  Indies,  British 
India,  Philippines,  etc.  She  also  imported  over  10  million 
cwts.  of  refined  sugar,  chiefly  from  Germany,  France,  and 
Holland.  Into  the  United  States  the  import  of  raw  sugar 
(nearly  all  cane,  and  most  from  the  West  Indies)  has  risen 
from  10  million  cwts.  in  1870  to  26  million  cwts.  in  1890. 

The  principal  export  countries  are,  in  their  order  of 
importance, /?r  raw  sugar — Cuba,  Germany,  Dutch  East 
Indies,  British  West  Indies,  Brazil,  Philippine  Islands, 
Mauritius,  Belgium,  Sandwich  Islands,  Austria-Hungary ; 
for  refined  sugar — Austria-Hungary,  Germany,  France.  If 
we  take  account  of  both,  Germany  stands  out  as  the  most 
important. 

Of  late  years  some  mills  in  the  United  States  have 
begun  to  produce  sugar  from  sorghum^  an  African  com- 
plant.     The  industry  is  likely  to  become  very  important. 

2.  Coffee. 

The  districts  within  which  the  coffee  plant  is  cultivated 
are  determined,  firstly,  by  its  excessive  dependence  on 
climate.  It  requires  considerable  warmth  and  moisture, 
and  so,  speaking  broadly,  will  not  flourish  outside  the 
tropics.  It  must  be  fairly  sheltered  from  winds,  and  grows 
best  on  a  soil  formed  of  decomposed  vegetable  matter. 
The  most  desirable  elevation  is  some  3000  feet  above  sea 
level.  Secondly,  the  fact  that  it  is  grown  largely  in  view 
of  export  to  foreign  markets  restricts  its  cultivation  to 
localities  conveniently  or  reasonably  near  to  ports.  Its  use 
in  certain  countries  is  very  great.     The  annual  consumption 


II  FOOD  AND  DRINK— COFFEE  6i 

per  head  during  the  period  1885-89  was  in  Holland  over 
10  lbs.  ;  in  Belgium  it  was  9  lbs.  ;  in  the  United  States 
8  lbs.  ;  in  Norway  7  J  lbs. ;  on  the  other  hand,  in  Germany, 
during  the  same  period,  it  was  only  5  lbs.  ;  in  France  3|  lbs.  ; 
and  in  the  United  Kingdom  not  quite  i  lb.  To  all  these 
countries  it  has  to  come  from  the  lands  where  it  is  grown. 
The  chief  countries  producing  and  exporting  coffee  are, 
with  their  estimated  quantities  ^ — 


Thousand  cwts. 

Brazil 

exports 

about  3,720 

Java  and  Dutch  East  Indies 

produce 

„       697 

Venezuela 

exports 

„       380 

Guatemala 

produces 

„       310 

Hayti 

exports 

„       260 

In  addition,  coffee  is  grown  in  Porto  Rico,  British  India 
and  Ceylon,  San  Salvador,  Colombia,  Mexico,  Philippine 
Islands,  British  West  Indies,  etc.  The  total  production  is 
certainly  not  short  of  8  million  cwts.  Small  quantities  are 
produced  in  Arabia,  etc. 

Brazil  is  by  far  the  most  important  country  engaged  in 
the  coffee  trade.  In  addition  to  the  large  amount  which  it 
exports,  it  raises  a  great  deal  for  the  home  consumption. 
The  chief  coffee  states  are  Rio  de  Janeiro  and  San  Paulo, 
assisted  to  their  position  by  climatic  advantages  and  the 
good  railway  communication  which  exists  respectively  with 
the  ports  of  Santos  and  Rio  de  Janeiro.  The  plantations 
lie  on  the  hills  at  some  little  distance  from  the  sea.  Next 
to  these  states  come  Minas-Geraes,  Ceara,  Pemambuco, 
Para,  Bahia,  and  Rio  Grande  do  Sul.  Of  late  years  the 
principal  extension  of  plantations  has  taken  place  in  San 
Paulo  and  Para.  Brazil  furnishes  half  the  amount  of  coffee 
sent  to  the  markets  of  America  and  Europe,  and  as  the 
quantity  consumed  in  the  country  itself  is  large,  its  yearly 
harvest  must  be  a  very  great  one. 

1  Statistics  compiled  in  the  Uebersichten. 


62  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 


3.  Tea. 

The  United  Kingdom  makes  up  by  its  large  consumption 
of  tea  for  its  comparatively  small  use  of  coffee.  Distributed 
per  head  of  the  population  this  amounts  to  5  lbs.,  a  quantity 
much  exceeded  in  the  Australian  colonies  with  an  annual 
average  of  7  J  lbs.  per  head.  Next  to  the  United  Kingdom 
come  Canada  with  3|  lbs.,  the  United  States  with  ij  lbs., 
Holland  with  a  little  more  than  i  lb.,  and  Russia  with  a 
consumption  per  head  of  ^  lb.  The  consumption  of  tea  in 
China  itself,  though  unesti mated,  is  probably  much  greater 
than  that  of  any  other  country. 

Tea  is  by  no  means  so  susceptible  to  cold  as  coffee, 
and  in  consequence  the  range  of  its  cultivation  is  much 
greater.  It  demands  an  even  and  warm  temperature,  and 
owing  to  its  need  of  moisture  and  yet  liability  to  damage 
from  excessive  dampness  at  the  roots,  grows  best  on  sloping 
land  with  a  system  of  natural  drainage.  It  is  owing  to 
this  that  the  lower  slopes  of  the  Himalayas  offer  so  fine  a 
field  for  its  cultivation.  Till  comparatively  recent  years 
the  production  was  almost  entirely  a  Chinese  monopoly, 
but  now  that  country  has  found  a  powerful  and  rapidly 
growing  rival  in  British  India,  which,  together  with  Ceylon, 
threatens  to  outstrip  it.  In  the  case  of  tea  sent  to  the 
United  Kingdom  this  has  already  occurred,  in  1890  that 
country  receiving  from  British  India  and  Ceylon  145 
million  lbs.,  and  from  China  and  Hong-Kong  nearly  74 
million  lbs.  The  principal  countries  exporting  tea  in  1889 
were — 

Million  lbs. 
China  with  total  export  257 

British  India  ,,         ,,  103 

Japan  ,,         >»  62 

Ceylon  „         »  33 

Java  and  Madura  ,,  >>  7 

Of  these  countries  the  most  rapidly  increasing  are  British 
India — where  a  great  extension  of  cultivation  has  taken 
place  in  Assam  and  Bengal — and  Ceylon,  where  on  many 


II  FOOD  AND  DRINK— TEA,  ETC  63 

plantations  tea  has  of  late  years  been  substituted  for 
coffee.  Of  the  export  from  China,  Russia  takes  about  4 1  per 
cent,  the  United  Kingdom  29  percent,  the  United  States  17 
per  cent,  and  Australasia  about  6  per  cent.  In  the  case  of 
British  India  the  proportions  are  very  different,  the  United 
Kingdom  taking  more  than  95  per  cent  of  the  whole. 

In  China  the  chief  production  of  tea  takes  place  in 
several  provinces,  of  v/hich  the  principal  is  Fu-chien. 

4.  Cacao. 

Cacao,  or,  as  it  is  generally  called,  cocoa,  is  used  as  a 
substitute  for  coffee  or  tea  to  some  extent  in  other  countries, 
but  to  a  very  great  extent  in  Spain  and  Portugal,  and  in 
those  countries  of  Central  and  Southern  America  which  lie 
near  the  Equator.  It  is  in  these  latter  that  it  is  produced, 
requiring  as  it  does  a  very  warm  and  very  moist  climate. 
The  chief  countries  producing  it  are  Ecuador,  Venezuela 
(Caracas),  Brazil  (Amazonas),  San  Salvador,  Trinidad, 
Martinique.  In  Europe  it  is  very  largely  used  for  the 
manufacture  of  -chocolate,  particularly  in  France,  Switzer- 
land, and  England. 

5.  Salt. 

Salt  is  one  of  the  great  auxiliary  requisites  of  the  human 
race.  It  is  needed  as  an  article  of  consumption,  especially 
among  people  restricted  to  a  vegetable  diet ;  it  is  required 
in  agriculture  and  for  the  support  of  live  stock ;  and  it  is 
used  in  many  manufactures,  as,  for  instance,  chemicals  and 
glass.  A  great  quantity  of  salt  is  annually  required  in 
the  various  processes  of  meat  preservation,  etc.  Very 
fortunately  so  universal  a  requirement  is  widely  produced. 
Its  supply  comes  from  various  sources,  from  the  seashore, 
marshes,  and  inlets  from  the  sea,  by  evaporation,  from 
salt  mines,  and  from  brine  springs.  In  some  form  or  other 
nearly  all  countries  have  a  good  supply.  This  is  particu- 
larly the  case  in  British  India,  where  the  salt  for  revenue 
purposes  has  been  made  subject  to  Government  monopoly, 
and  in  China  and  Japan.      In  Europe  the  chief  countries 


k 


64  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

producing  salt  in  large  amounts  are  the  United  Kingdom, 
where  the  annual  output  exceeds  on  the  average  2  million 
tons,  taking  place  chiefly  in  the  counties  of  Cheshire  and 
Worcestershire  ;  Russia,  with  a  yield  of  a  little  more  than  i 
million  tons,  where  the  principal  salt  mines  are  in  the  Ural 
and  Astrachan.  In  Germany  the  production  of  salt  is 
somewhat  widely  spread,  there  being  important  salt  mines 
near  Stassfurt  and  Erfurt  in  Saxony,  near  Stettin,  and  also 
in  Wiirtemberg.  The  total  yield  in  Germany  has  been 
reckoned  at  i  million  tons,  a  figure  which  it  usually 
exceeds.  In  France  the  yield  amounts  to  only  one-half  of 
the  foregoing,  the  most  important  department  being  that  of 
Meurthe-Moselle.  In  Austria-Hungary,  which,  like  France, 
produces  some  half  million  tons,  there  are  very  important 
mines  in  Galicia  at  Wieliczka,  and  at  Marmaros  and  Maros 
in  Hungary.  The  united  production  of  Spain  and  Portugal 
is  some  three-quarters  of  a  million  tons.  There  are  valuable 
deposits  in  the  Austrian  and  Bavarian  Alps,  in  the  Vosges, 
and  in  the  Pyrenees.  The  use  of  salt  in  the  United 
Kingdom  is  very  large. 

6.  Miscellaneous  Products. 

Farinaceous  Starch  Foods. — Sago  is  obtained  from 
certain  species  of  palms.  The  sago  palm  grows  most 
favourably  in  the  hot  swampy  islands  of  the  Malay 
Archipelago,  also  in  the  Moluccas,  New  Guinea,  Borneo, 
and  the  Philippine  Islands.  From  these  places  the  sago, 
which  is  the  pith,  is  taken  to  Singapore,  where  it  is  prepared 
in  different  ways  for  the  European  markets.  It  is  mostly 
sent  to  England  and  thence  distributed  over  the  continent. 
Tapioca  is  produced  from  the  roots  of  the  mandioc  or 
cassava  plant,  which  is  largely  cultivated  in  the  West  Indies, 
whence  the  United  Kingdom  derives  its  chief  supply.  A 
certain  quantity  is  sent  to  Europe  over  Singapore ;  and  a 
considerable  cultivation,  chiefly  for  home  consumption,  takes 
place  also  in  South  America  and  some  of  the  South  Sea 
Islands.  Arrowroot  is  a  native  of  tropical  America  and 
the  West  Indies,  among  which  latter  Jamaica  is  important. 


II  FOOD  AND  DRINK— FRUITS,  SPICES  65 

Southern  and  other  Fruits. — In  addition  to  the  better 

known  fruits,  which  grow  so  widely  throughout  the  temperate 
regions  of  Europe,  there  are  certain  fruits,  chiefly  known  as 
southern  fruits,  which  form  a  valuable  article  in  the  trade 
between  different  countries.  Oranges  and  lemons  come 
to  the  markets  of  the  northern  European  countries  chiefly 
from  the  European  and  other  countries  bordering  the 
Mediterranean.  Spain,  Portugal,  Italy,  and  Sicily  are 
important  producing  lands.  In  the  United  States  oranges 
are  produced  in  the  greatest  plenty  in  Florida.  Currants 
are  the  raisins  of  a  very  small  grape,  growing  luxuriantly 
in  Greece  and  the  Grecian  Isles.  They  are  dried,  pressed 
into  casks,  and  exported.  Raisins^  of  which  there  are 
several  kinds,  are  chiefly  produced  in  Asia  Minor,  in  the 
country  round  Smyrna  (whence  come  the  sultana  raisins), 
and  the  islands  of  Samos  and  Cos,  in  Spain  (whence,  in 
addition  to  the  more  common  kinds,  the  muscatels  are 
exported),  and  in  Calabria  in  Italy.  Figs  are  grown  in 
Southern  Europe,  and  largely  in  Asia  Minor  and 
Northern  Africa.  Large  imports  enter  the  United  King- 
dom from  Turkey. 

Spices  and  Condiments. — Of  pepper  there  are  two 
important  kinds — white  and  black  pepper  and  cayenne 
pepper.  White  and  black  pepper,  the  ordinary  pepper,  are 
the  product  of  the  same  plant,  which  is  indigenous  to  the 
hot  districts  of  South-Eastern  Asia,  being  cultivated  mainly 
in  the  Moluccas,  Sumatra,  the  Malay  Archipelago,  and  in 
the  Malabar  Coast  of  British  India.  Most  of  the  supply 
sent  to  Europe  is  collected  at  and  exported  from  Singapore. 
Cayenne  pepper  is  from  an  entirely  different  plant.  It  is 
grown  in  the  East  and  West  Indies,  in  South  America,  Spain, 
Southern  France,  and  Hungary.  Ginger^  which  is  largely 
grown  in  its  original  home  in  South-Eastern  Africa,  was 
early  introduced  into  the  West  Indies.  Jamaica  ginger  is 
well  known  among  the  gingers  imported  into  the  United 
Kingdom.  Cinnamofi  is  best  produced  in  Ceylon  and  other 
south-eastern  islands.  Though  its  cultivation  has  been 
extended  to  other  places  in  the  West  Indies  and  South 
America,  the  products  of  these  countries  are  not  so  highly 

F 


66  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

valued.  Nutmegs  and  cloves  are  obtained  from  the 
Moluccas.  Attempts  have  been  made  to  extend  their 
cultivation,  and  in  the  case  of  cloves  not  without  consider- 
able success.  Allspice  is  grown  in  the  West  Indies, 
particularly  in  Jamaica.  Vanilla  in  Mexico,  West  Indies, 
and  Central  and  South  America.  Aniseed,  indigenous  to 
Egypt,  is  also  cultivated  in  Southern  Europe,  Germany, 
and  East  Indies,  Mustard  is  very  generally  grown,  as 
also  is  saffron,  the  best  saffron  coming  from  Austria. 

Medicinal  Products. — Among  these  an  important  place 
is  held  by  opium,  which,  however,  is  more  used  in  certain 
of  its  forms  as  a  pleasurable  narcotic.  Opium  smoking  is 
a  prevalent  custom  in  certain  parts  of  India  and  in  China. 
The  opium  poppy  is  a  native  of  Persia  and  Asia  Minor,  and 
the  production  of  opium  takes  place  in  both  these  countries, 
as  well  as  in  Egypt,  Greece,  Algiers,  etc.  But  the  two 
most  important  countries  producing  opium  are  British 
India  and  China.  In  the  latter  country  it  is  prepared  for 
home  use.  British  India  produces  a  very  large  amount  of 
opium,  chiefly  for  export  to  China.  The  annual  export  of 
opium  to  China  is  about  120,000  cwts.  In  India  opium  is 
chiefly  grown  in  Bengal  (near  Patna),  Malwa,  Rajputana,  and 
to  a  limited  extent  in  the  Central  Provinces  and  the  Punjab. 
The  most  valuable  is  Turkish  opium.  Quinine  is  one  of 
the  preparations  made  from  the  bark  of  the  cinchona, 
which,  in  all  its  species,  is  indigenous  to  the  eastern  sides 
of  the  Andes  from  a  little  N.  to  20°  S.  During  recent 
years  it  has  been  introduced  into  other  countries,  as  India 
(where  its  cultivation  has  been  attended  with  great  success), 
Java,  Ceylon,  Jamaica.  The  chief  countries  supplying  the 
European  markets  are  Colombia  and  Ceylon.  Strychnine 
is  produced  from  the  seeds  of  the  nux-vomica,  which  grows 
in  Ceylon  and  on  the  Coromandel  Coast.  Camphor  comes 
principally  from  the  Island  of  Formosa. 

Miscellaneous. — As  vinegar  is  prepared  from  young 
and  poor  wines  by  some  fermentation,  its  production  takes 
place  in  the  wine  countries,  and  especially  in  France, 
Germany,  and  Italy,  all  of  which  countries  export  consider- 
able quantities.     Ai)  inferior  vinegar  is  made  from  wood  by 


I 


II  FOOD  AND  DRINK— WINE  67 

a  particular  mode  of  distillation.  Onions  are  a  considerable 
import  into  the  United  Kingdom,  which  procures  its 
supplies  from  Egypt,  Spain,  and  Holland.  Lard  (swine's 
fat)  is  produced  in  most  countries,  but  as  an  article  of 
export  it  is  despatched  chiefly  from  the  United  States. 
Yeasty  used  in  baking,  is  produced  in  the  process  of 
brewing.  It  is  also  imported  into  the  United  Kingdom  in 
a  dry  form  from  Holland,  France,  and  Germany. 

iv.  Wine,  Beer,  and  Spirits. 
I.  Wine. 

An  average  wine  year  is  reckoned  at  a  yield  of  over 
2800  million  gallons.  Owing  to  the  great  differences  in 
quality  it  is  impossible  to  calculate  its  value  at  all  closely, 
estimates  varying  from  about  ;^8o,ooo,ooo  to  ^160,000,000. 
Even  the  lower  of  these  two  suffices  to  display  the  import- 
ance of  wine  in  connection  with  industry  and  trade. 

There  is  a  great  difference  in  the  consumption  of  wine 
in  the  countries  of  Europe.  If  the  total  amount  consumed 
be  divided  among  the  population,  the  nations  leading  the 
way  with  the  highest  individual  consumption  are  Spain 
(201  pints  annually),  Greece  (191  pints),  Bulgaria  (182 
pints),  Portugal  (166  pints),  Italy  (166  pints).  Passing  to 
the  more  important  nations,  the  consumption  per  head  in 
France  is  165  pints,  in  Germany  8  pints,  in  Belgium  4  pints, 
and  in  the  United  Kingdom  2  pints.  The  first  three 
countries  mentioned,  Spain,  Greece,  and  Bulgaria,  produce 
a  cheap  and  not  highly  valued  wine  and  drink  it. 

The  foremost  wine-producing  countries  are — 

Annual  Wine  Production  of  leading  Countries.^ 
Average  of  period  1886-90. 

Countries.  Million  Gallons. 

Italy 677 

Spain 655 

France 605 

^  Drawn  from  the  Uebersichten,  etc. 


68  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRArHY  part 

Countries.  Million  Gallons. 

Austria-Hungary  ......         209 

Portugal  (1890)  about    ...  .132 

Russia                     ,,        .          .                            .52 
Germany 50 

The  wines  of  all  these  countries,  with  the  exception  of 
Russia,  enter  into  trade. 

France. — France,  though  inferior  in  quantity  to  both 
Italy  and  Spain,  stands  first,  if  we  look  at  the  value  of  its 
wines  and  their  importance,  in  Europe.  At  one  time 
France  produced  a  greater  quantity  of  wine  than  any  other 
country,  but  of  recent  years,  since  1880,  its  production 
has  diminished  considerably  owing  to  destruction  wrought 
by  the  phylloxera,  and  in  a  less  degree  by  the  mildew. 
Vine-growing  is  widespread,  extending  through  seventy-six 
departments,  of  which  the  two  most  important,  with 
reference  to  quality  of  wine  produced,  are  Herault  and 
Aude.  The  wine  districts  are  three — the  Bordeaux  district, 
the  Burgundy  district,  the  Champagne  district.  The 
Bordeaux  district  produces  the  ordinary  red  wine,  and 
includes  among  its  leading  departments  the  two  already 
noted,  and  Gironde,  Charente- Inferieure,  Dordogne, 
Charente.  The  chief  departments  in  the  Burgundy 
district  are  Cote  d'Or  and  Yonne ;  in  the  Champagne 
country,  Marne,  Haute  Marne,  and  Meurthe. 

France  now  imports  a  great  deal  more  wine  than  it 
exports,  a  state  of  things  which  will  continue,  because  the 
wine  for  export  is  of  a  better  quality  than  that  which  is 
produced  or  imported  for  home  consumption.  Some  of  the 
wine  imported,  especially  that  from  Spain,  is  imported  for 
mixing  with  the  wine  of  Bordeaux.  This  country  and 
Algiers  are  the  chief  sources  from  which  France  imports 
wine.  It  exports  wine  to  all  parts,  especially  to  the  United 
Kingdom,  Switzerland,  Belgium,  and  Germany. 

Italy. — The  wines  of  Italy  differ  very  much  in  both 
character  and  quality.  The  more  important  districts  for 
the  production  are  the  southern,  especially  Sicily,  Tuscany, 
and  Piedmont.  Italy  exports  considerably  more  wine  than 
it  imports. 


II  FOOD  AND  DRINK— BEER  69 

Spain. — During  late  years  the  export  of  wine  from  Spain 
has  been  increasing.  Catalonia  and  Valencia  are  the 
largest  wine -producing  districts,  while  in  Andalusia  some 
well-famed  wines  are  produced,  as  sherry  and  Malaga,  most 
of  which  are  shipped  to  the  English  market. 

In  Austria- Hungary  Hungary  is  celebrated  for  its 
particular  wines.  Portugal  sends  to  the  United  Kingdom 
and  other  countries  port  wine  from  the  district  of  the 
Douro,  and  Madeira  from  the  island  of  that  name.  The 
wine  production  of  Germany,  though  not  large  in  amount, 
is  important  because  of  the  high  value  and  quality  of  the 
wines  produced  in  certain  districts.  The  most  important  of 
these  are  situated  by  the  Rhine,  the  Moselle,  and  the  Neckar. 

Of  recent  years  wine  from  the  United  States 
(California)  and  Australia  has  been  imported  into  the 
United  Kingdom,  and  will,  it  is  expected,  increase  in 
quantity.     Wine  is  also  produced  in  Cape  Colony, 

2.  Beer. 

There  are  two  countries  which  stand  far  before  all 
others  in  the  amount  of  beer  which  they  produce.  Germany 
and  the  United  Kingdom  brew  very  nearly  the  same 
amount,  the  former  country  leading  the  way  with  an  annual 
product  of  about  11 60  million  gallons,  and  the  United 
Kingdom  following  with  about  1145  million.  Beer  is  very 
greatly  drunk  in  both  of  these  countries,  though,  judging  by 
the  quantity  consumed  as  compared  with  the  population, 
they  are  surpassed  by  Belgium  and  nearly  approached  by 
Denmark. 

Beer  drunk  per  head 
of  the  population. 
Belgium        ......         309  pints 

United  Kingdom  .....         239    ,, 

Germany       ......         184    ,, 

Denmark       ......         178    ,, 

In  no  other  country  does  the  proportionate  amount  of 
beer  consumed  stand  nearly  as  high.  The  more  prominent 
countries  are  the  United  States,  Australia,  and  Switzerland. 


70  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

In  Gerjna7iy  the  beer  industry  is  a  very  large  one,  having 
its  most  important  centre  in  Bavaria,  where  there  are  about 
7000  breweries,  and  in  certain  districts  of  Prussia,  noticeably 
in  the  province  of  Saxony  and  near  Posen.  In  the  United 
Kiyigdom  the  chief  home  of  the  beer  industry  is  Burton-on- 
Trent,  where  most  of  thelarge  brewing  finns  have  establish- 
ments, and  in  Ireland  (stout  and  porter).  The  chief 
brewing  districts  in  Belgium  are  in  the  provinces  of 
Brabant,  Hennegau,  East  and  West  Flanders,  and 
Antwerp. 

The  production  of  beer  makes  its  chief  demand  on 
barley,  which,  in  the  form  of  malt,  forms  its  principal 
ingredient,  sugar,  and  hops,  which  impart  to  it  its  slightly 
bitter  flavour. 

3.  Spirits. 

In  the  production  of  spirits  there  are  two  processes : 
firstly,  the  production  of  a  fermented  liquor  ;  and  secondly, 
the  separation  by  distillation  of  the  alcohol  in  the  liquor. 
For  the  manufacture  of  spirits  such  substances  as  the 
following  are  required  —  grain  substances,  wheat,  barley, 
rye,  etc.,  beetroot,  potatoes,  fruits,  and  other  substances 
containing  sugar. 

The  production  and  consumption  of  spirits  of  some 
kinds  is  spread  very  widely  over  the  earth,  the  highest 
consumption  taking  place  in  Russia,  Scandinavia,  and  in 
the  Prussian  provinces  of  Pomerania,  West  Prussia,  and 
Posen. 

Brandy  for  export  is  chiefly  produced  in  France,  whence 
the  United  Kingdom  in  1890  imported  nearly  3  million 
(proof)  gallons,  and  Germany. 

Gin  is  largely  manufactured  and  exported  by  Holland, 
from  which  country  the  United  Kingdom  obtains  nearly 
her  entire  supply. 

Rum  is  made  from  molasses  and  largely  imported  into 
Europe  from  the  countries  where  cane  sugar  is  produced, 
into  the  United  Kingdom  from  British  West  Indies  and 
British  Guiana. 

The  chief  spirit   produced  in  the  United  Kingdom   is 


II  FOOD  AND  DRINK— TOBACCO  71 

whisky^  which  is  made  in  Ireland  and  Scotland,  principally 
from  barley  malt,  and  which  is  an  article  of  export  as  well 
as  of  home  consumption. 

V.  Tobacco. 

Tobacco  might  be,  and  possibly  is,  grown  to  some  extent 
in  nearly  all  the  countries  where  it  is  consumed.  As, 
however,  it  could  not  be  grown  with  the  fruitful  results 
that  attend  its  cultivation  in  countries  where  the  danger 
of  uncertain  frost  is  not  so  great,  and  where  the  climate 
and  temperature  are  most  favourable,  the  area  of  its 
effective  cultivation  is  a  little  limited,  though  still  remaining 
very  wide.  The  total  tobacco  harvest  has  been  estimated 
as  amounting  to  about  1630  million  lbs.  Of  this  total 
the  United  States  produces  about  30  per  cent,  and  British 
India  about  22  per  cent.  Other  very  important  countries 
are — {a)  outside  Europe  in  respect  of  quantity,  Asia  Minor, 
Dutch  East  Indies,  Japan ;  and  in  respect  of  quality  or 
kind  of  production,  Cuba  and  the  Philippine  Islands. 
{b)  In  Europe  in  respect  of  quantity,  Austria  -  Hungary, 
Russia,  Germany,  France.  It  is  worthy  of  note  that 
Austria  -  Hungary  and  Russia  follow  immediately  after 
British  India  in  the  general  list  of  the  large  producing 
lands. 

In  the  United  States  the  cultivation  of  tobacco  is  so 
widely  spread  that  it  takes  place  in  no  fewer  than  forty-two 
states.  Of  these  the  two  most  important  are  Kentucky 
and  Virginia,  after  which  follow  North  Carolina,  Tennessee, 
Pennsylvania,  Ohio.  The  export  from  the  United  States 
is  very  great,  and  amounts  to  some  250  million  lbs.  The 
production  in  British  Iiidia^  great  though  it  is,  is  not  very 
important  in  international  commerce,  as  the  consumption 
in  the  country  absorbs  it  nearly  all,  some,  however,  being 
sent  to  Australia.  The  quality  of  the  tobacco  is  not  very  good. 
In  Cuba  there  is  a  great  trade  in  cigars  of  a  high  quality, 
termed  Havanas  from  the  place  of  their  export.  A  great 
quantity  of  cigars  pass  by  the  name  of  Havanas  without 
being  the  produce  of  the   island  of  Cuba,  often,   indeed, 


72 


COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY 


PART  II 


without  even  passing  through  the  island, 
are  produced  in  the  Philippine  Islands. 
Important  and  other  countries  with 
sumption  per  head  are — 


Holland 
Belgium 
Switzerland  . 
Greece 
Denmark 
United  States 
Germany 
France 


The  Manilla  cigars 
a  high  rate  of  con- 

Per  head, 
about  7  lbs. 
4i 
4i 
3l 
3l 
3i 
Z\ 

2 


In  contrast  with  the  above  the  consumption  in  the 
United  Kingdom  is  only  about  \\  lbs.  per  head.  It  derives 
nearly  four -fifths  of  its  total  supply  from  the  United 
States. 


CHAPTER    II 

TEXTILE    RAW    MATERIALS  AND    THEIR    MANUFACTURE 

After  the  need  of  food  is  satisfied,  there  is  no  greater 
and  more  universal  want  than  that  of  clothing.  Owing 
to  the  necessity  of  protection  against  the  climate  and  the 
love  of  ornament,  or  for  the  sake  of  decency,  clothing 
is  a  requisite  in  almost  every  land — certainly  in  every 
land  where  life  has  emerged  from  the  earliest  state  of 
primitive  culture.  In  some  of  the  more  backward  countries 
the  want,  when  felt,  is  supplied  by  the  use  of  materials 
furnished  ready  to  hand  by  nature,  such  as  fur,  feathers, 
etc.  But  this  is  not  the  custom  in  the  more  advanced 
countries.  In  these  raw  material  is  manufactured  into 
cloth,  etc.  The  raw  material  is  textile  raw  material,  and 
its  manufacture  represents  the  earlier  stages  of  the  textile 
spinning  and  weaving  industries.  The  most  important 
branches  of  the  textiles  are  cotton,  wool,  flax,  jute,  hemp, 
silk. 

I.  Cotton. 

Cotton  is  the  soft  down  or  fibre  surrounding  the  seeds 
of  the  cotton-plant  as  they  lie  in  their  capsule.  After  the 
flower  is  shed  the  capsule  bursts,  giving  opportunity  for  the 
cotton  to  be  plucked. 

The  cotton-plant,  which  is  of  several  kinds,  flourishes 
best  in  warm  climates  and  in  a  light  warm  soil.  Owing 
to  its  peculiar  sensitiveness  to  frost,  and  to  the  length 
of  time  during  which  it  must  be  protected  from  such  an 


74  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY 


influence,  its  cultivation  is  generally  confined  to  tropical 
and  sub-tropical  regions.  But  within  these  limits  it  is  and 
can  be  grown  over  a  wide  area.  It  is  said  to  be  indigenous 
in  three  continents  of  the  world  —  in  Asia,  Africa,  and 
America ;  and  it  has  been  introduced  into  the  other  two — 
into  the  southern  districts  of  Europe, — Italy,  and  Spain, 
by  the  Arabs  ;  into  Australia,  Queensland,  of  more  recent 
times. 

The  importance  of  cotton  is  threefold.  It  is  important 
as  supplying  clothing  and  household  requisites  ;  it  is  im- 
portant as  one  of  the  great  commercial  products ;  it  is 
important  as  maintaining  a  busy  branch  of  industry. 

The  total  production  of  cotton  is  great  and  increasing. 
In  1890  the  cotton  yield  of  the  world  was  about  6430 
million  lbs.,  while  during  the  period  1880-84  the  annual 
average  was  some  4660  million  lbs.  Towards  the  total 
production  three  countries,  the  United  States,  British  India, 
and  Egypt,  contribute  some  86  per  cent,  that  is  more  than 
four-fifths.  Of  these  the  United  States  is  by  far  the  most 
important.  By  reason  of  its  enormous  supply  of  about 
4300  million  lbs.,  and  the  large  proportion  of  it  exported, 
it  rules  the  cotton  markets  of  the  world.  Before  the  Civil 
War  between  the  North  and  South  its  control  was  even 
greater,  as  the  exports  to  Europe  from  other  countries  were 
of  comparatively  little  account.  India  produces  over  800 
million  and  Egypt  nearly  400  million  lbs. 

The  quality  of  cotton  is  by  no  means  uniform.  It 
differs  according  to  its  length  of  fibre,  its  strength,  its 
regularity,  and  its  softness.  In  the  trade  it  is  classified 
according  to  its  place  of  origin  and  its  quality.  Sea-island 
cotton,  which  comes  from  the  coast  of  Georgia  and  South 
Carolina,  is  the  best,  has  the  longest  staple  (or  greatest 
length  of  fibre),  and  commands  the  highest  price.  Indian 
cotton  has  a  shorter  staple.  Upland  cotton,  from  the  inland 
districts  of  America,  has  a  short  staple.  Egyptian  is  of  a 
high  quality. 

United  States. — The  cotton  produced  in  the  United 
States  is  of  two  kinds  —  sea- island  and  upland.  Of  the 
total   amount — roughly  reckoned   at  4500  million  lbs.   in 


COTTON  75 


1892,  in  1889  at  3400  million  lbs. — the  greatest  amounts 
are  produced  by  the  following  states :  Texas,  Georgia, 
Mississippi,  Alabama,  and  South  Carolina,  which  five  states 
possess  two -thirds  of  the  cotton  plantations.  Other  im- 
portant states  are  Arkansas,  Louisiana,  North  Carolina, 
Tennessee,  Florida,  Missouri,  Virginia,  Kentucky,  and 
Kansas.  The  chief  districts  of  cotton  production  may  be 
described  as  two,  that  along  the  coast  already  alluded  to, 
and  that  in  the  Mississippi  valley,  where  is  the  celebrated 
rich  cotton  soil  of  America. 

Of  the  cotton  thus  produced  the  United  States  retains 
a  good  amount  at  home  for  the  supply  of  its  own  industries, 
which,  as  we  shall  see,  are  very  important.  Its  export  of 
cotton,  however,  absorbs  much  the  larger  share,  amount- 
ing on  an  average  to  nearly  three-fifths  of  the  whole.  Of 
this  by  far  the  largest  quantity  goes  to  the  United  Kingdom, 
which  buys  more  than  one-third  of  the  entire  cotton  grown 
in  the  United  States.  Cotton  is  also  sent  in  large  quantities 
to  Germany,  France,  and  Belgium.  The  chief  ports  for  the 
despatch  of  American  cotton  are  New  Orleans,  Galveston, 
and  New  York. 

British  India. — The  rise  of  India  into  the  position  of  an 
important  cotton  country  took  place  during  the  Civil  War 
in  America,  when  England,  deprived  of  her  usual  supplies, 
fell  back  on  India,  with  the  result  of  stimulating  the  exten- 
sion of  cultivation  in  that  country  and  bringing  about  a 
great  increase  in  her  exports.  These,  from  amounting  to 
some  460,000  bales  in  1858,  rose  during  the  sixties  to 
nearly  2  million  bales.  After  the  war  was  over  India  was 
not  able  to  maintain  the  position  it  had  held  during  its 
continuance.  Since  1880,  however,  her  exports  have  risen 
again,  and  in  1890  Indian  export  of  cotton  amounted  to 
660  million  lbs.  Since  then  it  has  again  shown  a  decline.  Of 
this  36  per  cent  goes  to  the  United  Kingdom,  other  countries 
taking  large  amounts  of  Indian  cotton  being  Italy,  Belgium, 
Austria-Hungary,  France.  India  retains  about  one-fourth 
of  her  cotton  for  home  manufacture,  etc. 

The  most  important  districts  for  cotton  are  the  pre- 
sidencies of  Bombay  and  Berar,  after  which  rank  Madras, 


76  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

the  North -West  Provinces,  the  Punjab,  and  the  Central 
Provinces.  The  plateau  extending  through  Berar  and  into 
Bombay  is  the  great  cotton  district. 

Bombay  is  the  most  important  port  for  the  despatch  of 
cotton. 

Egypt. — The  cotton  produced  in  Egypt  is  of  a  very  fine 
quality,  and  highly  valued  in  European  markets,  being  used 
for  spinning  a  fine  quality  yarn.  In  quantity  this  country 
still  comes  after  India,  though  it  has,  unlike  India,  steadily 
increased  its  exports  since  1870.  With  occasional  oscillation 
they  advanced,  till  in  1890  they  amounted  to  about  380 
million  lbs.  Taking  the  last  few  years,  Egypt  may  be  said  to 
be  making  rapid  strides  toward  the  second  place  as  a  cotton 
exporting  country.  During  1891  and  1892  it  sent  much 
more  cotton  to  the  United  Kingdom  than  did  India.  The 
cotton  is  exported  from  Alexandria. 

Other  countries  producing  cotton  are  Brazil,  where  it  is 
cultivated  chiefly  in  the  provinces  of  Pemambuco,  Maranhao, 
Piauhy  and  Ceara,  Asia  Minor,  Persia,  China,  where  the 
cultivation  is  extending,  Japan,  Peru,  Chili,  Russia,  in  its 
Asiatic  possessions  and  in  the  southern  districts  in  Europe, 
West  Africa,  Australasia,  South  Africa,  the  West  Indies, 
and  in  Europe — Italy  and  Greece. 

The  greatest  users  of  the  cotton  thus  produced  are  the 
United  Kingdom  and  the  United  States.  Taken  together 
these  two  countries  consume  in  their  manufactures  on  an 
average  a  little  more  than  half  the  cotton  harvest  of  the 
year.  A  comparison  of  the  amounts  employed  with  the 
population  shows  the  importance  which  the  manufacture  of 
cotton  holds  in  the  respective  countries.  The  consumption 
then  per  head  is,  in  the  following  countries  (average  of  years 
1886-90):— 


United  Kingdom    . 

.     42  lbs.     Belgium 

. 

.     8  lbs. 

United  States 

.      19   „       France 

•     7   ., 

Switzerland    . 

.     18   ,,       Holland 

. 

•     5   M 

Germany 

9   ,,       Russia 
British  India,  nearly  i  lb. 

• 

•     3  „ 

In  the  position 

of  consumers  of  very 

large 

amounts  0; 

COTTON 


77 


cotton  the  countries  stand  in  the  following  order — the 
United  Kingdom,  the  United  States,  Germany,  Russia, 
India,  France  ;  other  countries  of  importance  being  Austria- 
Hungary,  Italy,  Spain,  Switzerland,  Belgium,  Canada, 
Sweden,  and  Holland.  Some  idea  of  the  relative  activities 
of  the  leading  nations  may  be  formed  from  the  statement 
of  the  spindles  and  weaving  looms  respectively  used  in  the 
cotton  manufacture. 


Countries. 
The  United  Kingdom 
The  United  States . 
Germany 
France  . 
Russia    . 
British  India  . 


Spindles. 
44,500,000 
15,500,000 
5,500,000 
4,900,000 
3,600,000 
3,300,000 


Looms. 

615,700 

250,000 

245,000 

72,700 

90,000 

24,600 


The  United  Kingdojn. — Far  before  other  nations  as  the 
United  Kingdom  stands  in  manufacture,  there  is  no  leading 
branch  in  which  her  pre-eminence  is  so  evident  as  in  the 
cotton  industry.  To  the  people  of  the  country  cotton  is  by 
far  the  most  important  of  the  textile  industries,  while  the 
Kingdom  as  an  exporting  nation  sends  her  finished  and 
half-manufactured  products  to  all  parts  of  the  world.  Raw 
cotton  comes  into  the  country  from  the  great  producing 
countries.  It  is  manufactured  in  South-West  Lancashire, 
etc.,  and  then,  while  some  is  retained  for  home  use,  the 
rest  is  exported,  to  the  value  of  ;!^7o,ooo,ooo.  Some 
half-million  operatives  are  employed  in  the  manufacture. 

The  United  States. — The  cotton  industry  of  the  United 
States  has  been  increasing  with  great  rapidity  during  the 
past  twenty  years,  and  the  country  now  provides  a  very 
large  portion  of  the  fabrics  required  for  home  use.  As 
yet,  however,  the  imports  of  foreign  cotton  goods  still  out- 
balance her  exports.  The  chief  centres  of  the  manufac- 
ture are  Lowell,  Baltimore,  Patterson,  and  Philadelphia. 
Over  200,000  workpeople  are  employed  directly  in  this 
industry. 

Germany. — From  Germany  there  are  every  year  increas- 
ing amounts  of  cotton  manufacture  sent  abroad.     Yarn, 


78  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

however,  she  still  imports.  The  industry  has  found  its 
chief  development  in  Alsace,  in  the  kingdom  of  Saxony, 
and  in  Baden  and  Wiirtemberg. 

France. — This  country,  like  Germany,  is  able  to  export 
some  part  of  her  manufactures.  For  a  few  years  she  was 
detrimentally  affected  by  the  loss  of  Alsace-Lorraine,  being 
obliged  to  import  yarn  in  very  large  quantities.  But  of 
more  recent  years  it  has  been  recovering  ground,  and  has 
proved  itself  very  apt  in  the  production  of  one  class  of  goods. 

Russia. — In  this  country  the  industry  is  in  by  no  means 
so  developed  a  condition.  The  imports  of  yarn  are  con- 
siderable, and  though  the  exports  of  fabrics  have  usually  of 
recent  years  exceeded  the  imports,  the  excess  is  very  small. 

Both  on  the  Continent  and  in  the  United  States  the  rate 
of  increase  in  manufacture  of  cotton  has  been  greater,  in  both 
Germany  and  the  United  States  very  much  greater,  than 
in  the  United  Kingdom.  The  increased  production  on 
the  Continent,  however,  has  not  deprived  England  of  much 
of  the  trade  it  did  with  them.  It  has  deprived  it  of  a 
large  portion  of  the  trade  it  might  have  done  with  them, 
if  they  had  not  so  improved.  In  the  case  of  the  United 
States  the  great  advance  of  manufacture  has  deprived  the 
United  Kingdom  of  a  most  valuable  customer.  The  imports 
of  English  goods  into  that  country  are  smaller  than  they 
were.  In  all  probability  they  will  decrease  still  more.  From 
neither  of  these  quarters  has  the  United  Kingdom  met  with 
nearly  so  serious  a  rivalry  in  backward  markets  as,  so  far 
as  China,  Japan,  and  other  eastern  markets  are  concerned, 
it  has  encountered  from  India.  Indian  yarn  and  goods, 
especially  the  latter,  are  exported  thither  in  increasing 
quantities.  In  British  India  the  extension  of  the  manu- 
facture of  cotton  dates  from  after  the  American  Civil  War. 
When  peace  was  restored  the  raw  cotton  produced  in  the 
new  plantations  in  India  was  no  longer  in  so  high  a  demand 
in  England,  and  its  presence  in  India  as  a  ready  supply  led 
to  the  real  foundation  of  the  manufacturing  industry,  which 
has  developed  with  remarkable  rapidity.  India  still  con- 
tinues to  import  finished  goods,  but  there  are  signs  that  this 
trade  is  beginning  to  decrease,  while  its  export  of  yarns  is 


WOOL  79 


far  greater  than  the  import.  The  chief  development  of 
manufacture  has  taken  place  in  the  island  of  Bombay,  in 
the  cotton-growing  districts  of  Gujerat,  and  in  the  neighbour- 
hood of  Calcutta.  The  advantages  possessed  by  British 
India  in  the  manufacture  for  its  own  needs  and  those  of 
neighbouring  countries  are  very  manifest. 

2.    Wool. 

The  history  of  the  production  and  use  of  wool  in  manu- 
facture records  some  striking  changes.  The  keeping  of 
sheep  for  the  sake  of  their  wool,  at  one  time  a  very  im- 
portant branch  of  the  European  agricultural  industry,  has 
given  place  to  their  breeding  for  their  flesh,  while  even  that 
is  menaced  by  the  increasing  imports  of  American  and 
Australian  meats.  In  most  European  countries  the  flocks 
during  recent  years  have  either  remained  stationary  or 
decreased  in  number.  Since  1884  the  production  of  wool 
has  diminished  so  far  as  the  more  important  countries 
are  concerned,  with  the  exception  of  England,  where  in  1 890^ 
it  had  increased  about  2  million  lbs.,  and  France,  where  the 
yield  of  the  same  year  exceeded  that  of  1882  by  51  million 
lbs.  In  Italy  there  was  a  slight  increase  of  between  4  and 
5  million  lbs. 

On  the  other  hand  the  growth  of  the  woollen  industries 
has  bjeen  great. 

Europe  has  been  learning  to  import  her  wool  from 
countries  where  it  can  be  produced  at  a  much  lower  cost, 
and  these  countries  have  been  learning  to  prepare,  clean, 
and  send  their  wool  to  European  markets.  Wool  of  course 
can  be  produced  in  nearly  every  country,  but  it  cannot  be 
produced  everywhere  at  the  same  price.  The  chief  countries 
producing  wool  for  Europe  are  Australia,  the  Argentine 
Republic,  Uruguay,  Cape  Colony.  The  United  States 
produces  a  large  amount  of  wool,  but  so  great  are  its 
requirements  that  it  has  to  import  more. 

The  total  annual  production  of  wool  in  the  world  about 

1  In  1892  there  were  in  the  United  Kingdom  z  million  more  sheep 
than  in  1890, 


8o  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

the  present  time  is  about  2100  million  lbs.,  of  which  Europe 
produces  800  million  and  the  principal  countries  outside 
Europe  1 300  million  lbs.  The  leading  itidustrial  countries 
produce — 

Million  lbs. 
United  Kingdom  about  140 

France  .  .  ,,130 

Germany .»        56 

United  States       .  .  ,,      275 

Russia  .....  ,,      260 

Very  few  important  features  of  interest  are  presented  by 
the  circumstances  of  this  home  supply.  Far  otherwise  is 
it  when  we  turn  to  the  great  producing  and  exporting 
countries.  Their  exports  to  Europe  and  North  America  in 
1890  were — 

1889.  Million  lbs. 

Australasia 520 

Argentine       ....  .         260 

Uruguay         ......  48 

Cape  Colony  .....  64 

Natal 26 

There  are  thus  three  quarters  from  which  the  foreign  wool 
supply  chiefly  comes,  viz.  Australasia,  La  Plata,  South 
Africa. 

Australasia. — This  is  by  far  the  greatest  wool-producing 
quarter.  Though  at  times  the  River  Plate  countries  have 
had  nearly  the  same  number  of  sheep,  their  yield  of  wool 
has  been  invariably  very  far  below  the  yield  in  Australia. 
Sheep  farming  is  a  prominent  occupation  in  all  these 
colonies,  but  the  chief  place  in  the  production  of  wool  has 
been  taken  by  New  South  Wales,  New  Zealand,  and 
Victoria.  Of  these  New  South  Wales  is  by  far  the  most 
important,  possessing  as  it  does  unrivalled  stretches  of  land 
fit  for  pasture,  and  admirable  arrangements  for  facilitating 
export  to  the  United  Kingdom.  Nearly  all  the  wool  is  sent 
to  England,  but  not  all  for  the  use  of  that  country.  England 
serves  as  a  distributing  centre  for  the  wool  she  receives, 
exporting    over   300   million   lbs.    of  foreign   and   colonial 


WOOL  8i 


wools — principally  to  France,  Germany,  the  United  States, 
Belgium,  and  Holland. 

The  River  Plate. — The  capacity  of  these  countries  for 
the  keeping  of  sheep  and  production  of  wool  has  been 
greatly  increased  since  the  extension  of  the  pastoral  colonies 
in  the  Argentine.  The  most  important  wool  provinces  in 
this  country  are  Buenos  Ayres  (much  the  most  important), 
Entre  Rios,  Santa  Fe,  Cordoba.  The  wool  from  the  River 
Plate  takes  an  entirely  different  course  when  shipped  than 
does  that  from  Australia.  Very  little  of  it,  only  some  3 
per  cent,  goes  to  the  United  Kingdom.  The  chief  places 
of  destination  are  the  continental  ports,  Havre,  Dunkirk, 
Antwerp. 

South  Africa. — In  the  west  of  the  Cape  Colony  there  are 
many  districts  suitable  for  sheep,  but  the  greatest  number 
are  pastured  in  the  wide  lands  known  as  the  Karoo.  The 
wool  from  the  Cape  has  been  growing  in  importance  as  an 
export  for  some  time,  and  promises  to  hold  a  prominent 
place  in  future  supplies.  Most  of  it  is  sent  to  the  United 
Kingdom. 

In  the  forefront  of  the  nations  engaged  in  the  industrial 
treatment  of  wool  stand  the  United  Kingdom,  France,  the 
United  States,  and  Germany,  In  the  United  Kingdom  the 
industry  is  one  of  very  old  standing.  Since  the  middle  of 
last  century  the  chief  county  over  which  it  is  spread  has 
been  Yorkshire.  Owing  in  part,  no  doubt,  to  the  severe 
competition  which  its  goods  meet  with  from  the  productions 
of  Germany  in  particular,  and  in  part  to  their  partial 
exclusion  from  many  other  countries  owing  to  heavy  custom 
duties,  the  exports  from  the  United  Kingdom  have  been 
almost  stationary  during  the  last  few  years.  In  value  they 
still  amount  to  about  ^^2 2,000,000.  It  has  been  reckoned 
that  the  number  of  operatives  employed  in  the  various 
branches  is  300,000.  In  Fra?tce  the  wool  industry  has 
spread  through  the  north  of  the  country,  centring  round 
Roubaix.  But  so  far  as  recent  years  are  concerned,  neither 
industrial  activity  nor  export  has  increased.  The  case  is 
not  the  same  with  Germany.  From  that  country  the 
exports,  though  irregular,  show  a  distinct  increase.      In  the 

G 


82  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

United  States  the  increase  in  manufacture  has  been  very 
great,  but  so  rapid  has  been  the  rise  in  demand  and  the 
increase  in  population,  that  it  has  not  been  able  to  do  more 
than  keep  pace  with  these.  Imports  of  woollen  goods  into 
the  United  States  are  still  very  large,  amounting  in  value  to 
over  ;^7, 000,000  in  1893. 

3.  Flax,  Hemp,  and  Jute. 

These  three  textiles  are  important  to  the  industries  of 
several  nations. 

Flax. — Flax  has  a  very  wide  geographical  range,  and  is 
capable  of  cultivation  in  almost  any  country.  At  one  time 
it  was  cultivated  to  a  considerable  extent  in  England,  but 
now,  so  far  as  the  United  Kingdom  is  concerned,  the  growth 
of  flax  and  the  manufacture  of  linen  are  chiefly  confined  to 
Ireland.  The  only  European  countries  which  grow  flax  in 
excess  of  the  requirements  of  home  manufacture  are  Russia^ 
Belgium,  and  Holland.  Russia  occupies  the  foremost  place 
as  an  exporting  country,  sending  large  quantities  yearly 
to  the  United  Kingdom.  Linen  is  manufactured  in  most 
European  countries,  in  most  instances  not  acquiring 
much  importance  as  a  commercial  product.  It  still 
remains  an  industry  carried  on  in  the  homes  of  the 
people  in  Austria- Hungary,  parts  of  Germany,  Holland, 
and  Belgium.  In  some  parts  of  Austria,  however,  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  Rumburg  especially,  it  is  carried  on  in 
factories.  In  France  the  linen  industry  is  a  very  important 
one,  being  carried  on  chiefly  in  the  northern  districts,  and 
producing  a  very  high  class  of  goods.  In  the  north  of 
Ireland,  near  Belfast,  linen  is  produced  in  very  large  quan- 
tities and  in  almost  every  quality. 

Hemp. — Like  flax,  hemp  can  be  grown  in  most  countries. 
The  two  countries  which  produce  it  in  the  largest  quantities 
are  Russia  and  Italy.,  both  of  which  export  it :  Russia  to 
the  extent  of  145  million  lbs.,  and  Italy  to  that  of  nearly  90 
million  lbs.  It  is  used  for  sail-cloth,  sacking,  and  every 
variety  of  cordage.  Other  countries  where  the  production 
is    large   are    Hungary,    France,    Austria,    Germany,    the 


II  FLAX,  HEMP,  JUTE,  SILK  83 

United  States,  Egypt,  Australasia.  Manilla  hemp,  a 
much  finer  product,  must  not  be  confused  with  the  above  ; 
it  is  produced,  as  its  name  indicates,  in  the  Philippine 
Islands,  and  exported  thence  to  Europe.  It  is  used  for 
the  manufacture  of  very  fine  rope,  and  for  light  fabrics  or 
curtains,  etc. 

/ute. — The  use  of  jute  has  been  well  known  in  India  for 
a  long  time.  From  it  are  made  coarse  bags  and  sacking, 
which  are  wanted  for  cheapness  and  not  for  durability. 
Since  its  manufacture  has  spread  to  other  countries,  it  has 
been  cultivated  in  India  (chiefly  in  Northern  and  Eastern 
Bengal)  for  the  purpose  of  export  as  well  as  for  home  use. 
In  the  jute  industiy  the  United  Kingdom  stands  foremost, 
the  chief  places  of  manufacture  being  at  or  in  the  neigh- 
bourhood of  the  ports  where  it  is  received  from  India,  as 
Dundee,  Glasgow,  Belfast,  and  London.  The  jute  industry 
is  also  carried  on  in  the  United  States,  Germany,  France, 
and  Austria. 

4.  Silk. 

The  production  of  silk  takes  place  in  the  area  suitable 
for  the  cultivation  of  the  mulberry.  Raw  silk  is  conse- 
quently produced  in  many  places,  but  chiefly  in  two  quarters 
of  the  world,  that  is  in  China  and  Japan,  and  in  Italy  and 
South  France.  The  total  silk  yield  for  the  year  1890  was 
some  ^5  million  lbs.,  of  which  Europe  altogether  did  not 
produce  fully  a  fifth. 

Million  lbs. 
China        .         .         .         .         .         24 
Japan 


India 
Italy 
France 


Other  countries  engaged  in  production  are :  in  Europe, 
Austria,  Spain,  Portugal,  Turkey,  Switzerland ;  out  of 
Europe,  Asiatic  Russia,  Syria,  Asia  Minor,  Persia,  Siam. 
In  China  the  chief  district  for  the  production  of  silk  is  the 
northern  portion  of  the  province  of  Che-chiang.      In  the 


84  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

interior  the  towns  which  serve  as  markets  are  Hutschan, 
Kiahing  and  Nantsin,  whence  that  part  of  the  produce 
intended  for  foreign  export  is  sent  to  Shanghai.  Canton 
is  another  important  silk  port.  In  Italy  the  leading  districts 
of  production  are  Lombardy,  Venice,  and  Piedmont. 

Of  the  produce  of  the  East  a  large  amount  is  sent  to 
Europe  for  use  in  its  industries.  The  countries  engaged 
in  these  are  France,  which  stands  by  itself  in  the  first  rank, 
and  then  Germany,  Italy,  England,  Switzerland.  The 
manufactures  of  France  occupy  the  first  place  in  Europe. 
To  the  country  itself  they  are  of  very  great  importance,  and 
are  plied  with  the  greatest  diligence  in  Lyons  and  St. 
Etienne,  Marseilles  being  the  great  port  of  import  for  the 
raw  silk  from  the  far  East.  In  Gerinany  a  large  trade  is 
done  in  the  manufacture  of  silk  goods  and  ribands,  chiefly 
in  Rhenish  Westphalia,  as  at  Barmen,  Krefeld,  and  in 
Alsace-Lorraine.  The  silk  industries  of  the  United  Kingdom 
are  not  progressing  favourably.  If  anything  they  show  a 
tendency  to  decline.  Their  most  hopeful  branch  is  the 
production  of  mixed  silk  and  woollen  goods,  and  till  recently 
of  plush.  Italy  maintains  a  large  population  in  the  neigh- 
bourhood of  Milan  by  silk  industries,  and  the  velvets  of 
Genoa  are  second  only  to  those  of  Lyons.  The  value  of 
the  silk  goods  imported  into  the  United  States  during  the 
decade  1880-90  was  double  that  of  the  fabrics  produced  at 
home.  The  import  of  raw  silk  for  use  in  its  factories  shows 
a  continual  increase. 

5.  Other  Textiles. 

In  addition  to  wool  the  hair  of  other  animals  is  largely 
employed  for  the  production  of  cloths  and  fabrics  of  various 
kinds.  Among  the  more  important  are  mohair,  the  hair  of 
the  Angora  goat,  which  is  of  great  value.  Till  recent  years 
the  import  into  the  United  Kingdom  and  other  manu- 
facturing countries  came  almost  exclusively  from  Asia 
Minor  through  the  port  of  Smyrna.  The  Angora  goat  has, 
however,  been  acclimatised  in  other  countries,  with  the 
result   that  there  is  now  a  considerable    yield  of  mohair 


OTHER  FIBRES  8$ 


at  the  Cape,  and  in  some  of  the  states  of  the  United  States, 
as  Georgia.  The  hair  of  the  Cashmir  goat  is  procured 
from  Cashmir,  Tibet,  and  the  Himalayas.  It  is  largely  used 
in  the  manufacture  of  the  so-called  Cashmir  and  Indian 
shawls.  The  alpaca  llama,  which  yields  a  product 
extremely  useful  to  British  and  other  textile  industries,  is  a 
native  of  the  Andes.  Alpaca  wool  is  largely  exported  to 
Europe  from  Peru.  Vicuna  wool,  the  yield  of  another  species 
of  llama,  is  brought  from  the  same  districts,  but  in  much 
smaller  quantities.  It  is  very  fine  in  quality.  Camel's  hair^ 
now  largely  used  in  the  United  Kingdom  and  the  United 
States  for  the  manufacture  of  cloth,  shawls,  coverings,  etc., 
is  exported  chiefly  from  China. 

Coir  fibre  ^  which  is  spun  into  yarn  and  then  made  into 
mats,  carpet  coverings,  ropes,  etc.,  owes  its  position  largely 
to  its  great  strength  and  power  of  resisting  water.  It 
comes  from  the  outer  husk  of  the  cocoa-nut.  It  is  usually 
spun  into  yarn  in  the  places  of  its  growth,  and  thence 
exported  to  Europe.  The  chief  places  producing  it  are 
India  and  China.  Hennequin,  a  product  of  Yucatan  in 
Mexico,  and  of  British  Honduras,  is  a  fibre  considerably 
stronger  than  jute,  and  useful  for  manufactures  of  the  same 
kind.  Chi?ta  grass,  a  fine  fabric,  is  manufactured  under 
this  name  from  a  species  of  nettle  which  is  chiefly  culti- 
vated in  China  and  Japan.  New  Zealand  flax,  the  name 
given  to  the  fibre  of  a  plant  indigenous  to  New  Zealand, 
which  is  grown  in  Australia,  but  capable  of  cultivation  in 
other  countries  and  climates.  It  is  extremely  strong,  and 
would  be  very  valuable  in  the  manufacture  of  cordage  were 
it  not  for  its  brittle  nature. 


CHAPTER   III 

OTHER   PRODUCTS    (CHIEFLY   MINERAL)   AND   THEIR 
MANUFACTURE 

I.  Goal. 

Some  reference  has  already  been  made  to  the  importance 
of  coal  to  all  countries  engaged  in  manufacture  (pp.  20,  21). 
Coal  is  of  many  varieties.  True  coal  is  of  two  principal 
kinds,  bituminous  and  anthracite.  Of  these  the  bituminous 
is  by  far  the  more  important.  It  contains  a  proportion  of 
carbon  varying  from  85  to  88  per  cent,  but  combines  with 
these  a  considerable  amount  of  gas,  tar,  and  like  substances, 
burning  with  a  bright  flame  and  lighting  with  ease.  It  is 
thus  particularly  suitable  for  gas-making,  general  industrial 
purposes,  and  domestic  consumption.  Anthracite  contains 
more  carbon,  but  less  proportion  of  gaseous  and  tar  pro- 
ducts. Though  difficult  to  light,  it  burns  with  intense 
heat  when  once  kindled.  The  former  difficulty  was  at 
one  time  an  almost  complete  obstacle  to  its  use,  but 
now,  by  means  of  the  hot-air  blast,  it  is  utilised  in  several 
directions,  particularly  in  iron-smelting  and  produc- 
tion. Lig7iite^  or  brown  coal,  contains  more  moisture,  is 
not  so  hard  in  character,  and  possesses  only  some  70 
per  cent  of  carbon.  It  is  of  very  much  less  use  in  industry 
than  are  the  other  kinds. 

Coal  is   used  for   many   ■purposes.      It    is    directly    or 
indirectly  one  of  the  means  of  heating  and  lighting,  thus 


COAL 


87 


entering  largely  into  domestic  use.  It  is  employed  for 
purposes  of  locomotion  both  by  sea  and  by  land.  And  it 
is  used  in  the  industries  of  all  the  advanced  countries. 

Its  total  production  has  rapidly  increased,  not  only 
during  the  present  century,  but  even  during  the  thirty  years 
extending  from  i860  to  1890.  In  i860  the  total  pro- 
duction of  the  world  was  estimated  at  133  million  tons,  an 
amount  far  exceeded  thirty  years  later  by  the  respective 
productions  of  two  countries.  In  1880  it  amounted  to 
339  million  tons,  while  in  1890  it  reached  506  million 
tons.  In  all  countries  of  any  importance  there  has  been 
during  this  period  an  increase  in  the  amount  of  coal 
produced. 

The  following  is  a  table  of  the  coal  production  of  the 
chief  countries  during  the  year  1890  (in  round  numbers)  : — 


Countries. 
United  Kingdom 
Germany 
Austria- Hungary 
France    . 
Belgium  . 
Other  European  countries 


Europe 


United  States .... 
Other  countries  outside  Europe 

Outside  Europe 

Total  of  World 


Million  Tons. 
182 

88 
27 
26 
20 
7 

350 

141 
15 

"156 

506 


Since  1890  the  coal  output  of  the  leading  nations  has 
increased,  and  there  is  little  doubt  that  some  progress  has 
taken  place  in  even  the  minor  industrial  countries.  With 
the  exception  of  the  six  countries  mentioned  by  name,  the 
production  is,  as  we  see,  very  small.  Russia,  New  South 
Wales,  China,  Canada,  Japan,  British  India,  and  Spain 
each  produce  more  than  one  million  tons  annually. 

The  six  leading  countries  in  the  production  of  coal  are 


COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY 


PART 


the  six  great  industrial  states  of  the  world.  How  great 
their  progress  has  been  may  be  judged  from,  firstly,  the 
vast  increase  in  their  coal  production  and  consumption, 
both  before  and  since  1890  ;  and  secondly,  the  contemporary 
progress  in  its  economical  use.  This  latter  has  taken  place 
more  especially  in  the  iron  industry. 

In  addition  to  the  steam  power  derived  from  coal,  certain 
countries  have  been  able  to  avail  themselves  of  other  forces, 
as  water  power,  and  in  the  case  of  the  United  States,  natural 
gas,  which  issues  from  the  ground  in  abundant  quantities  in 
the  neighbourhood  of  Pittsburg.  The  natural  gas  used  in 
the  United  States  has  been  reckoned  equivalent  to  the 
consumption  of  14  million  tons  of  coal.  Other  forces, 
as  electricity  and  tidal  power,  will  no  doubt  be  utilised  in 
time. 

A  more  detailed  list  of  the  chief  localities  of  coal  pro- 
duction : — 


United  Kingdom. 


Million  Tons 

Durham 

28 

South  Wales  and 

26 

Monmouth 

Lancashire     . 

20 

Yorkshire 

20 

East  Scotland 

15 

Staffordshire 

13 

West  Scotland 

(Lanark  and  Ayr)  J 

6 

United  States  of  America. 


A  very  large  portion  of  the  total  output  is  as  yet  raised 
in  Pennsylvania. 


Pennsylvania,  1892 
Illinois  ,, 

Ohio 


88 
16 
12 


COAL  89 


Germany. 

Westphalia 
Ruhr  valley 
Saar  valley             ^ 
Silesia 

(nr.  Tarnovitz) 
Saxony           .... 

Million  Tons. 

55 

4 

France. 

Nord  by  Lille 

Loire  (St.  Etienne) 

Creuzot          .... 

8 
4 
I 

Austria. 

Erzgebirge  (lignite) 

Silesia 

Bohemia,  nr.  Pilsen 

5 
I 

Belgium. 

^ 

Namur 

Liege       ^      •         •         •         • 

20 

In  the  United  Kingdom  and  most  of  those  enumerated, 
the  production  of  coal  may  be  taken  as  fairly  representing 
the  capacities  of  the  country  with  regard  to  it.  Coal  is 
so  precious  and  the  countries  so  fully  developed  that  large 
fields  of  coal  are  not  allowed  to  lie  idly  or  but  partly 
worked.  This  is  not  the  case  in  America,  whereby  the 
richest  coal  deposits  are  hardly  touched  upon.  The 
Mississippi  basin,  which  is  comparatively  little  developed, 
is  one  long  bed  of  coal.  The  question  as  to  the  future 
of  the  coal  supply,  not  of  England  alone,  but  of  the  world, 
is  often  discussed.  Before  the  coal-fields  of  our  own 
country  are  in  any  way  exhausted,  some  hundreds  of  years 


90  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

must  elapse,  and  several  of  the  European  countries  are 
in  no  worse  plight  than  ourselves.  There  are,  however, 
certain  countries  which  possess  large  stores  of  riches  in 
the  form  of  this  mineral  as  yet  hardly  touched  upon. 
They  possess  much,  work  little,  and  use  hardly  any  coal. 
In  the  future  it  is  possible  that  they  will  become  large 
coal-exporting  countries. 

In  the  case  of  some  countries,  and  particularly  of 
England,  there  is  a  considerable  difference  between  the 
coal  produced  and  the  coal  consumed  in  the  country. 

The  various  uses  to  which  the  coal  of  the  United 
Kingdom  is  put  in  its  consumption  may  be  stated  as 
follows  : — there  is  used  in  iron  manufacture  1 7  per  cent, 
in  general  manufactures  23  per  cent,  in  railway  locomo- 
tion nearly  4  per  cent,  in  the  manufacture  of  gas  nearly 
5  per  cent,  the  rest  being  used  for  miscellaneous  and 
household  purposes,  and  for  export. 


2.  Iron. 

After  coal  there  is  no  mineral  nearly  so  important  to 
the  general  well-being  of  the  country  as  iron.  This  metal, 
by  its  supply  of  the  material  used  in  building  ships  and  con- 
structing the  railways,  forms  the  basis,  as  it  were,  of  the  system 
of  locomotion  and  transport  both  external  and  internal.  In 
the  second  place,  from  it  is  made  the  machinery  employed 
in  the  numerous  and  important  manufactures  of  the  United 
Kingdom  and  other  countries  ;  while,  lastly,  a  number  of 
iron  and  steel  articles  are  used  in  the  construction  of 
houses  and  for  the  purposes  of  everyday  domestic  life. 
To  some  extent  the  condition  of  the  iron  industries  of 
a  country  is  an  index  of  the  position  it  holds  as  an 
industrially  advanced  country. 

The  total  annual  production  of  the  world  (average 
of  years  1886-90)  of  pig-iron  is  about  23  million  tons, 
and  the  countries  engaged  in  the  production  may  be 
grouped  in  three  classes — those  which  produced  a  great 


IRON  91 


Million  tons. 
United  Kingdom  ....         nearly  7f 

United  States 7 

Germany     .......  4 

those  which  produce  moderately  : — 

France 1^ 

Austria- Hungary  ....         over       5 

Belgium       .......  f 

Russia i 

Sweden nearly   ^ 

Spain  .......  J 

and,  lastly,  countries  producing  little  or  none. 

Spain,  it  should  be  noticed,  exports  a  good  deal  of 
unworked  iron  ore  to  other  countries,  chiefly  to  England 
(South  Wales).  The  country  which  has  made  by  far  the 
most  progress  in  the  production  of  pig-iron  is  the  United 
States,  where  the  rapidity  with  which  industry  is  advancing 
and  the  extension  of  the  railway  system  increase  the 
demand  for  this  metal.  But  though  they  will  soon  out- 
strip the  United  Kingdom  in  production,  the  latter  will 
hold  the  first  place  in  the  consumption  of  iron  per  head  of 
the  population  for  some  time.  The  average  yearly  con- 
sumption of  pig-iron  during  period  1885-89  distributed 
per  head  of  the  population  was:  in  the  United  Kingdom,  402 
lbs.  ;'  in  Belgium,  339  lbs.  ;  and  in  the  United  States  only 
238  lbs. 

The  great  importance  of  the  ship-building  and  railway 
industries  is  best  seen  in  the  cases  of  the  United  Kingdom 
and  the  United  States,  the  former  country  engaged  in 
constructing  steel  ships  to  an  unrivalled  extent,  and  pro- 
ducing steel  rails,  etc.,  both  for  its  own  use  and  for  the 
countries  of  South  and  Central  America  and  the  British 
Colonies,  the  latter  extending  its  railway  system  with  great 
rapidity. 

In  the  United  Kingdom  iron  -  smelting  is  principally 
carried  on  near  Middlesborough  in  the  Cleveland  district, 
in  South  Wales  near  and  round  Merthyr  Tydfil,  at  Barrow, 
and   in    Staffordshire,  and   in  West   Scotland   in   the   rich 


92  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

coal-fields  in  Lanark  and  Ayr.  In  the  United  States 
Pennsylvania  is  the  great  home  of  the  iron  -  smelting 
industry.  Pittsburg  is  the  great  iron  town.  In  Gerinany 
iron -smelting  is  carried  on  most  importantly  in  the  Ruhr 
valley. 

One  great  disadvantage  from  which  many  countries  have 
suffered  has  been  the  distance  of  the  iron-fields  from  the 
coal  mines.  Both  the  United  Kingdom  and  the  United 
States  are  very  favourably  situated  in  this  respect.  Other 
countries,  through  their  low  state  of  industrial  development, 
are  driven  to  rely  for  their  iron  goods,  and  especially  for 
the  railway  plant,  on  the  supplies  to  be  obtained  from  the 
more  forward  lands. 

The  chief  exporting  country  is  the  United  Kingdo?n. 
Its  exports  have  varied  considerably  during  the  last  few 
years  owing  to  the  renewed  efforts  of  the  United  States 
to  close  its  markets  to  our  goods.  In  1890  the  value 
of  these  iron  exports  was  ;^3 1,000,000  ;  of  these,  the  great 
mass  goes  to  the  British  Colonies,  India,  Canada,  and 
Australia.  In  the  case  of  railway  plant  and  steel  rails, 
the  Argentine  and  Brazil  are  very  large  purchasers  from 
England.  Owing  to  its  large  foreign  trade  in  iron  and 
steel  goods,  there  is  a  large  import  of  iron  ore,  of  which 
nearly  all  comes  from  Spain.  It  enters  at  the  south  Welsh 
ports  and  at  Newcastle  and  Glasgow,  and  is  smelted  with 
'the  coal  from  the  neighbouring  pits.  Germany  exports 
an  increasing  amount  of  iron  and  steel  goods,  and  imports 
more  pig-iron  than  it  exports.  France  imports  iron  ore, 
and  is  able  to  send  abroad  its  surplus  products  both  in 
manufacture  and  pig-iron.  The  United  States^  despite 
its  efforts  to  render  itself  independent  of  foreign  supplies, 
and  notwithstanding  the  extent  of  its  iron  production  and 
manufacture,  still  continues  to  buy  pig-iron  and  European 
iron  and  steel  goods.  This  is  owing  to  the  rapid  growth 
of  its  industries,  and  the  necessity  in  which  it  stands  of 
still  further  railway  extension.  Belgium  imports  regularly 
more  iron  ore  and  pig-iron  than  it  exports.  On  the  other 
hand,  its  exports  of  iron  goods  are  very  considerable,  falling 
not  far   short  of  half  a  million  tons   in   quantity.      As   a 


COPPER  93 


nation  exporting  iron  and  steel  goods,  Belgium  ranks  next 
after  the  United  Kingdom  and  Germany. 

3.  Other  Metals  used  in  Manufacture. 

Copper. — The  uses  to  which  copper  is  put  are  various. 
In  consequence  of  its  freedom  from  rust,  it  is  used  for 
domestic  utensils  and  for  the  sheathing  of  ships  ;  and  in 
consequence  of  its  durability  it  is  used  in  the  com- 
position of  brass  and  gun -metal,  etc.  Copper  ore  exists 
in  a  great  many  countries,  but  the  chief  supplies  are 
furnished  by  four — the  United  States,  Spain,  Chili,  Ger- 
many. In  1887  the  total  production  of  copper  was  about 
224  thousand  tons,  of  which  the  United  States  produced 
78  thousand,  Spain  about  49  thousand.  Chili  29  thousand, 
and  Germany  1 5  thousand ;  while  other  countries  con- 
tributing noticeably  to  the  supply  were,  Japan,  Australia, 
Cape  of  Good  Hope,  Russia,  Venezuela,  Italy.  These 
quantities  refer  to  the  amount  of  copper  produced  from 
the  ore  and  not  to  the  weight  of  the  copper  ore  itself. 

In  the  United  States  copper  ore  is  mined  most  plenti- 
fully in  Montana,  round  Lake  Superior,  and,  thirdly,  in 
Arizona.  The  increase  in  the  copper  production  of  the 
United  States  has  been  very  great  during  recent  years, 
for  in  1880  it  was  about  one-third  of  the  yield  in  1887. 

In.  Spain  by  far  the  most  profitable  mines  are  those  at 
Rio  Tinto,  next  to  which  come  those  of  Murcia. 

Until  1883  Chili  v^diS  the  first  copper-producing  country, 
but  in  that  year  it  was  outstripped  by  the  United  States, 
while,  owing  to  the  progress  made  in  Spain  and  to  a 
slight  diminution  in  its  own  production,  it  has  now  fallen 
behind  that  country.  In  Chili  the  leading  copper  districts 
are  Coquimbo,  Aconcagua,  Santiago,  Arauco,  Chiloe, 
and  Atacama. 

Though  the  United  Kingdom  mines  but  little  copper 
itself,  it  is  the  most  important  country  in  the  trade  and 
manufacture  of  copper.  To  it  is  sent  annually,  after  a 
slight  preliminary  treatment,  copper  from  Spain,  the  Cape 
of    Good    Hope,    Chili,    Venezuela,    and    even    from    the 


94  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

United  States.  These  coppers  are  imported  at  the  Welsh 
ports,  Liverpool  and  Newcastle,  and  treated  chiefly  at 
Swansea. 

Lead. — Lead  was  known  to  the  ancient  world,  being 
largely  used  then,  as  now,  for  water  -  piping.  Owing  to 
the  great  extension  of  gas  and  water  connections  and  of  other 
kinds  of  piping,  its  use  during  recent  years  has  increased 
very  rapidly.  Chemical  progress  has  provided  the  means 
for  its  extraction,  which  was  formerly  an  obstacle,  since 
its  intimate  intermixture  with  other  metals,  and  especially 
with  silver,  rendered  this  a  process  of  considerable  difficulty. 
Silver  had  to  be  eliminated  because  of  its  higher 
commercial  value,  other  metals  because  of  their  inferiority. 
In  addition  to  its  use  by  itself,  lead  is  an  ingredient  in 
the  composition  termed  pewter,  which  consists  of  some  five 
parts  tin  to  one  of  lead. 

Though  the  United  Kingdom  is  the  most  important 
country  engaged  in  the  trade  and  final  production  of  lead, 
it  is  by  no  means  the  leading  country  in  its  production. 
It  now  stands  about  fourth  on  the  list.  Its  own  produc- 
tion takes  place  chiefly  in  South  Wales  (Cardigan  and 
Montgomery)  and  the  counties  of  Northumberland,  Durham, 
and  Cumberland. 

The  United  States  takes  the  lead  in  the  production  of 
lead.  In  1889  the  yield  was  190,000  tons,  showing  a  very 
large  increase  on  its  earlier  production.  The  most  important 
states  were  Colorado,  responsible  for  over  one-third  of  the 
entire  yield,  Utah,  Idaho,  Montana,  and  in  the  second  rank 
Missouri,  Kansas,  Illinois,  and  Wisconsin.  Spain  produces 
lead  in  large  quantities  in  the  provinces  of  Mercia,  Almeria, 
and  Jaen.  A  large  portion  of  its  lead  is  exported  in  ore 
to  France,  Belgium,  Germany,  and  England  for  smelting, 
though  of  recent  years  there  has  been  a  considerable  ex- 
tension of  lead  works  in  the  country.  In  Germany  the 
production  of  lead  takes  place  most  importantly  in  the 
Rhine  provinces,  after  which  stand  Hanover,  Hesse,  and 
Silesia.  Other  countries  of  importance  are  France,  Italy, 
Belgium,  Austria-Hungary,  Mexico,  Algiers,  Chili,  and  New 
South  Wales. 


TIN,  ZINC  95 


Tin. — The  United  Kingdom,  famed  of  old  for  its  pro- 
duction of  tin,  is  still  the  most  important,  indeed  the  only 
important  country  in  Europe  for  its  production.  It  is  also 
the  leading  country  engaged  in  the  trade  and  manufacture 
of  this  metal.  The  introduction  and  rapid  increase  in  the 
use  of  tin-plates  has  made  the  tin  industry  one  of  great  and 
increasing  importance,  and  has  been  a  large  source  of  wealth 
to  England. 

The  production  of  tin  in  the  United  Kingdom  takes  place 
in  the  mines  of  Cornwall,  and  to  some  extent  in  the  neigh- 
bouring parts  of  Devonshire.  There  are  now  important 
sources  of  tin  supply  outside  Europe.  Tin  is  pro- 
duced in  very  large  and  increasing  quantities  in  the 
Straits  Settle7nents  and  their  immediate  neighbourhood. 
The  ore  is  collected  at  Singapore  and  thence  shipped 
chiefly  in  ingots  and  blocks  to  the  United  Kingdom. 
The  United  Kingdom  also  derives  an  important  supply 
from  its  Australian  possessions,  mainly  from  New  South 
JVa/es,  though  also  from  Q,uee7islaiid  and  Tasma7iia.  A 
large  production  of  tin  takes  place  in  the  Dutch  East  India 
Islands,  Banka  and  Billiton,  whence  the  product  is  sent 
to  Rotterdam.  Other  countries  contributing  appreciably  to 
the  world's  supply  of  tin  are  Bolivia,  Peru,  the  United 
States. 

Zinc. — The  uses  of  this  metal  are  very  various.  It  is 
used,  in  the  composition  of  brass.  It  serves  as  a  sub- 
stitute for  lead  in  several  cases,  and  is  used  in  many 
important  branches  of  industry,  as  the  manufacture  of 
electrical  apparatus  and  printing.  Germa7ty  is  the  most 
important  country  so  far  as  its  production  is  concerned, 
and  from  it  large  quantities  are  exported.  In  Germany  it 
is  found  most  richly  in  the  Rhenish  provinces,  Westphalia, 
and  Silesia.  After  Germany  Belgium  and  the  United  States 
are  great  producers,  in  the  latter  the  states  of  New  Jersey, 
Missouri,  Pennsylvania,  Kansas,  and  Wisconsin  being  pre- 
eminent. The  zinc  industry  of  the  Ufiited  Kingdom  is  so 
extended  that  ore  has  to  be  imported  from  other  countries, 
and  especially  from  Italy  and  Greece^  the  home  production 
providing  only  one-half  of  the  ore  required.      In  addition  to 


96  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

the  two   countries   last  mentioned,  the  following  produce 
zinc — Austria  (Carinthia),  Sweden,  and  Spain. 

Among  other  metals  of  considerable  importance  in  manu- 
facture are  quicksilver^  which  is  chiefly  supplied  by  three 
countries.  California  has  risen  into  the  first  position  in 
production,  though  it  contributes  comparatively  little  to  the 
European  countries,  which  draw  their  chief  supplies  from 
Spain  (provinces  of  Mancha  at  the  mines  of  Almaden), 
which  sometimes  produces  nearly  as  much  as  California, 
and  from  Austria  (Idria).  Italy  also  has  quicksilver 
mines.  The  quicksilver  of  Peru  and  Mexico  only  suffices 
for  home  use  in  the  extraction  of  silver.  Manganese^ 
needed  in  the  manufacture  of  steel,  is  produced  largely  in 
the  Harz  Mountains,  parts  of  Russia,  France,  the  United 
States,  the  United  Kingdom.  Nickel^  used  for  several 
purposes  in  the  arts  and  industries,  is  procured  largely  from 
Italy,  Norway,  Germany,  and  Austria-Hungary,  while  of  late 
years  the  production  of  the  French  colony  of  New  Cale- 
donia has  risen  to  be  of  great  importance  in  the  market. 
Platinwn  is  a  very  rare  metal.  Its  chief  place  of  produc- 
tion is  the  Ural  Mountain  district  of  Russia.  Bismuth  is 
produced  mainly  in  the  Erzgebirge  (Germany),  also  in 
France  and  Sweden.  Anti?nony,  an  element  in  several 
alloys,  is  produced  in  Australia,  in  both  Austria  and 
Hungary,  in  Italy,  and  in  France.  Aluminium^  which  is 
prepared  with  considerable  trouble,  is  produced  chiefly  in 
two  countries,  the  United  States  and  France.  Arsenic  is 
employed  in  the  arts  and  manufactures,  as  well  as  for 
medicinal  purposes ;  is  largely  manufactured  in  the  United 
Kingdom,  and  also  in  Germany. 

4-  Leather,  Hides  and  Tanning:   Furs. 

The  manufacture  of  leather  is  both  an  ancient  and  an 
important  industry.  In  the  form  of  hides  it  served  as  one 
of  the  first  materials  of  clothing,  and  though  great  advances 
have  been  made  of  recent  years,  and  in  the  more  developed 
countries,  in  its  preparations,  many  of  the  nations  of  anti- 
quity made  use  of  a  leather  of  high  quality.     With  regard 


II  LEATHER  AND  HIDES  97 

to  its  importance  it  is  sufficient  to  repeat  the  statement  so 
often  made,  that  in  the  number  of  people  employed  in  the 
United  Kingdom  in  its  various  branches  it  ranks  next  after 
the  cotton,  woollen,  and  iron  manufactures.  Leather  is  used 
for  a  great  variety  of  purposes — boots  and  shoes,  gloves, 
saddlery,  bookbinding,  furniture  coverings,  boxes  and  bags, 
articles  of  ornament. 

The  raw  materials  required  in  the  manufacture  of  leather 
may  be  divided  into  hides  and  tanning  stuffs. 

Hides  are  of  many  kinds,  being  the  products  of  many 
animals.  By  far  the  greater  proportion  are  furnished  by 
the  more  common  animals,  as  horses,  cattle,  sheep,  goats, 
pigs,  most  if  not  all  of  which  are  kept  and  bred  for  the  sake 
of  other  products  besides  their  skins.  Though  all  countries 
have  a  considerable  home  supply  of  hides,  there  are  some 
which  require  much  more  than  can  be  furnished  them  from 
this  source,  and  others  which  slaughter  so  many  beasts  that 
they  can  export  hides  in  large  amounts,  often  indeed  only 
sending  abroad  their  hides  to  be  returned  to  them  in  the 
form  of  manufactures.  Of  these  latter  countries  the  most 
important  are  British  India,  Australia,  United  States,  South 
American  countries.  From  British  India  the  exports  pro- 
ceed chiefly  from  the  Presidency  of  Bengal,  and  are  very 
large,  a  great  portion  going  to  the  United  Kingdom.  Of 
the  Australian  colonies  the  most  important  is  Victoria,  which 
is  followed  at  some  distance  by  New  South  Wales  and  New 
Zealand.  Most  of  the  Australian  hides  exported  are  already 
tanned.  The  same  is  the  case  with  the  hides  exported  from 
the  United  States ;  but  this  country,  while  exporting  hides 
of  certain  kinds,  imports  a  great  quantity  of  leather,  exceed- 
ing in  value  its  exports.  From  the  Argentine  Republic  and 
Uruguay  there  are  large  quantities  of  hides  sent  to  the 
countries  of  Europe,  the  supply  from  this  quarter  of  the 
world  being  further  swelled  by  the  products  of  South  Brazil 
(Rio  Grande  do  Sul)  and  Paraguay. 

The  chief  stuffs  used  in  tanning  the  hides  are  the  barks 
of  trees,  which  contain  tannin,  an  astringent.  In  the  pro- 
cess the  skins,  scraped  and  cleansed,  are  placed  in  the  tan- 
pit  in  alternate  layers  with  some  of  these  substances,  after 

H 


98  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

which  the  pit  is  filled  with  water.  As  the  time  required 
is  long,  varying  from  two  or  three  months  upward,  fresh 
supplies  of  water  and  tanning  material  are  necessary.  The 
United  Kingdom  derives  a  large  supply  of  foreign  tanning 
substances  from  British  India,  Turkey,  Greece,  Italy,  and 
the  Straits  Settlements. 

In  the  principal  industrial  countries  the  manufacture  of 
leather  and  its  accessory  industries  hold  a  very  important  posi- 
tion. France  has  an  unrivalled  supremacy  in  the  manufacture 
of  glove  leather  and  of  gloves,  the  best  leather  for  this  purpose 
being  worked  up  at  Annonay,  Chambery,  and  Paris.  In 
this  last  city  there  takes  place  a  large  production  of  fancy 
leather  goods.  In  Germany  fancy,  patent,  and  coloured 
leathers  are  produced  in  great  quantities,  the  chief  district 
being  Bavaria,  and  the  leading  town  Munich.  Despite  its 
own  large  leather  industries  the  United  Kingdom  has,  in 
consequence  of  its  increasing  demand  and  consumption,  to 
import  leather  and  leather  goods  from  all  quarters,  mainly 
from  France,  from  and  through  Holland  and  Belgium,  and, 
in  the  case  of  leather  both  dressed  and  undressed,  from  the 
United  States.  Within  the  country  the  boot  and  shoe  trade 
centres  round  Northampton  and  Bristol,  this  latter  town 
being  the  most  important  town  for  tanning  and  currying, 
otherwise  scattered  throughout  the  whole  country.  English 
saddlery  and  harness  are  very  highly  valued. 

Furs. — Putting  aside  rabbit  skins,  which  are  exported 
from  several  countries,  but  chiefly  from  the  Australian 
colonies,  furs  come  mainly  from  two  parts  of  the  world : 
from  North  America,  British  North  America,  and  the 
United  States,  and  from  Russia,  from  which  countries 
there  are  very  large  exports  every  year. 

5.  Miscellaneous  Products  and  Manufactures. 

Petroleum  and  other  Mineral  Oils. — Among  the  most 
important  of  the  means  for  lighting  is  petroleum.  Together 
with  coal-gas  and  tallow  it  furnishes  artificial  light,  while 
coal,  timber,  and  petroleum  provide  means  of  heating  and 
cooking.     Petroleum  is  mainly  found  in  two  localities :  in 


PETROLEUM  99 


the  United  States  in  Pennsylvania,  and  in  the  Caucasus 
districts  of  Russia.  From  these  countries  the  supply  is 
distributed  over  the  world.  In  the  United  States  the  chief  oil 
district  lies  in  the  north-west  of  Pennsylvania,  where  boring 
for  oil  has  been  carried  out  to  a  remarkable  extent.  From 
the  wells  the  oil  is  conveyed  in  pipes  to  the  places  where 
it  is  refined,  and  thence  by  the  same  means  to  the  oil 
markets.  There  is  a  further  production  in  California. 
In  Russia  there  are  two  districts  rich  in  mineral  oils,  the 
richer  of  which,  Balakhany-Sabonutchi  field,  is  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  Baku  on  the  Caspian  Sea.  The  opening 
of  the  Transcaucasian  Railway  in  1883  first  gave  the 
opportunity  for  the  cheaper  and  rapid  despatch  of  the 
products  of  this  field  over  the  port  of  Batoum.  There  is 
a  much  less  important  field  near  the  port  of  Novorassisk  on 
the  Black  Sea.  At  present  the  supply  of  oil  shipped  to 
other  countries  from  Russia  is  about  one-half  of  that  which 
is  exported  from  the  United  States.  From  the  latter 
country  petroleum  is  chiefly  despatched  from  New  York, 
and  to  a  lesser  extent  from  Philadelphia,  Boston,  and 
Baltimore,  Germany  taking  nearly  one-fourth  of  its  exports, 
principally  by  way  of  Bremen  and  Hamburg,  after  which 
country  rank  the  United  Kingdom,  British  India,  China 
and  Japan,  Holland,  France,  Belgium.  Russian  petroleum 
is  sent  chiefly  to  the  United  Kingdom,  Austria-Hungary, 
Turkey,'  Egypt,  British  India.  In  addition  to  the  two 
great  petroleum  countries,  supplies  are  produced  in  Galicia, 
Italy,  Germany,  and  Roumania,  but  these  do  not  possess 
much  importance  in  the  markets  of  the  world.  Paraffin 
oil  is  extracted  from  mineral  beds,  as  coal  impregnated  with 
bitumen,  in  Scotland,  in  Belgium,  France,  etc.  Asphalt^  a 
very  important  bituminous  substance,  is  found  in  Switzer- 
land (in  the  Jura  and  Val  Travers),  Italy,  Germany,  and 
outside  Europe  on  the  shores  of  the  Dead  Sea,  in  the  West 
Indies,  and  South  America. 

Timber  and  Wood. — Despite  the  great  substitution  of  coal 
for  wood  as  fuel,  and  the  vast  use  of  iron,  stone,  and  brick 
in  construction,  the  first-named  particularly  in  ship-building, 
the  consumption  of  timber  in  Europe  is  very  great.      It  has 


COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY 


been  calculated  that  the  annual  value  of  the  wood  used,  either 
as  fuel  or  in  construction,  amounts  to  ;!^  190,000,000.  In 
the  United  States  the  wood  bill  is  put  at  ;i^ 7 7,000,000. 
With  the  exception  of  the  United  Kingdom,  France,  Spain, 
and  Portugal,  most  countries  produce  the  chief  part,  if  not 
the  whole  of  their  supply  of  ordinary  timber.  To  these 
importing  countries  large  quantities  of  timber  are  sent  from 
the  forests  of  Russia,  Sweden  and  Norway,  and  Austria- 
Hungary,  United  States  and  Canada.  The  timber  trade  of 
the  last  country  is  growing  rapidly.  The  ornamental  woods 
come  from  an  entirely  different  part  of  the  world. 
Mahogany  is  indigenous  to  the  West  Indies  and  to  Central 
(especially  Mexico)  and  South  America,  wood  of  the  best 
quality  being  furnished  from  Hayti  and  Honduras.  Teak 
is  exported  chiefly  from  British  India  and  Siam.  Rose- 
wood of  different  kinds  comes  chiefly  from  Brazil,  but  in 
addition  to  this  country  Mexico  and  Siam  contribute  to  the 
general  supply.  In  South  and  Central  America  there  grow 
many  other  ornamental  woods  which  enter  into  commerce 
in  very  varying  degrees.  >t 

Resins,  Gums,  etc. ;  Rubber. — This  product,  called 
india-rubber,  owing  to  the  early  source  from  which  the 
United  Kingdom  received  its  chief  supply,  has  risen  into 
great  prominence  through  its  use  in  the  industrial  arts,  as 
waterproofing,  etc.  Its  chief  place  of  production  is  South 
America  (Brazil),  and  to  some  extent  Central  America, 
where  the  juice  flows  freely  from  incisions  in  the  stem  of 
the  rubber- tree,  and  is  caught  in  vessels  affixed  below. 
Assam,  however,  and  Madagascar  contribute  a  supply  of 
rubber  of  a  slightly  different  kind.  Guttapercha.,  also  the 
production  of  a  tree,  is  produced  in  the  Malay  Archipelago, 
the  chief  exports  going  over  Singapore.  The  waterproofing 
and  rubber  industries  are  carried  on  most  importantly  in 
the  United  States  and  Great  Britain.  Tar.,  from  the  pine 
or  fir-tree,  is  produced  in  those  countries  where  this  tree 
grows  in  vast  forests — Russia,  Sweden  and  Norway,  and  the 
United  States  being  particularly  important.  Owing  to  the 
large  annual  yield  of  these  countries,  they  send  tar  to 
countries  where  the  demand  is  great  and  a  home  supply 


II  OILS  101 

small  or  altogether  lacking.  The  United  Kingdom  imports 
largely.  Turpe?itine^  likewise  a  product  from  a  coniferous 
tree,  is  produced  in  many  countries,  and  chiefly  exported  by 
the  United  States.  Gum  is  largely  used  in  industry  for 
stiffening  fabrics,  for  giving  consistence  to  colours,  and  for 
other  purposes.  The  two  principal  kinds  are  gum-arabic, 
which  is  grown  in  and  exported  from  Arabia  and  North 
Africa,  and  gum-tragacanth,  which  comes  chiefly  from  Asia 
Minor  over  Smyrna.  The  lac  used  for  making  sealing-wax 
is  a  product  of  insect  life  mainly  produced  in  India,  the 
Straits  Settlements,  and  Malay  Archipelago. 

Lard  is  the  melted  fat  of  swine,  and  is  produced  in 
many  countries,  but  exported  mainly  from  the  United  States. 

Tallow  is  animal  fat  of  high  value  used  in  the  manu- 
facture of  candles  and  soap.  Like  lard  it  is  produced  in 
many,  indeed  in  most  countries.  Australia,  the  United 
States,  and  the  Argentine  Republic  do  an  increasing  trade 
of  export. 

Important  Animal  and  Vegetable  Oils. — Animal  oils 
df  high  commercial  value  are  chiefly  obtained  from  the 
Arctic  whalers  and  sealers.  Whale  oil  (spermaceti)  is  used 
for  several  purposes,  and  chiefly  for  the  manufacture  of 
candles.  The  United  States  and  United  Kingdom  are  the 
countries  chiefly  engaged  in  whaling.  Cod-liver  oil  used 
medicinally  i^  refined  and  exported  from  Newfoundland  and 
Norway:  Vegetable  oils^  with  some  exceptions,  are  chiefly 
used  for  lubricating  machinery,  dressing  leather,  and  in  the 
manufacture  of  soap.  The  best  olive  oil,  which  is  used  for 
table  purposes  as  salad  oil,  is  produced  in  the  south  of 
France  and  North  Italy.  Linseed,  rape  seed,  cotton  seed, 
and  sesame,  all  of  which  are  plentifully  supplied  from 
India,  furnish  a  large  portion  of  the  vegetable  oils.  After 
the  oil  has  been  crushed  out,  oil-cake  used  for  feeding  cattle 
is  made  of  the  remnant.  Castor  oil  is  exported  from  India 
and  France.  Palj7t  oil  is  made  from  the  kernels  of  the 
palm.  The  extraction  is  carried  on  very  largely  in 
Germany,  Holland,  and  the  United  Kingdom,  to  which 
countries  the  raw  material  is  imported  mainly  from  West 
Africa. 


102  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

Chemical  Industries,  in  many  of  which  there  is  a  large 
use  of  salt,  are  highly  developed  in  the  leading  industrial 
countries,  and  chiefly  in  England,  Germany,  the  United 
States,  and  France.  Their  situation  is  largely  determined 
by  proximity  to  coal  and  to  the  places  or  ports  where  the 
other  substances,  as  e.g.  salt,  needed  in  their  processes  are 
made  or  imported.  In  their  turn  they  provide  substances 
largely  used  in  the  production  of  other  articles,  as  soda  and 
potash  in  the  manufacture  of  soap  and  glass,  bleaching 
powder  in  that  of  paper.  In  the  United  Kingdom  there 
are  large  chemical  industries  in  the  neighbourhood  of 
Liverpool,  Glasgow,  and  Newcastle.  In  Germany  the 
chief  chemical  districts  are  in  Rhenish  Prussia  and  Baden. 
In  France  the  main  centres  of  these  industries  are  Lyons, 
Paris,  Chauny,  and  Lille. 

In  the  manufacture  of  soap  several  ingredients  are  re- 
quired. On  the  one  hand  some  oils  or  fats,  on  the  other 
certain  chemical  products,  soda  or  potash.  In  certain  cases 
soap-works  lie  in  the  neighbourhood  where  chemicals  are 
produced,  and  in  most  instances  near  large  industrial 
centres. 

Paper  is  made  from  many  substances.  Till  recently  the 
chief  material  used  in  the  modern  production  of  paper  was 
rags.  Now,  however,  esparto  grass,  mainly  produced  in 
Spain,  Algiers,  Tripolis,  etc.,  is  employed  for  this  purpose  in 
increasing  quantities,  while  wood  pulp,  straw,  etc.,  are  also 
used.  The  rags  mostly  used  are  woollen  and  cotton,  Hnen 
rags  forming  a  much  less  important  material.  Paper  made 
from  rags  comprises  nearly  three -fifths  of  the  entire  pro- 
duction. The  countries  using  a  high  individual  quantity  of 
paper  are  the  United  States,  the  United  Kingdom,  Germany, 
and  France,  while  the  only  countries  which  export  paper  to 
a  considerable  extent  are  Germany  and  France. 

Stone  and  Clay  and  their  Uses. — Fortunately  for  the 
well-being  of  civilised  nations  which  depend  so  largely  upon 
the  foregoing  materials  for  the  building  of  their  houses  and 
the  construction  of  works  of  utility  and  ornament,  no  country 
of  any  importance  is  without  a  supply  of  some  one  or  other 
kind.     The  number  of  bricks  made  from  clay  and  turned 


II  STONE  AND  CLAY  103 

out  yearly  from  the  brick-fields  is  enormous.  Dr.  Scherzer 
has  reckoned  the  annual  value  of  the  stone  and  clay  (largely 
bricks)  used  in  building  in  Germany,  United  Kingdom, 
United  States,  and  Austria,  as  reaching  ^100,000,000. 
In  all  these  countries  a  great  many  thousands  of  labourers 
are  busied  in  the  quarries  and  brick-fields,  besides  those 
employed  in  the  more  immediate  construction  of  houses, 
etc.  In  the  less  common  kinds  of  stone  considerable  trade 
takes  place.  Marble  is  exported  from  Italy,  importantly 
from  Carrara,  and  from  the  Pharos.  Millstones  are 
supplied  by  Germany,  Austria,  and  France.  Slate  is 
quarried  in  many  countries,  noticeably  in  Wales,  Germany, 
France,  and  Belgium.  Cefnent  is  largely  manufactured  in 
the  United  Kingdom,  Germany,  and  France. 

In  the  manufacture  of  earthenware  and  porcelam  many 
kinds  of  clay  are  used.  Of  the  fine  kinds  kaolin  is  found 
in  Cornwall  and  Devon  in  the  United  Kingdom.  Fine 
porcelain  clay  is  found  in  the  Limousin  in  France  and  in 
Saxony,  both  these  countries  excelling  in  the  production 
of  highly  valued  porcelain.  The  leading  countries  export- 
ing earthenware  and  porcelain  goods  are,  in  their  order, 
the  United  Kingdom,  Germany,  and  France,  the  exports 
from  other  European  countries  being  relatively  unimportant. 
Both  China  and  Japan  send  porcelain  (china)  to  Europe. 

Glass  requires  in  its  manufacture  earths  containing 
silica  and  a  chemical  agent.  In  the  production  of  cheap 
ordinary  glass  Belgium  and  Bohemia  lead  the  way,  both 
sending  large  exports  to  the  United  Kingdom.  In  France 
the  glass  manufacture  holds  a  very  high  position,  centring 
in  Paris  and  the  northern  departments.  Venetian  glass 
from  Italy  is  unrivalled  in  beauty.  In  the  United  Kingdom 
the  prominent  glass  industries  are  in  the  neighbourhood  of 
Birmingham  and  Liverpool :  in  Germany,  in  Silesia,  West- 
phalia, and  Rhineland. 

Other  Products. — Cork^  the  bark  of  the  cork  oak,  has 
attained  its  importance  owing  to  its  lightness  and  its  power 
of  resisting  water  and  damp.  The  cork  oak  flourishes  in 
the  south  of  Europe,  the  chief  countries  taking  part  in  the 
general  supply  of  cork  being  Spain  and  Portugal,  Southern 


I04  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

France,  Algiers,  and  Italy.  Since  the  employment  of 
machinery  in  cutting  and  preparing  cork,  a  cork  industry 
has  sprung  up  in  Germany,  the  United  Kingdom,  and 
France. 

Dye-Stuffs. — These  are  of  many  kinds,  some  vegetable, 
some  animal,  some  mineral.  Indigo^  a  most  valuable  blue 
dye,  is  extracted  from  the  different  species  of  a  small  shrub. 
Its  chief  place  of  production  is  British  India,  but  its  cultiva- 
tion is  carried  on  also  in  Java,  the  Philippine  Islands,  West 
Indies,  and  Honduras.  Logwood  comes  mainly  from  the 
West  Indies  and  British  Honduras.  Madder,  from  the 
root  of  which  a  red  dye  is  extracted,  is  cultivated  on  this 
account  in  the  Netherlands,  France,  Asia  Minor,  Greece, 
and  Turkey.  Woad  (blue)  is  indigenous  to  the  north- 
western countries  of  Europe,  its  chief  cultivation  taking 
place  in  Germany.  Quercitron,  which  yields  yellow,  is  the 
crushed  [inner  bark  of  a  tree  indigenous  in  parts  of  the 
United  States  (Pennsylvania,  Carohnas,  and  Georgia). 
Sumach,  used  also  in  dyeing,  comes  from  Syria  and 
Palestine,  and  also  from  Italy,  Spain,  and  Portugal. 
Cochineal  is  a  red  colouring  dye  obtained  from  insects,  and 
is  chiefly  imported  from  the  Canary  Islands.  Of  chemical 
dyes  the  most  important  are  those  produced  from  coal- 
tar. 

Feathers  enter  into  commerce  both  as  ornaments  and 
for  domestic  use.  Among  those  which  serve  the  former 
purpose,  ostrich  feathers  are  by  far  the  most  important. 
These  come  almost  entirely  from  South  Africa,  where 
ostrich-farming  is  an  important  pursuit.  In  much  smaller 
quantities  they  are  exported  from  Tripoli,  Egypt,  the 
Argentine  Republic,  and  Algiers.  Ostrich-farming  has 
been  introduced  into  California  A  more  important  use 
of  feathers  and  down  is  for  stuffing  cushions,  beds,  etc. 
The  feathers  used  for  this  purpose  are  of  many  kinds,  and 
produced  in  most  countries,  supplies  bemg  exported  from 
China,  Russia,  and  Austria-Hungary.  Eider-down,  which, 
owing  to  its  lightness,  holds  a  high  position,  is  chiefly 
contributed  by  Iceland,  and  from  other  countries  in  extreme 
northern  latitudes. 


II  GRASSES,  MANURES,  BONES  105 

Rushes^  straw^  cane,  osiers,  and  grasses  of  different 
descriptions  are  used  for  plaiting  for  different  purposes. 
So  far  as  the  manufacture  of  baskets  and  articles  for 
ordinary  use  are  concerned,  most  countries  have  some 
material  from  their  own  fields.  In  Germany  and  Holland 
basket-making  occupies  a  large  number  of  people.  In 
these  countries  and  Italy,  France,  Switzerland,  and  the 
United  Kingdom,  the  manufacture  of  straw  hats  is  im- 
portant. The  grasses  of  China  are  particularly  suited  for 
the  manufacture  of  the  so-called  China  matting  which  is 
imported  into  Europe  in  increasing  quantities.  Panama 
straw  hats,  peculiarly  fine  in  quality,  are  exported  from 
Ecuador. 

Bees-wax,  used  in  the  manufacture  of  soap  and  candles, 
is  produced  in  most  countries  and  exported  by  many, 
noticeably  by  Germany.  The  cainphor-vfood  tree,  from 
which  camphor  is  extracted,  is  grown  very  largely  in  the 
island  of  Formosa,  where  exports  proceed  to  Europe  over 
Hong-Kong,  and  also  in  Japan.  Ivory,  won  from  the 
elephant,  is  an  important  export  from  East  and  West 
Africa,  and  also  from  India.  Amber  is  found  in  rich 
abundance  on  the  shores  of  the  Baltic.  Whalebone,  one  of 
the  several  products  of  the  whale  fisheries,  is  prepared  very 
largely  in  France  and  Germany. 

Manures,  besides  these  in  ordinary  use,  consist  largely 
of  bones,  guano,  and  mineral  substances.  The  use  of 
crushed  bones  is  great  in  most  countries  where  high  culture 
leads  to  a  demand  for  heavy  manuring,  there  being,  for 
instance,  an  annual  import  into  the  United  Kingdom. 
Guano  is  not,  like  the  foregoing,  a  product  of  all  countries 
where  animals  are.  It  consists  of  the  hardened  deposits 
of  birds'  dung  on  the  islands  and  promontories  chiefly  on  the 
coast  of  South  America,  and  in  the  Australian  archipelago. 
Large  exports  are  now  sent  to  Europe  from  Chili  and  Peru, 
and  to  some  extent  from  South  Africa.  So  hard  do  these 
deposits  become  that  they  have  to  be  worked  as  though 
mineral.  The  leading  chemical  manures  are  phosphates 
of  lime,  soda,  and  potash,  etc. 

The  horns,  hoofs,  and  bones  of  animals  furnish  much 


io6  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part  ii 

useful  material  for  diflferent  productions,  bones  being  used 
for  making  objects  similar  to  those  fashioned  from  ivory. 
From  bones  and  hoofs  buttons,  knife-handles,  etc.,  are 
manufactured.  Whalebone  is  useful  where  a  combination 
of  strength  and  elasticity  is  required. 


PART    III 

COUNTRIES:  THEIR  AGRICULTURE, 
INDUSTRIES,  AND  COMMERCE 


i 


I 


THE  UNITED  KINGDOM 

Of  the  circumstances  affecting  the  industrial  and  commercial 
position  of  countries  there  are  some  which  bear  particular 
importance  in  the  case  of  the  United  Kingdom. 

First  of  all  its  condition  with  regard  to  the  7nore  general 
physical   a?id  political   influences  requires   some   atte?ttion 

((/:pp.  5-17). 

Important,  i.  physical,  and  ii.  political  influences  likely 
to  affect  the  trade,  industry,  and  occupations  of  the  United 
Kingdom. 

i.  Physical. 

A.  With  regard  to  Natural  Formations.  —  (i)  Its 
insular  position  in  the  sea  is  important.  Not  only  is 
sea  defence  more  easy  than  the  maintenance  of  a  long- 
landed  frontier,  but  proximity  to  the  sea  brings  it  into 
connection  with  an  untaxed  highway  to  the  coasts  and 
ports,  and  so  to  the  supplies  of  other  countries.  Small 
though  the  United  Kingdom  is,  it  possesses  some  1800 
miles  of  coast  so  indented  that  it  is  said  that  there  is  no 
part  of  Great  Britain  that  is  more  than  50  miles  from  the 
open  coast  or  some  inlet. 

All  along  this  coast-line,  which  is  particularly  uneven 
and  indented  on  the  west,  lie  many  and  good  seaports, 
while  down  to  it  from  the  inland  portions  of  the  country 
run  many  rivers  and  canals.      On  the  east  lies  the  North 


no  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

Sea  or  German  Ocean,  on  the  south  the  English  Channel, 
while  the  north  and  west  are  washed  by  the  Atlantic 
Ocean  ;  in  the  case  of  England  and  Wales,  the  west  by  the 
Irish  Sea.  For  the  United  Kingdom  the  sea  is  no  barrier 
or  obstacle,  it  is  rather  a  means  of  communication. 

(2)  Though  the  mountains  are  by  no  means  important 
by  reason  of  height,  no  division  of  the  United  Kingdom  is 
a  flat  country.  In  England  and  Wales  the  great  feature 
of  the  mountain  systems  consists  in  the  Pennine  Range, 
rightly  described  as  the  "  backbone "  of  England.  It 
constitutes  the  central  portion  of  the  watershed.  Farther 
north  lie  the  Cheviot  and  Cumbrian  systems  ;  in  Wales  the 
Cambrian,  and  in  the  south-west  the  Devonian.  In  the 
middle  of  England  is  an  elevated  central  plain  bordered  on 
the  south  by  the  Thames,  on  the  west  by  the  Severn,  on 
the  north  by  the  Ouse,  and  on  the  east  by  the  Trent.  In 
consequence  of  this  formation  the  rivers  of  England  may  be 
grouped  under  three  headings.  Those  falling  into  the 
North  Sea,  which  are  most  of  them  important,  and  to  some 
extent  navigable  ;  those  entering  the  English  Channel,  of 
little  importance  so  far  as  navigation  is  concerned ;  and 
those  flowing  into  the  Irish  Sea,  these  latter  being  of 
varying  length. 

The  mountain  ranges  of  England  and  Wales  do  not 
present  any  great  obstacle  to  easy  communication  between 
the  main  districts,  though  in  another  respect  they  have 
largely  influenced  the  condition  of  the  country,  namely,  by 
the  effect  which  they,  in  conjunction  with  the  sea  and  the 
wind,  produce  upon  climate. 

In  Scotland  the  principal  mountain  systems  are  the 
Northern  Highlands,  the  Grampians,  and  the  Southern 
Highlands.  In  Ireland  the  mountains  are  very  scattered, 
the  most  important  lying  in  the  south-west  and  in  the  west. 
In  the  centre  the  country  is  rather  flat. 

B.  So  far  as  natural  forces  and  climate  are  concerned, 
the  condition  of  the  United  Kingdom  may  be  described  as 
generally  fortunate.  It  lies  between  latitudes  50°  and  60° 
N.,  thus  falling  into  the  zone  of  temperate  climate,  which 
is  still  further  affected  by  the  influence  of  the  sea,  which 


Ill  UNITED  KINGDOM  in 

moderates  the  rigour  of  cold  and  tends  to  produce  greater 
equality  throughout  the  year. 

The  westerly  winds,  which  reach  the  shores  after  passing 
over  a  long  expanse  of  ocean,  are  an  important  feature. 
They  raise  the  temperature  of  the  west  above  that  of  the 
east,  while  in  addition,  being  met  by  the  high  land  and 
mountains  running  through  the  centre  of  the  country,  they 
are  drained  of  their  moisture.  Thus  the  west  is  a  moister 
and  rainier  district  than  the  east.  So  far  as  actual  tem- 
perature is  concerned,  the  climate  of  the  United  Kingdom 
is  moderate ;  it  is,  however,  damp. 

How,  it  may  be  asked,  does  this  affect  the  industrial 
well-being  of  the  Kingdom  ?  On  the  one  hand,  the  climate 
is  such  that  labour  can  be  carried  on  continuously  and  with 
regularity,  there  being  few  interruptions  from  excess  of 
heat  or  cold  ;  it  is  a  good  working  climate.  On  the  other 
hand,  its  dampness  and  variability  are  not  favourable  to 
the  main  branch  of  agriculture,  while  in  addition  the  former 
is  an  important  element  in  certain  manufactures.  Thus 
the  moist  climate  is  said  to  be  peculiarly  advantageous 
for  the  cotton  industry,  that  is  the  case  in  South -West 
Lancashire,  but  unfavourable  for  that  of  silk. 

C.  Agriculture,  etc. — Only  a  very  small  portion  of 
the  soil  of  this  country  is  such  that  it  is  noi  available  for 
cultivation.  In  England  the  area  under  crops,  grass,  or  in 
fallow'  and  available  for  cultivation  is  put  at  three-quarters 
of  the  whole ;  in  Wales  at  over  one-half ;  in  Scotland, 
where  the  mountains  and  wide  moorlands  absorb  so  much 
space,  at  only  one-fourth  ;  and  in  Ireland,  despite  the  large 
percentage  of  bog,  at  nearly  three-quarters.  Of  course, 
owing  to  climatic  and  other  causes,  much  of  this  is  and  will 
remain  in  fallow. 

The  chief  grain  districts  lie  in  the  eastern  countries  and 
in  the  south-west  of  England  and  Scotland.  It  is  in  the 
former  that  the  chief  production  of  wheat  takes  place. 
Wheat  is  produced  to  the  extent  of  60  million  bushels  ; 
barley  to  that  of  77  million  ;  and  oats,  chiefly  grown  in 
Scotland  and  Ireland,  to  that  of  168  million.  In  Ireland 
potatoes  are  largely  grown  as  a  main  food. 


112  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

Pasture. — Of  recent  years  more  attention  has  been  paid 
to  pasture  than  to  arable  cultivation.  There  has  been  an 
increase  in  the  number  of  both  cattle  and  sheep.  Dairy 
farming  is  carried  on  very  largely  in  Cheshire  and  Stafford- 
shire, and  in  the  south  central  counties,  as  Buckingham, 
in  the  south  of  Ireland,  and  in  Ayrshire.  Sheep- 
farming  is  carried  on  in  Lincolnshire,  in  the  high  central 
plain,  Nottingham,  Leicester,  Northampton,  Rutland,  in 
Yorkshire,  and  in  the  south  of  England. 

In  1892  the  live  stock  in  the  United  Kingdom  amounted 
to — 

Cattle  ....  11,500,000 
Sheep  ....  33,600,000 
Pigs      ....  3,200,000 

Horses ....  2,000,000 

Minerals.  —  Of  the  United  Kingdom  one  portion — 
England,  Wales,  and  the  south  of  Scotland — is  very  rich 
in  minerals.  This  is  more  particularly  the  case  with 
regard  to  coal  and  iron,  which  by  reason  of  their  import- 
ance in  manufacture  will  require  separate  consideration 
(pp.  114,  115).  They  are  very  plentiful.  Of  the  other 
minerals  and  metals  the  chief  are  :  titi^  found  in  Devon  and 
Cornwall  in  very  large  quantities  ;  lead,  which  is  much  more 
scattered  throughout  the  country,  chiefly  produced  in 
Yorkshire  and  Northumberland,  to  some  extent  in  the 
Peak  district,  in  Wales  (Cardigan  and  Montgomery), 
and  in  the  Wicklow  Mountains  in  Ireland  ;  copper  is  found, 
but  not  in  great  quantities,  in  Devon  and  Cornwall ;  slates 
are  quarried  in  North  Wales,  especially  round  Festiniog ; 
granite,  chiefly  in  Devonshire  and  Cornwall,  and  in 
Scotland,  in  Aberdeenshire.  Other  building  stones  are 
obtained  from  different  parts  of  the  country. 

ii.  PoliticaL 

Of  the  chief  political  influences  affecting  the  economic 
(trading  and  industrial)  development  of  the  kingdom, 
three  are  very  important : — 


t 


III  UNITED  KINGDOM  113 

(i)  The  security  of  life  and  property  in  England  is 
better  established  than  in  almost  any  other  country.  The 
people  are  orderly,  and  the  risk  of  damage  or  expropriation 
comparatively  slight.  Owing  to  a  fairly  equitable  system 
of  taxation,  the  pressure  of  the  taxes,  which  are  not  light, 
is  comparatively  little  felt. 

(2)  England  is  a  free  trading  country,  no  custom-house 
duties  being  levied  on  goods  entering  her  ports  for  the  purpose 
of  artificially  protecting  her  home  industries.  Of  course 
some  customs  duties  there  are,  but  when  they  exist  the 
corresponding  production  in  England  is  also  taxed  by 
means  of  what  is  termed  an  excise  duty,  as,  for  instance, 
in  the  case  of  spirits  and  wines. 

The  customs  tariff  is  a  very  simple  one.  Duties  are 
imposed  on  wine,  beer,  spirits,  and  certain  preparations 
containing  spirit,  as  chloroform,  etc.  ;  southern  and  pre- 
served fruits ;  tobacco,  cigars,  and  snuff;  tea,  coffee, 
chicory,  and  cocoa ;  playing  cards.  The  total  value  oif 
goods  imported  and  paying  duty  was,  in  1890,  a  little  over 
^29,000,000. 

(3)  Greatly  to  its  own  disadvantage  the  United  King- 
dom has  not  adopted  the  metric  system  of  weights  and 
measures,  and  in  consequence  imposes  upon  its  traders  and 
the  foreigners  who  trade  with  it  the  constant  necessity  of 
transposition  from  one  system  into  another.  It  also  retains 
a  non-decimal  system  of  money. 

Secondly^  position  of  the  United  Kingdom  with  regard 
to  the  specific  conditions  favouring  the  development  of  A. 
Agriculture;  B.  Manufacture;  C.  Commerce  {cf  ^^.  18-27). 


A.  AGRICULTURE. 

The  main  conditions  on  which  agriculture  depends  are 
three  (p.  19),  a  favourable  climate,  a  suitable  soil,  and  an 
equitable  system  of  land  tenure.  With  regard  to  the  two 
latter  the  United  Kingdom  does  not  stand  at  any  great 
disadvantage   when    compared  with    the   great   producing 


114  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

countries.  It  has,  moreover,  a  fairly  intelligent  class  of 
cultivators.  But  in  the  matter  of  climate  it  is  very  much 
handicapped  by  the  uncertainty  of  the  weather  and  the 
customary  excess  of  moisture  at  some  season  of  the  year. 

For  its  leading  agricultural  products  and  their  localities, 
see  pp.  Ill,  112. 


B.  MANUFACTURE. 

a.  In  order  to  excel  in  general  manufacture  a  country 
must  possess,  as  the  United  Kingdom  indeed  does,  a  climate 
which  permits  of  regular  exertion  during  the  greater  part, 
if  not  the  whole  of  the  year. 

b.  English  workmen  are  peculiarly  fitted  to  excel  in 
work  which  requires  for  its  performance  a  combination  of 
general  ability  and  strength.  Though  without  the  artistic 
taste  of  some  southern  races,  and  less  assisted  than  the 
Germans,  for  instance,  by  a  careful  system  of  general  and 
technical  education,  they  probably  surpass  the  workmen  of 
these  nations  in  the  labours  involved  in  manufactures. 

At  the  same  time  the  increasing  need  of  technical  skill 
has  made  it  abundantly  evident  that  more  attention  must 
be  paid  to  this  branch  of  education,  as  indeed  to  all 
education,  if  English  workmen  are  to  keep  the  high  reputa- 
tion which  their  fathers  won. 

c.  Possession  of  Coal. — Though  so  small  a  country  the 
United  Kingdom  is  the  chief  coal  producer  of  the  world. 
Its  coal-fields  have  been  mapped  out  into  the  following  twelve 
districts,  given  with  their  approximate  production  : — 

1.  Durham 17  million  tons 

(Chiefly  in  South  Durham) 

North  Yorkshire — 3^  million  tons  iron  ore 

2.  Yorkshire 23  million  tons 

(Chiefly  East  and  West  Riding) — a  little  iron 
Lincolnshire — l  million  tons  iron  ore 

3.  South  Wales 23  million  tons 

(Chiefly  part  of  Glamorganshire  and  Carmarthen) — a  little  iron 


I 


III  UNITED  KINGDOM  115 

4.  Midland 21  million  tons 

(Chiefly  in  Derbyshire  and  Nottinghamshire) — i  million  tons 
iron  ore 

5.  East  Scotland 15I  million  tons 

(Chiefly  Lothians  and  Fife) 

6.  Newcastle 18  million  tons 

(Chiefly  North  Durham  and  Northumberland) 
Cumberland — i^  million  tons  iron  ore 

7.  Liverpool 14I  million  tons 

(Chiefly  West  Lancashire) 
Denbighshire — 2  million  tons  coal 

8.  Manchester 10^  million  tons 

(North  and  East  Lancashire) 

9.  South-Western 1 1  million  tons 

(Chiefly  Monmouth) — a  little  iron 
Also  Somerset,  Gloucestershire,  and  remainder  of  Glamorgan. 

10.  South  Staffordshire     .....          10  million  tons 

(South  Stafford) — a  little  iron 

11.  West  Scotland 12  million  tons 

(Chiefly  Lanark  and  Ayr) — some  iron  ore 

1 2.  North  Staffordshire 6  million  tons 

(Chiefly  North  Stafford) — i  million  tons  iron  ore 
Also  Shropshire  and  Cheshire. 

In  the  above  table,  in  which  the  chief  localities  also  pro- 
ducing iron  ore  are  denoted  by  the  figures  in  italics  against 
them,  the  distribution  of  the  coal  supply  is  shown.  Of  the 
coal  produced,  amounting  in  1892  to  over  181  miUion  tons, 
some  30  millions  are  exported,  going  chiefly  to  France 
(5  miUion  tons),  Italy,  Germany,  Sweden  and  Norway,  and 
in  the  second  place  to  Spain,  Egypt,  Russia,  Denmark,  each 
of  which  takes  over  i  million  tons,  and  other  countries. 

d.  The  Proximity  of  Iron  and  Coal. — From  the  table  of 
coal  and  iron  production  given  above,  it  is  clear  that  in 
England  and  Scotland  these  two  minerals,  which  in  combina- 
tion are  so  necessary  to  the  prosperity  of  manufactures,  are 
found  in  comparative  nearness.  In  all  the  cases  where 
there  are  large  iron-fields  there  is  abundance  of  coal  near 
at  hand  for  the  purpose  of  smelting  and  so  forth.     The 


ii6  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

great  centres  of  iron  production  are  Middlesborough, 
Merthyr  Tydfil,  the  Black  Country,  and  in  Scotland, 
Coatbridge  and  Hamilton. 

That  the  United  Kingdom  is  well  fitted  to  succeed  in 
industrial  work  is  shown  by  the  foregoing  considerations. 
Its  climate  is  satisfactory,  its  workmen  capable,  its  stores 
of  coal  most  abundant,  while,  lastly,  its  iron-fields  are  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  coal.  When  we  come  to  the  table  of  the 
goods  it  imports  we  shall  see  what  its  manufactures  are, 
and  where  its  manufacturing  districts  are  "situated  with 
relation  to  its  coal-fields  and  its  ports  of  import  and 
export. 

C.  COMMERCE. 

a.  The  actual  geographical  position  of  the  British  Isles 
is  no  doubt  one  great  reason  for  the  high  commercial 
position  which  they  hold.  Commerce  comes  over  them 
because  it  must  pass  by  them.  They  occupy  a  central 
position  between  North  America  and  the  most  important 
countries  of  Europe,  and  so  far  as  long  sea  is  concerned  do 
not  lie  outside  the  route  between  the  north  of  Europe  and 
the  East.  This  was  still  more  the  case  before  the  opening 
of  the  Suez  Canal. 

b.  The  maritime  and  accessible  position  of  the  United 
Kingdom  increases  its  opportunity  for  trading.  It  has  a 
good  long  stretch  of  coast  land,  and  excellent  means  of 
locomotion,  both  external  and  internal,  external  stretching 
to  foreign  ports  from  its  own  good  ports,  and  internal 
bringing  into  connection  the  ports  in  the  south  and  east 
with  those  in  the  west,  and  the  manufacturing  districts  with 
the  great  commercial  cities  and  the  sea. 

(i)  With  regard  to  navigation,  in  the  first  place  it 
possesses  good  seaports.  It  has  twenty  seaports  with  a 
depth  of  25  feet  at  high  water.  The  following  is  a  list  of 
its  most  important  ports,  ranged  in  importance  according  to 
the  tonnage  of  the  shipping  entering  and  clearing  at  them. 
The  amounts  are  given  in  millions  of  tons,  and  do  not 
include  local  and  coasting  traffic.  (Approximate  for  1 892) : — 


UNITED  KINGDOM 


117 


Million  tons. 

Million  tons. 

London         .         .         .         14 

Dover  . 

I^ 

Liverpool 

II 

Leith    . 

I^ 

Cardifif . 

9l 

Grimsby 

I^ 

Newcastle     . 

4i 

Harwich 

ij 

Hull     . 

31 

Swansea 

ij 

N.  and  S.  Shields 

3i 

Middlesborough 

I 

Glasgow 

3 

Bristol . 

I 

Newport 

2 

Hartlepool    . 

1 

Southampton 

If 

Belfast . 

h 

Sunderland   . 

li 

So  far  as  the  value  of  the  goods  imported  and  exported 

is  concerned  (1892),  the  leading  seaports  are— 

- 

Total  Imports.                       Total 

Exports. 

London            .         ;^i44,ooo,ooo                  ;^82,ooo,ooo 

Liverpool 

;^I09,000,000                             ;^I03 

000,000 

London  does  the  chief  trade  with  the  East,  and  in  respect 
of  imports  is  the  principal  British  seaport.  On  the  other 
hand  Liverpool  does  the  main  American  trade,  and  leads 
the  way  in  the  exports  of  British  produce  and  manufactures. 

(2)  The  means  of  internal  locomotion  are  equally 
important  with  reference  to  the  commercial  well-being  of 
the  country.  At  the  present  time  locomotion  takes  place 
by  river,  canal,  and  railway,  supplemented,  of  course,  for 
local  purposes  by  road  transport.  The  United  Kingdom 
has  rivers  which  are  fairly  navigable  for  small  craft, 
especially  so  far  as  rivers  flowing  into  the  North  Sea  are 
concerned.  Of  these  the  most  important  are  the  Thames, 
Severn,  Mersey,  Trent,  and  Yorkshire  Ouse,  which,  together 
with  the  canals,  afford  a  means  for  the  transport  of  goods  of 
low  value  and  great  bulk  to  and  from  the  places  of  manufac- 
ture. There  are  over  3000  miles  of  canal  in  England,  of 
which  the  most  important  are — 

The  Grand  Junctioti  Canal  joining  the  Thames  and 
Trent. 

The  Oxford  Canal  joining  the  Thames  and  Trent. 

The  Leeds  a?td  Liverpool  Canal  between  the  Mersey  and 
Ouse. 


ii8  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

The    Bridgewater    Canal    between    the    Mersey   and 
Manchester. 

The  Grand  Trunk  Canal  between  the  Mersey  and  Trent. 

The  Manchester  Ship  Canal. 
In  Scotland  there  are  two  very  important  canals  : — 

The  Forth  and  Clyde  Canal  between  the  Forth  and  the 
Clyde. 

The    Caledonian    Canal   connecting    the    Atlantic    with 
North  Sea,  passing  through  Inverness. 

In  Ireland  both  the  Royal  Canal  and  the  Grand  Canal 
connect  Dublin  with  the  Shannon. 

But  since  the  great  growth  of  railway  communication  the 
transport  of  goods  by  both  river  and  canal  has  sunk  into 
insignificance.  The  tonnage  of  those  carried  by  the  railways 
is  probably  twenty  times  that  of  those  sent  by  canal  or  river. 

The  railways  provide  the  means  of  circulation  for  the 
kingdom.  Their  course  is  somewhat  hard  to  describe. 
Unlike  those  of  France,  they  do  not  exclusively  find  their 
starting-point  in  the  metropolis.  The  main  lines  of  the 
country  are,  however,  those  which  connect  London  with  the 
manufacturing  districts  of  the  north.  Like  the  Pennine 
Range  these  are  a  backbone  for  the  country.  There  are 
three  lines  which  run  in  this  direction,  diverging  a  little  in 
their  courses — the  London  and  North-Westem  from  London 
to  Liverpool  (a  line  goes  off  to  Birmingham  and  again 
connects  at  Wolverhampton)  ;  the  Midland  from  London 
through  Derby  to  Manchester,  gathering  up  the  traffic  of 
the  Midland  counties  ;  the  Great  Northern  from  London  to 
York.  In  another  important  direction  the  Great  Western 
and  South-Westem  bring  London  into  connection  with  the 
west,  the  former  passing  through  Bristol,  the  latter  through 
Salisbury.  But  these  western  districts  and  the  northern 
districts  are  brought  into  immediate  and  direct  communica- 
tion by  the  so-called  Severn  Tunnel  line  from  Manchester 
and  Liverpool  to  Bristol,  and  less  directly  by  the  Midland 
line  from  Bristol  to  Birmingham.  In  this  way  a  kind  of 
triangular  communication  is  effected  between  the  west,  the 
north,  and  the  metropolis.  This  is  the  basis  of  the  railway 
system  of  the  country.     From  each  point  of  the  triangle 


in  UNITED  KINGDOM  119 

lines  run  in  many  directions.  The  three  north  lines 
proceed  farther,  running  in  the  direction  of  Scotland  ;  the 
Irish  mail  line  goes  off  at  Crewe  to  Holyhead.  Right 
across  the  north  run  the  systems  of  the  Lancashire  and 
Yorkshire,  and  Midland,  Sheffield,  and  Lincolnshire.  From 
Bristol  and  from  Swindon  the  Great  Western  throws  out 
its  branch  into  South  Wales,  while  out  of  London  run 
the  continental  lines,  the  Great  Eastern  lines  into  the 
eastern  counties,  and  many  others. 

Railway  geography  is  important  because  it  shows  the 
chief  lines  of  communication  and  transport. 

c.  In  several  respects  the  commerce  of  the  United 
Kingdom  has  been  powerfully  assisted  by  custom  already 
established  and  the  influences  of  political  institutions. 
Trade  brings  trade  is  a  true  maxim,  and  so  the  fact 
that  so  much  trade  is  already  done  between  this  country 
and  any  foreign  country  has  been  a  reason  for  the 
merchants  of  that  foreign  country  to  ship  all  their  goods 
to  English  ports,  even  if  their  ultimate  destination  be  farther. 
In  addition  to  this,  the  great  tie  existing  between  England 
and  its  colonial  dominions  has  been  instrumental  in  its  secur- 
ing the  largest  share  of  their  trade.  It  is  more  natural  and 
much  easier  for  them,  by  reason  of  the  communication 
already  existing,  to  send  their  goods  to  its  ports  than 
elsewhere.  Thus  nearly  all  the  Australian  wool  comes 
to  England,  though  more  than  one -third  is  re-exported 
to  supply  the  industries  of  the  Continent. 

Moreover,  the  United  Kingdom  has  a  well -organised 
and  very  practical  banking  and  financial  system. 

As  may  be  seen  from  the  above,  the  United  Kingdom 
has  distinct  advantages  for  commerce  as  well  as  for  manu- 
facture. In  agriculture  its  climate  seriously  handicaps  it, 
though  not  precluding  it  from  producing  food  on  a  large 
scale  compared  with  its  area.  But  while  it  does  not  excel, 
even  if  it  equals  other  nations  in  this  respect,  it  stands  far 
before  most  of  them  in  the  opportunities  it  possesses  for 
developing  its  trade  and  manufactures.  Together  with 
mining  these  form  the  main  occupation  of  its  large  and 
dense  population — a  population  which  grows  denser  as  we 


I20  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

leave  the  rural  or  agricultural  counties  and  approach  those 
parts  where  the  great  towns  and  industrial  districts  lie  near 
the  coal-fields. 

The  standing  of  the  United  Kingdom  in  the  world, 
the  nature  of  its  manufactures,  and  its  connection  with 
foreign  lands,  are  well  shown  by  the  character  of  its  trade. 


IMPORTS  AND  EXPORTS  OF  THE  UNITED  KINGDOM  IN 
1892. 

In  value  in  millions  of  pounds  sterling. 


Exports  total         .         .         291 

Of  British  and  Irish 
produce  and  manu- 
factures .         .         227 

Foreign  and  Colonial 
produce  .        .  64 


Imports  total         .         .         424 

Foods        .         .         .187 

Raw  material  and  partly 
raw  material    about  170 

Unfinished  manufac- 
tures      .         .  about  22 

Manufactures  , ,     45 

About  this  we  notice — 

(i)  That  there  is  a  very  large  import  trade  indeed. 

(2)  That  the  imports  consist  to  a  large  extent  of  food,  and 
of  raw  and  partly  manufactured  material  to  be  used  in 
the  manufactures  of  the  United  Kingdom. 

The  manufactures  imported  amount  to  about  10  per  cent 
of  the  total. 

(3)  The  United  Kingdom  does  not  produce  its  own 
food  supply.  It  buys  a  great  part  of  it.  It  finds  it 
cheaper  to  manufacture  goods  and  to  give  these  in  ex- 
change for  food  than  to  employ  itself  in  agriculture. 

(4)  The  exports  of  British  and  Irish  produce  and  manu- 
facture comprise — 

Principal  and  other  manufactures       .         about  ;^  180, 000, 000. 
Coal,  etc. ;^20, 000,000. 

Besides  which  are  partly  manufactured  goods  and  food- 
stuffs. 

(5)  The  United  Kingdom  receives  a  large  portion  of 
its    imports    (perhaps   ;^7o,ooo,ooo)    in    payment    for  the 


UNITED  KINGDOM 


great  transport  service  which  its  mercantile  fleet  performs 
for  other  nations. 

The  trade  must  now  be  further  examined. 

The  foreign  food  supply.  Frojn  what  countries  does  the 
United  Kingdom  get  its  food? 

Stated  in  round  numbers  the  foreign  food  supply  of  the 
United  Kingdom  was  as  follows  in  1892  : — 


(m=millions  of  pounds  sterling.) 
FOREIGN  FOOD  SUPPLY,  187  m.  (1892). 

Grains  (wheat,  etc.) S^J  m. 


Meats    .... 

Animals 
Bacon,  etc.    . 
Meat     . 
Fish      . 
Miscellaneous 

Dairy  Produce,  etc.    . 

Butter  (and  margarine) 
Cheese 
'       Eggs     . 

Condensed  milk     . 

Vegetables  and  Fruit 

Fruits   . 
Vegetables    . 


Groceries     . 

Tea       . 

Coffee  and  chicory 

Cocoa   . 

Sugar    . 

Farinaceous  foods 

Miscellaneous 


35  m. 


9im. 
II  m. 
\o\  m. 

3  m. 

I  m. 


Sim- 
3im. 
I  m. 


251m. 


lojm. 


»  m. 
2\  m. 


40J  m. 


10  m. 

4  ni. 

I  m. 
20^  m. 

4  m. 

I  in. 


122  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

Wine  and  Spirits 9j  m. 

Wines 6  m. 

Spirits 2^  m. 

Hops,  etc I  m. 

Miscellaneous  (lard,  2  m.)       .       .       .       .      4J  m. 
Tobacco 3j  m- 

Thus  the  weekly  housekeeping  bills  of  the  country  may 
be  put  at  a  little  over  ;!^3, 500,000.  Its  supplies  come  from 
many  and  distant  lands. 

Grains  it  buys  chiefly  from  the  United  States,  28  m.  ; 
Russia,  5  m. ;  Roumania,  3  J  m. ;  British  India,  5  m. ;  though 
as  a  rule  the  Russian  supply  is  at  least  twice  as  large,  and 
during  the  two  years  since  1890  the  Argentine  Republic 
has  been  obtaining  an  increasing  share  of  the  custom. 

Meats. — From  the  United  States  it  imports  animals, 
7  J  m. ;  bacon  and  ham,  8  m. ;  other  meat,  5  m.  In  addition 
it  gets  large  supplies  of  animals  from  Canada,  bacon  from 
Denmark,  and  meat  from  New  Zealand. 

Dairy  Produce. — Butter  from  Denmark,  4|  m. ;  France, 
3  m.  Cheese  from  United  States,  2  m.;  Canada,  2 J  m. 
Eggs  from  France,  i  J  m.     Margarine  from  Holland,  2>\  n^- 

Vegetables  and  Fruit. — Of  southern  fruits  large  supplies 
come  from  Spain,  2  J  m. ;  and  Greece,  ij  m.  Vegetables 
from  France,  \  m. 

Groceries. — Tea  mostly  from  British  India  and  Ceylon, 
7  J  m. ;  from  China,  2  m.  Coffee  from  Central  America  and 
West  Indies,  i  m.;  from  India  and  Ceylon,  i  m.;  from 
Brazil,  \  m.  Sugar  from  Germany,  9  J  m. ;  France,  2  m.  ; 
Holland,  2  m. ;  Java,  i  J  m. 

Wine  and  Spirits. — Wine  from  France,  2  j  m. ;  Portugal, 
ij  m.;  Spain,  |  m.      Spirits  from  France,  ij  m. 

Tobacco. — The  United  States  sends  2J  m. 

Most  of  the  necessary  foods  are  also  produced  in  the 
United  Kingdom.  In  the  case  of  wheat,  however,  the 
home  production  only  amounts  to  about  one -third  of  the 
quantity  imported,  while  of  the  other  cereals  she  imports 


Ill  UNITED  KINGDOM  123 

a  considerable  portion  of  her  home  supply,  as  is  also  the  case 
with  meats  {cf.  pp.  51,  52).  Foreign  meat  is  becoming  more 
and  more  important  to  the  British  consumer.  Of  all  countries 
the  United  States  is  the  most  important  provision  supplier  to 
the  United  Kingdom,  as  from  her,  to  set  aside  other  and 
less  needed  articles,  come  large  supplies  of  breadstuffs,  and 
of  meats  and  animal  produce. 

From  what  countries  does  the  United  Kingdom  get  the 
raw  material  for  its  manufactures  f 


RAW  AND  PARTLY  MANUFACTURED  MATERTAT.  .     170  m. 

(1892.) 

Chief  raw  materials,  etc.,  for  manufacture 

i29|m. 

Cotton  (raw,  38  m.  ;  yarn,  J  m.)  . 

SSjm. 

Wool  (raw,  27m.;  yarn,  2  m.)    . 

29  m. 

Flax,  2j  m.  ;  linen  yam,  \  m.      . 

3lm. 

Hemp 

2|  m. 

Jute  (raw,  4  m.) 

4  m. 

Silk  (raw  and  thrown) 

2  m. 

Goat's  Hair        .... 

I  m. 

Metals,  unmanufactured    . 

20I  m. 

Timber 

18  m. 

Leather,  6J  m. ;  hides,  2  m.  ;  skins, 

2|m 

II  m. 

Miscellaneous  raw  material 

.   40J  m. 

These  raw  materials  are  imported  from  foreign  countries 
and  brought  to  certain  convenient  ports  whence  they  are 
conveyed  to  the  places  of  manufacture.  As  a  rule  they  come 
to  the  nearest  ports,  for  the  manufacturing  districts  which 
possess  the  greatest  advantages  are  those  which  lie  in 
the  neighbourhood  of  the  ports  convenient  for  the  material 
coming  from  the  foreign  sources  of  supply,  and  in  close 
proximity  to  coal-fields.  When  the  goods  are  manufactured 
they  are  either  retained  for  home  use  or  sent  away  to 
foreign  customers.  For  this  latter  purpose  they  have  to  be 
shipped  through  exporting  ports  which  are  sometimes  the 
same  as  the  ports  through  which  the  raw  material  passes. 


124  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

What  are  the  chief  exports  from  the  Utiited  Kingdom  f 

1890.         1892. 
EXPORTS  OF  BRITISH  AND  IRISH  PRODUCE,  263  m.    227  m. 

Cotton  goods  and  yam  .         .         .     74J  m.    66  m. 


1890 

Goods     .... 

64  m. 

Yarn        .... 

I2im. 

Metals  and  metal  manufactures    . 

58  m. 

49  m. 

Iron  and  steel  in  different 

forms 

3iim. 

Other  metals   . 

6  m. 

Particular  manufactures    . 

6  m. 

Machinery 

Him. 

Woollen  goods  and  yarn 

. 

25jm. 

iQjm. 

Manufactures  . 

20i  m. 

Yarn        .... 

5  m. 

Linen  goods  and  yam 

. 

6jm. 

6  m. 

Manufactures  . 

52  m. 

Yarn        .... 

|m. 

Chemicals  and  alkali   . 

5jm. 

4f  m. 

Apparel,  etc. 

5  m. 

4I  m- 

Leather  and  leather  manufactures 

4  m. 

3jm. 

Jute  goods  and  yam    . 

. 

3  m. 

2\  m. 

Silk  goods,  etc.    . 

, 

i\  m. 

2  m. 

Coal,  cinders,  etc. 

. 

2o|  m. 

18  m. 

Together  with  the  main  industries  concerned  in  distribu- 
tion (locomotion  and  transport)  and  those  involved  in  the 
preparation  of  the  food  produced  by  agriculture  either  in 
this  country  or  others,  these  groups  represent  the  main 
branches  of  employment  in  the  country.  They  have 
developed  with  the  growth  of  the  country.  Agriculture 
(pp.  Ill,  112),  and  mining  (pp.  112,  114,  115)  have 
already  been  treated  of.  It  remains  now  to  consider  the 
growth  and  locality  of  the  great  manufactures.     Manufac- 


Ill  UNITED  KINGDOM  125 

tures  fall  into  several  groups,  which,  so  far  as  possible,  are 
described  in  the  following  headings  : — 

Textile  manufactures. 
Iron  and  other  metal  manufactures. 
Chemical,  etc.,  manufactures. 
Miscellaneous  manufactures. 

Textile  Manufactures — Cotton. — This,  now  the  most 
important  of  manufactures  in  the  United  Kingdom,  has 
sprung  into  its  present  position  during  the  past  century  or 
so.  Till  the  age  of  mechanical  inventions  the  cotton 
manufacture  had  been  of  comparative  insignificance,  and 
till  Whitney's  new  saw-gin  permitted  the  use  of  American 
cotton  there  was  small  prospect  of  improvement. 

Since  its  early  days  Lancashire  has  been  the  main  site 
of  the  cotton  industries,  for  which  indeed  it  has  many 
advantages.  Firstly,  the  climate  of  the  west  of  England 
possesses  the  humidity  required  in  the  processes  of  cotton 
manufacture.  Secondly,  it  possesses  coal.  Thirdly,  the 
great  source  of  cotton  imports  into  England  and  Scotland 
is  the  United  States  of  America  and  neighbourhood. 
Liverpool  means  a  saving  of  expense  and  trouble  in 
carriage,  for  to  that  port  come  more  than  seven-eighths  of 
the  total  raw  cotton  imports  into  the  United  Kingdom. 
Liverpool  owes  its  great  importance  to  the  large  proportion 
(nearly  three-fourths)  of  the  cotton  derived  from  the  United 
States,  the  only  other  countries  supplying  us  with  any  large 
quantity  being  Egypt  and  British  India,  each  sending  as 
a  rule  about  one-tenth. 

The  chief  seaports  through  which  the  cotton  when 
woven  into  calicoes  and  other  goods  is  sent  away,  are 
Liverpool,  exporting  over  two-thirds  of  the  total,  i.e. 
43  m.,  London  (5|-  m.),  Glasgow  (3|^  m.),  Southampton 
(3  m.),  and  Hull  (4  m.)  The  cotton  goods  from  the 
United  Kingdom  go  all  over  the  world,  especially  to  the 
far  distant  parts  of  Africa,  Asia,  and  to  the  Australian 
colonies.  Liverpool  is  the  leading  cotton  market,  and 
Manchester  the  centre  of  the  cotton  industries. 


126  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

The  chief  towns  engaged  in  the  manufacture  of  cotton 
are — 

a.  Manchester,  Blackburn,  Oldham,  Preston,  Accrington, 
Bolton,  Bury,  Rochdale  —  all  in  Lancashire.  In  close 
connection  with  these  are  Stockport  and  Hyde. 

b.  In  Scotland  cotton  mills  are  mostly  in  the  neighbour- 
hood of  Glasgow. 

c.  Cotton,  hosiery,  and  lace  are  produced  at  Nottingham 
and  Leicester. 

Woollens. — The  West  Riding  of  Yorkshire  holds  nearly 
as  high  an  importance  in  the  woollen  industry  as  does 
South-West  Lancashire  for  cotton.  In  former  times  the 
manufacture  of  wool  found  its  home  in  Yorkshire,  largely 
owing  to  its  proximity  to  the  sheep  pastures  of  Lincolnshire, 
etc.,  and  its  numberless  streams.  Water  power  became  of 
great  importance  after  the  introduction  of  machinery,  and 
when  its  place  was  taken  by  steam  the  possession  of  a 
plentiful  coal  supply  secured  the  position  of  the  West 
Riding.  Nearly  three-quarters  of  the  imported  wool  (some 
entering  England  only  to  be  transhipped  for  foreign 
countries)  comes  from  Australasia,  the  next  important 
countries,  so  far  as  the  United  Kingdom  is  concerned, 
being  the  South  African  colonies  and  some  way  behind 
British  India.  Most  colonial  wool  is  imported  through 
London,  which  is  the  great  wool  mart  of  the  country,  while 
Leeds  holds  the  position  of  Manchester  with  regard  to 
woollen  goods,  acting  also  as  a  wool  market.  The  exports 
of  woollen  manufactures  of  the  kingdom,  exceeding  in  value 
;^20,ooo,ooo,  go  far  and  wide,  large  quantities  finding  their 
way  to  the  United  States  of  America  and  the  continent  of 
Europe.  Nearly  one-half  of  these  goods  pass  through  the 
port  of  Liverpool,  while  the  ports  on  the  East  coast,  as  Hull, 
Goole,  Grimsby,  Harwich,  and  Folkestone,  take  with 
London  an  active  part  in  the  export  of  the  rest.  Woollen 
yarn  is  sent  largely  to  Germany. 

In  Yorkshire  woollen  goods  are  produced  at  most  of 
the  towns  which  have  sprung  up  in  the  West  Riding — 
largely  in  Leeds,  Bradford,  Halifax,  Huddersfield,  Dews- 
bury,   Batley,  Wakefield,  and   Heckmondwike.     Rochdale 


Ill  UNITED  KINGDOM  127 

in  Lancashire  is  celebrated  for  flannel,  the  production  of 
which  has  been  established  in  Wales. 

The  cloth  industry,  which  formerly  flourished  in  the 
west  of  England  near  Stroud,  has  now  decayed  very 
much. 

In  Scotland  cloth  and  woollen  goods  are  made  in 
Lanarkshire  and  the  neighbouring  district,  noticeably  in 
Dumfries  and  Galashiels  and  Paisley. 

Carpets  are  produced  at  Kidderminster,  Wilton,  Halifax, 
Kilmarnock ;  while  Leicester  is  the  centre  of  the  worsted 
and  woollen  hosiery  industries. 

Linen. — The  raw  material  required  in  the  linen  industry 
is  mainly,  though  not  entirely,  grown  in  the  districts  where 
its  manufacture  is  undertaken.  Some,  however,  is  im- 
ported from  Russia  (value  ;!^  1,500,000),  and  a  lesser 
quantity  from  Belgium  and  elsewhere.  This  comes  in 
chiefly  at  the  ports  of  Dundee,  Leith,  in  Scotland,  and 
Belfast  in  Ireland.  It  is  in  the  north  of  this  latter  country 
that  the  chief  home  cultivation  of  flax  and  the  main 
manufacture  of  linen  takes  place.  Belfast,  with  the  district 
surrounding,  is  the  seat  of  this  latter.  Its  one  disadvantage, 
for  the  climate  is  suitable,  is  the  want  of  coal.  In  Scotland 
linen  manufacture  is  carried  on  in  Dundee,  Dunfermline, 
and  other  places  ;  in  England  at  Barnsley. 

Jute,  which  comes  almost  exclusively  from  India,  enters 
to  the  extent  of  nearly  two-thirds  of  the  entire  quantity  at 
Dundee  and  of  one-third  at  London.  Though  both  in  the 
form  of  yarn  and  piece  goods  its  main  export  is  from  the 
ports  of  London,  Glasgow,  and  Liverpool,  it  undergoes  the 
process  of  manufacture  chiefly  in  the  neighbourhood  of 
Dundee,  where  it  is  imported.  The  United  States  is  by 
far  the  largest  consumer  of  British  jute  goods  and 
yarn. 

Silk,  when  imported  in  a  raw  condition,  comes  mainly 
from  China  ;  when  partially  prepared,  largely  from  France. 
Entering  at  London,  it  is  thence  distributed  to  the 
scattered  places  where  its  manufacture  is  still  undertaken. 
Among  these  may  be  mentioned  Macclesfield,  Congleton, 
Ilkeston  ;  for  ribbons^  Coventry  ;  and  for  mixed  goods  and 


128  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

plushy  Bradford.  The  manufacture  of  plain  silk  goods  in 
England  is  not  large. 

Metal  Industries — Iron  and  Steel. — In  importance  to 
the  country  as  an  exporter,  these  industries  come  immedi- 
ately after  the  textiles,  though  they  differ  from  them  in  two 
respects.  In  the  first  place,  the  raw  metal  is  mostly 
produced  at  home  ;  in  the  second  place,  the  metal  industries 
are  even  more  closely  dependent  upon  the  neighbourhood 
of  coal.  Iron  smelting  is  carried  on  in  four  principal 
districts — in  and  about  Middlesborough,  where  the  great 
Cleveland  fields  supply  the  ore  ;  in  Barrow,  in  South  Wales, 
where  a  good  deal  of  Spanish  iron  is  dealt  with  ;  in  Lanark 
and  Ayr.  The  chief  centre,  however,  of  the  iron  goods 
industries  is  Birmingham.  The  production  of  these  in 
some  one  or  other  form  extends  for  miles  round  that  town, 
chiefly  indeed  in  the  direction  of  Wolverhampton,  through 
the  so-called  Black  Country.  In  this  district  and  in  the 
neighbouring  country  there  are  a  large  number  of  small 
towns  and  industrial  villages  actively  employed,  as  Walsall, 
Dudley  Port,  West  Bromwich,  Wednesbury,  Stourbridge, 
where  galvanised  iron  goods  are  produced,  Redditch 
(needles),  Bromsgrove  and  Cradley  Heath  (chains  and 
nails),  etc.  Among  the  more  important  productions, 
besides  those  mentioned,  are  wire,  screws,  bolts,  tools, 
steel  pens,  pins  and  needles,  weapons,  etc. 

Machinery  is  also  made  at  Birmingham,  Wolverhampton, 
but  in  addition  at  those  places  where  the  industries  for 
which  it  is  wanted  are  carried  on.  Thus  Manchester, 
Glasgow,  Bolton,  Leicester,  and  London  have  very  large 
and  important  machine  shops  ;  while  agricultural  machinery 
is  chiefly  produced  at  Grantham,  Bedford,  and  Lincoln. 

Cutlery^  which  is  a  great  branch  of  the  Birmingham 
industry,  is,  however,  produced  in  its  highest  excellence 
at  Sheffield.  Sheffield  turns  out,  also,  a  great  many  other 
steel  goods. 

Shipbuildings  now  become  so  important,  is  carried  on  in 
the  yards  on  the  Clyde,  Mersey,  and  Tyne,  and  also  in 
Barrow  and  Belfast.  In  all  these  places  it  enjoys  the 
advantages  of  proximity  to  the  iron  and  coal-fields. 


Ill  UNITED  KINGDOM  129 

Other  Metal  Manufactures, — Brass  working  is  carried 
on  in  the  Birmingham  district,  as  also  in  London,  while 
copper  founding  takes  place  chiefly  in  South  Wales.  The 
so-called  ti7i  plates^  really  iron  plates  coated  with  tin,  which 
have  been  one  of  the  most  valuable  metal  exports,  are 
made  in  South  Wales. 

The  metal  exports  are  sent  to  many  lands,  the  most 
important  customers  for  the  products  of  this  branch  of 
industry  being  the  United  States  and  our  colonies,  after 
which  rank  the  leading  continental  countries.  Machinery 
goes  in  very  large  quantities  to  British  India,  Germany, 
France,  Russia,  and  to  the  Australasian  colonies. 

Chemicals. — The  manufacture  of  chemicals  has  attained 
very  large  proportions  in  the  United  Kingdom.  In  the 
main  it  is  carried  on  in  three  neighbourhoods,  those  of 
Liverpool,  Newcastle,  and  Glasgow.  The  alkali  industries 
near  Liverpool  lie  somewhat  to  the  south,  being  situated 
chiefly  at  Widnes,  St.  Helen's,  and  in  Cheshire.  They 
possess  the  great  advantage  of  lying  near  or  in  the  salt 
district,  as  well  as  near  an  abundant  supply  of  coal.  As 
some  of  the  products  of  chemical  manufacture  are  largely 
employed  in  the  production  of  other  commodities,  it  is  not 
surprising  to  find  some  of  these  situated  within  a  compara- 
tively short  distance,  e.g.  glass  at  St.  Helen's,  soap  near 
Liverpool  and  Glasgow,  as  well  as  on  the  Thames. 

Earthenware  and  Glass. — Glass  is  manufactured  mainly 
at  Birmingham  and  at  St.  Helen's,  the  works  of  which  latter 
town  have  developed  to  such  an  extent  in  late  years  that  they 
now  turn  out  about  half  the  total  glass  produced  in  the 
kingdom.  Earthenware  and  china  are  manufactured  in 
Staffordshire,  near  Stoke,  in  the  district  well  known  as  the 
Potteries. 

Leather. — Of  other  industries  perhaps  the  most  im- 
portant is  that  of  leather.  It  has,  of  course,  very  many 
branches,  extending  from  the  rudimentary  stage  of  tanning 
to  the  making  of  boots,  shoes,  and  gloves.  The  raw  material 
for  this  industry  is  largely  imported.  Hides  and  u?idressed 
leather  come  chiefly  from  British  India  and  Australasia. 
Dressed  leather^  on  the  other  hand,  comes  from  continental 

K 


I30  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

countries,  France,  Holland,  and  Gennany.  About  one-half 
of  the  imports  pass  through  the  port  of  London.  Leeds 
is  perhaps  the  most  important  leather  market,  though  the 
manufacture  is  very  much  scattered  throughout  the  country. 
Thus  boots  and  shoes  are  produced  in  many  places,  among 
which  Northampton,  Leicester,  and  Bristol  are  important. 
A  considerable  amount  of  saddlery  and  harness  is  made  in 
and  near  Birmingham,  while  gloves  are  produced  at 
Worcester  amongst  many  places. 

Commerce  and  Commercial  Towns.  ^ — The  leading 
commercial  towns  in  the  United  Kingdom  are  Londo7t^ 
Liverpool^  Manchester^  Leeds,  Birminghafn,  and  Glasgow. 
Of  these  the  two  first  are  less  connected  with  manufacture 
than  are  the  rest.  London,  indeed,  is  the  great  commercial 
capital,  not  of  this  country  alone,  but  of  the  world,  and  in 
it  centre  the  financial  and  other  institutions  which  repre- 
sent the  business  as  apart  from  the  manufacturing  side  of 
trade. 

The  leading  countries  with  which  the  United  Kingdom 
is  engaged  in  trade  are  the  United  States,  France, 
Germany,  though  with  the  colonies  and  other  foreign 
countries  its  trade  is  also  very  large. 

With  the  United  States  of  America  her  trade  is 
about  twice  as  large  as  with  any  other  single  country. 
The  imports  from  that  land  are  much  greater  than  the 
exports  to  it.  From  it  we  obtain  large  quantities  of 
foodstuffs  and  also  of  raw  materials,  especially  cotton  and 
copper,  while  to  it  we  send  metal  goods,  woollen  and  other 
textiles,  and  less  quantities  of  a  great  variety  of  commodities. 

With  France. — From  it  we  receive  wines  and  brandy, 
silken  and  woollen  goods,  and  many  minor  foodstuffs.  To 
it  we  send  a  large  quantity  of  colonial  wool,  also  woollen 
goods,  coals,  and  various  minor  manufactures. 

With  Germany. — One  principal  import  from  Germany 
consists  of  foodstuffs,  including  a  large  quantity  of  beet 
sugar,  and  to  it  we  send  wool  and  woollens,  cotton  and 
cotton  goods,  and  metals  and  machinery. 


Ill  FRANCE  131 


FRANCE 

France  is  bordered  on  some  sides  by  the  sea,  on  the 
others  by  mountain  ranges.  But  on  the  north-eastern 
frontier,  where  Belgium  and  Germany  touch,  one  of  the 
more  highly-developed  districts,  there  is  no  natural  barrier. 
So  far  as  external  communication  is  concerned,  the  long 
sea-coast  offers  advantages  which,  great  though  they  be, 
would  be  greater  if  more  ports  were  readily  accessible. 
On  the  other  hand,  the  high  mountain  ranges  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  Spain  (Pyrenees),  and  Italy  (Alps), 
present  difficulties  which  the  railways  entering  those 
countries  from  France  have  circumvented,  rather  than 
overcome.  Within  the  country  itself  the  more  important 
ranges  of  mountains  are  the  Cevennes,  the  mountains 
of  Auvergne,  and  the  Vosges.  The  mountain  system,  of 
which  these  are  part,  divides  the  two  plains  of  France. 
The  greater  plain  sweeps  round  from  the  north  to  the  west, 
and  thence  to  the  south  ;  the  lesser  is  the  plain  of  the  valley 
of  the  Rhone.  In  the  first  there  are  three  districts,  which 
differ  in  their  characteristics,  occupations,  and  productions, 
viz.,  the  north-east,  a  flat,  level  stretch  of  land  with  coal  in 
the  Pas  de  Calais,  and  rising  up  into  the  highlands  of 
Champagne ;  Normandy  and  the  surrounding  country  ; 
the  wine  country  of  Bordeaux. 

With  regard  to  political  influences  affecting  its  develop- 
ment.— (i)  France,  though  subject  to  frequent  changes  in 
political  government,  is,  so  far  as  the  ordinary  civil  adminis- 
tration is  concerned,  orderly  and  undisturbed.  It  is  not 
too  heavily  taxed.  (2)  Its  customs  tariff  is  a  protective 
one,  duties  being  charged  on  most  articles  imported  with  a 
view  both  to  revenue  and  the  protection  of  home  industries. 
When  compared  with  Germany  and  the  United  States  of 
America  the  customs  duties  are  not  high.  (3)  It  has 
adopted  the  metric  system. 

Position  of  France  v/ith  regard  to  the  specific  conditions 
favouring,  A.  Agriculture. — It  possesses  in  a  high  degree 


132  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

the  chief  conditions  on  which  agriculture  depends,  (i) 
Owing  to  the  custom  of  the  country  and  the  action  of  the 
Napoleonic  law  of  inheritance,  the  number  of  small 
proprietors  cultivating  their  own  land  is  large.  It  is 
reckoned  at  4  millions.  Many  of  the  products,  as  vines, 
are  peculiarly  suitable  for  the  system  of  small  cultivation 
{petite  culture),  requiring  care  and  assiduity.  (2)  The 
soil  is  fertile  and  productive.  (3)  The  climate  is  good 
and  diverse.  In  Normandy  and  the  north  generally  it 
favours  the  growth  of  the  foodstuffs  and  fruits  of  the 
temperate  zone  ;  in  the  south-west  it  is  much  milder  ;  while 
in  the  extreme  south-east  a  very  considerable  average  heat  is 
maintained.     There  is  more  rain  in  the  west  than  the  east. 

France  is  in  the  main  an  agricultural  country,  with  a 
large  number  of  small  provincial  towns  serving  as  centres 
for  the  agriculture  of  their  districts,  or  as  the  place  of 
small  incidental  manufactures. 

Of  the  cMef  agricultural  products,  grain  is  grown 
over  a  large  area,  but  mainly  in  the  north,  the  cereals  most 
cultivated  being  wheat  and  oats.  The  supply  being 
insufficient,  France  supplements  its  home  production  by 
imports  of  wheat.  One  kind  of  grain,  maize,  is  cultivated 
mostly  in  the  south,  in  the  districts  of  Languedoc,  Guienne, 
etc.  Beetroot,  for  the  purpose  of  sugar  extraction,  is 
cultivated  in  the  north-east,  principally  in  the  depart- 
ments of  Aisne,  Nord,  Pas  de  Calais,  Somme.  Flax  grows 
in  the  north  from  Flanders,  through  Normandy  to  Brittany. 
Hemp  in  the  same  regions.  Pears,  apples,  and  other 
northern  fruits  and  vegetables  are  grown  in  profusion  in  the 
north,  very  largely  in  Normandy.  In  the  south  flourish 
the  olives  (Rhone  valley),  the  mulberry^  oranges  and  lemons, 
figs,  etc. 

Wine,  which  is  a  product  of  very  great  importance,  is 
produced  in  three  important  districts,  Champag7ie  (depart- 
ment of  Marne),  where  the  wine  is  mainly  of  an  effervescent 
character ;  Burgundy  (Cote  d'Or,  Rhone  Saone),  where  the 
vines  are  cultivated  to  the  best  advantage  on  the  slopes  of 
the  rising  hills  \  Bordeaux,  largely  in  the  department  of  the 
Gironde. 


Ill-  FRANCE  133 

The  best  cattle  (total  13  millions)  and  horses  are  in 
Normandy  and  in  the  north  generally,  where  dairy  farming 
is  carried  on.  The  manufacture  of  cheese  takes  place  also 
in  many  other  districts  towards  the  east.  Sheep  farming  is 
of  course  a  large  occupation,  though  the  yield  of  wool  is 
insufficient  for  the  home  demand.  The  best  wool  comes 
from  Normandy,  and  from  the  large  districts  of  Champagne 
and  Burgundy.  The  total  number  of  sheep  (1891,  21 
millions)  has  declined  of  recent  years. 

B.  Mining  and  Conditions  of  Manufacture. — With 
regard  to  manufacture,  France  stands  in  a  peculiar  position, 
in  some  directions  having  great,  in  others  but  trifling 
advantages. 

a.  Its  clifnate  is  one  which  on  the  whole  allows  of 
regular  and  continuous  exertion.  So  far  as  the  manu- 
facture of  silk  is  concerned,  the  climate  of  Lyons  and  the 
southern  district  is  very  favourable. 

b.  The  workmen  are  industriotcs,  aitd  possess  in  a  high 
degree  skill  and  artistic  taste,  which  qualities  combined 
enable  them  to  rival  and  surpass  English  workmen  in 
particular  branches  of  industry.  On  the  other  hand,  they  are 
inferior  to  these  in  the  general  intelligence,  resource,  and 
strength  required  in  first-rate  mechanics. 

c.  As  France  does  not  produce  sufficient  coal  for  her  own 
use,  supplies  to  about  the  value  of  ^5,000,000  have  to 
be  imported  from  foreign  countries.  Of  these  England 
sends  more  than  half ;  Belgium  is  of  next  importance. 

The  ho7ne  coal  supplies  come  mainly  from  the  following 
districts  : — 

Northern  coal-field,  situated  in  the  departments  of 
Pas  de  Calais  and  Nord.  This  is  the  largest  and  most 
important. 

Loire  coal-field,  in  the  department  of  Rhone  and  Loire. 
The  yield  is  good,  and  is  of  particular  importance  as  being 
situated  near  the  manufacturing  silk  towns,  especially  St. 
Etienne,  where  there  are  valuable  collieries. 

Alais  coal-field,  in  the  department  of  Card. 

Saone  and  Loire  coal-field,  in  the  department  of  that 
name.     So  far  as  the  steel  industry  is  concerned,  this  is 


134  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

one  of  the  most  important,  Creuzot,  the  great  iron  and 
steel  town,  being  one  of  its  centres. 

In  addition,  the  production  of  coal  in  less  amounts 
takes  place  in  the  departments  of  Aveyron,  Allier,  Haute- 
Loire,  etc. 

d.  The  production  of  iron  and  steel  takes  place  partly 
in  the  neighbourhood  of  certain  of  the  above  districts,  but 
partly  also  in  the  departments  of  Meurthe  et  Moselle,  Maine, 
etc.,  where  it  is  chiefly  dependent  on  supplies  of  foreign,  chiefly 
German,  coal.  As  compared  with  England,  France  is  heavily 
handicapped  by  the  distances  which  frequently  separate 
the  iron  and  coal  deposits.  The  most  important  develop- 
ments have  taken  place  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Creuzot 
and  St.  Etienne^  where  the  two  minerals  are  found  in 
proximity,  and  where  a  great  industry  has  grown  up. 
Taken  together,  France  has,  in  many  localities,  consider- 
able opportunities  for  the  development  of  manufacture, 
but  none  nearly  so  great  as  those  possessed  in  the 
north  and  other  districts  of  England.  The  people  are 
not  so  eminent  as  mechanics,  and  coal  is  comparatively 
scarce. 

C.  Commerce. — a.  The  position  of  France  is  exceedingly 
favourable  to  the  growth  of  trade.  On  one  side  it  lies 
open  to  the  commerce  of  Germany,  the  United  Kingdom, 
the  Netherlands,  etc.,  on  another  to  the  Atlantic,  while 
its  access  to  the  Mediterranean  is  most  important — 
particularly  so  since  the  opening  of  the  Suez  Canal. 

b.  On  all  these  coasts  it  has  good  seaports.  The  more 
important  of  these  are — on  the  Mediterranean,  Marseilles 
and  Cette  ;  on  the  Atlantic,  Bordeaux,  Rochelle,  St.  Nazaire 
and  Nantes ;  on  St.  George's  Channel,  Dunkirk,  Calais, 
Boulogne,  Dieppe,  Havre,  St.  Malo.  In  addition  there  are 
the  naval  ports  of  Brest,  Cherbourg,  Toulon,  and  Rochefort. 
The  most  important  seaports  are — 

Marseilles,  importing  silk,  raw  sugar,  cotton,  grain,  etc., 
and  exporting  silk  fabrics,  wines,  woollen  goods,  soap,  etc. 

Bordeaux,  importing  colonial  produce,  hides,  etc.,  and 
exporting  wines,  spirits,  fruits,  etc. 

Dunkirk,    importing  coal,  iron,  nitrates,   etc.,  and   ex- 


Ill  FRANCE  135 

porting  wheat,    wool,    and    also    to    other    French    ports, 
coal. 

Cette,  doing  a  large  coasting  trade  in  the  Mediterranean. 
Havre,    i?nporting    cotton,    wool,    colonial    goods,    and 
exporting  cotton  and  woollen   manufactures,  laces,  gloves, 
leather,  etc. 

Nantes,  importing  coal,  pig-iron,  cotton,  colonial  goods, 

etc.,  and  exporting  whedit^  refined  sugar,  prepared  goods,  etc. 

The  connection  between  the  interior  districts  of  the 

country,  both  with  themselves  and  these  various  ports,  is 

maintained  by — 

i.  The  Water  System. — The  more  important  of  the 
many  navigable  rivers  which  France  contains 
are  the  Seine,  Loire,  Charente,  Garonne,  Adour. 
In  all  it  has  been  calculated  that  there  are  some 
4000  miles  of  navigable  river  waterway. 
But  the  utility  of  the  river  system  has  been 
vastly  increased  by  the  canals  which,  amongst 
other  advantages,  connect  the  principal  rivers. 
Of  these  the  most  important  are  Canal  du 
Midi,  joining  the  Garonne  and  the  Mediter- 
ranean ;  Canal  d^ Alsace^  between  Rhine  and 
Rhone  :  the  Rhine- Marne  Ca?tal;  Canal  du 
Bourgogne,  connecting  the  systems  of  the  Seine 
and  the  Loire  ;  and  the  canal  betweeft  Nantes 
and  Brest. 
ii.  The  Railways. — With  few  exceptions  the  main 
railroads  in  France  run  between  the  various 
districts  and  Paris,  whence  the  lines  radiate 
out  in  all  directions.  Paris  is  the  centre  of 
France,  and  occupies  a  position  quite  different 
from  that  held  by  London  in  England,  where 
so  much  of  the  industrial  activity  has  its  home 
in  the  north.  From  Paris  there  run — 
The  Northern  Railway  (Chemin  de  fer  du  Nord),  through 
Amiens  into  the  north  and  north-eastern  districts. 

The  Western  Railway,  having  its  main  line  to  Havre,  and 
another  line  to  Nantes,  with  a  network  in  between  these 
two  trunk  lines. 


136  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

The  Orleans  Railway^  having  one  long  trunk  line  from 
Paris  to  Orleans,  Toulouse,  etc.  From  Orleans  lines 
branch  to  Nantes  and  to  Bordeaux. 

The  Eastern  Railway^  having  several  lines  running  from 
the  capital  to  the  German  border. 

The  Lyons  and  Mediterranean  Railway^  connecting  Paris 
with  the  silk  district  and  Marseilles  with  an  important  branch 
from  Marseilles  to  Cette. 

The  Southern  Railway  is  the  one  great  exception  to 
the  rule  that  the  railway  lines  start  from  Paris.  It 
serves  to  connect  the  south  -  west  and  the  south  -  east  of 
France,  running  from  Bordeaux  to  Toulouse,  Narbonne, 
and  Cette. 

The  imports  and  exports  of  France  have  varied  very 
much.      In  1891  they  were — 

Imports  ;^I9I, 000,000.  Exports  ;^i42,ooo,ooo. 

Of  the  imports  a  smaller  proportion  consists  of  im- 
portant foodstuffs  than  is  the  case  in  the  United  Kingdom. 
The  more  prominent  of  these  being — 

Grain  and  flour.  Fruit. 

Coffee,  etc.  Wine. 

With  regard  to  these  it  is  important  to  note  that  the 
wine  imported  comes  partly  for  home  consumption  and 
partly  as  a  raw  material  for  admixture  with  certain  French 
wines  and  re-exportation.  Wine  is  imported  chiefly  from 
Spain.      Italy  also  contributes  a  considerable  amount. 

Of  the  imports  of  raw  material  the  most  important 
are — 


Silk. 

Wool. 

Cotton. 

nax. 

Hides  and  skins. 

Coal. 

Of  the  exports  the  principal  are — 

Silk  goods.  Woollen  goods. 

Cotton  goods.  Leather  and  leather  wares. 

Refined  sugar.  Wines. 


FRANCE  137 


There  is  also  a  large  production  and  export  of  various 
goods,  partly  connected  with  the  textile  industries,  partly  of 
a  miscellaneous  character. 

LEADING  INDUSTRIES.— Silk.— Raw  silk  is  pro- 
duced in  France  in  the  south-eastern  departments,  as  Gard, 
Vaucluse,  Ardcche,  Drome,  etc.,  and,  in  addition,  im- 
ported from  China,  Japan,  etc.,  and  Italy,  the  imports 
from  Asiatic  countries  entering  chiefly  at  the  port  of 
Marseilles.  In  the  south-eastern  departments  a  large 
number  of  people  are  employed  in  silk  -  throwing ;  but  the 
more  developed  manufacture  is  centred  in  certain  towns. 
Lyojis  is  the  great  centre  of  the  silk  industry  of  France, 
and  of  the  silk  trade  not  only  of  France,  but  of  Europe. 
Its  silk  goods  and  velvets  bear  the  highest  reputation. 
Silk  ribbons  are  produced  at  St.  Etienne,  and  minor  silk 
fabrics  at  the  places  mentioned,  and  at  Paris.  The  silk 
goods  of  France  are  sent  to  all  countries. 

Woollens. — The  sheep  of  Champagne  yield  good  wool, 
in  addition  to  which  large  quantities  come  from  the 
Argentine  through  the  ports  of  Havre  and  Dunkirk,  and 
from  Australasia  over  England.  The  woollen  manufacture 
is  chiefly  in  the  north  -  east  quarter  of  France,  deriving 
supplies  of  coal  in  the  more  northerly  districts  from  the 
great  northern  coal  -  field,  in  the  more  easterly  districts 
from  the  Saar  valley.  In  the  north  the  chief  woollen  towns 
are  Roubaix,  Turcoing  ;  the  worsted  is  carried  on  largely 
at  Rheims,  while  at  Sedan,  Elboeuf,  Louviers,  large 
quantities  of  cloth  are  produced.  Carpets  are  manufactured 
largely  at  Paris,  Beauvais,   Roubaix. 

Cotton. — The  raw  material  is  imported  mainly  from 
the  United  States,  entering  at  the  western  and  north-western 
ports,  at  which  large  quantities  of  coal  also  enter.  The 
chief  town  is  Rouen,  after  which  ranks  Lille. 

The  linen  industry  is  pHed  chiefly  in  the  north  of 
France,  while  for  the  jute  manufacture  Dunkirk  is  the 
centre. 

Metal  Industries.  —  In  addition  to  their  industries 
as  centres  of  iron  -  smelting,  St.  Etienne,  Creuzot,  and 
Lille  take  an  important  part   in  the  production  of  heavy 


138  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

iron  goods.  Lille  does  a  large  trade  in  small  iron  and 
steel  goods  and  machinery.  Cutlery  is  best  produced  at 
Langres,  Nogent,  Thiers,  and  Paris. 

Leather  industries  are  carried  on  at  various  places, 
Annonay  being  the  most  important  for  tanning,etc.,  Paris  and 
Grenoble  for  gloves,  Toulouse  and  Paris  for  boots  and  shoes. 

The  manufacture  of  sugar  takes  place  chiefly  in  the 
beetroot  districts  of  the  north,  largely  at  Lille,  Amiens, 
Rouen. 

Paris,  at  once  the  capital,  commercial,  and  financial 
centre  of  France,  is  also  a  manufacturing  city  of  no  little 
importance.  Its  share  in  the  leading  manufactures  has 
been  described,  but  to  those  must  be  added  its  large 
production  of  fancy  articles,  both  in  leather,  earthenware, 
and  metal,  and  its  trimming  and  millinery  trade. 

The  countries  with  which  France  carries  on  the  largest 
trade  are  the  United  Kingdom,  Belgium,  Germany,  the 
United  States. 


BELGIUM 

Belgium,  while  the  smallest  country  in  Europe,  is  the  most 
densely  populated  and  one  of  the  most  busily  employed. 
Much  of  its  prosperity  it  owes  to  its  situation,  but  much  also 
to  the  industry  of  its  people.  In  each  of  the  three  great 
departments  of  human  occupation  it  has  made  considerable 
progress,  in  two,  indeed,  holding  a  very  high  position. 

In  agriculture  it  owes  but  little  to  climate,  which  is 
moist  and  temperate.  Nor  is  its  soil  of  any  particular 
fertility.  As  in  France  the  number  of  peasant  or  small 
cultivating  proprietors  is  very  large,  and  with  untiring 
industry  they  have  cultivated  the  land  with  minute  care, — • 
corn,  flax,  potatoes,  beetroot,  being  among  their  chief 
products.  The  most  important  com  crop  is  that  of  oats. 
These  are  grown  to  the  greatest  advantage  in  the  western 
and  southern  provinces.  Despite  this,  a  large  quantity  of 
grain  is  annually  imported,  to  the  value  of  ;^8, 000,000  or 


Ill  BELGIUM  139 

;^9,ooo,ooo.  The  sheep  are  few,  not  amounting  to  one 
million,  being  exceeded  in  number  by  cattle. 

In  manufacture  it  has  great  advantages,  having  a  very 
high  yield  of  coal  in  comparison  with  its  size.  There  are 
two  main  coal-fields,  by  Namur  and  near  Li^ge,  both  being 
busily  worked.  In  addition  iron  is  found  and  smelted  in 
or  near  the  same  districts.  The  advantages,  added  to  the 
temperate  climate  and  the  industry  of  the  inhabitants,  have 
combined  to  render  Belgium,  despite  its  smallness,  one  of 
the  most  important  manufacturing  countries  in  Europe, 
the  manufacturing  districts  lying  chiefly  on  the  east  and 
south-east. 

In  commerce  its  position — standing  as  it  were  between 
Germany,  France,  and  England — has  been  of  great  import- 
ance. Though  its  coast-line  is  very  hmited  (40-50  miles), 
it  has  one  great  commercial  port,  Antwerp,  one  good  fast 
traffic  port,  Ostend,  and  others  that  are  inferior  and  now 
of  less  importance,  as  Ghent  and  Nieuport.  Antwerp 
has  first-rate  accommodation  for  shipping,  and  does  a  large 
trade  in  the  import  of  cotton,  grain,  coffee,  timber,  hides, 
etc.,  and  in  the  export  of  coal,  iron,  and  other  goods. 
Besides  this  the  internal  communication  is  good,  a  matter 
of  great  importance  on  account  of  the  large  trade  both  transit 
and  otherwise,  passing  over  its  land  frontier.  Both  the 
Meuse  and  the  Scheldt  are  navigable ;  the  canal  system  is 
well  developed,  and  the  length  of  railroad  nearly  3000 
miles.  Of  commercial  towns  the  chief  are  Antwerp, 
Brussels,  Ostend,  Ghent. 

The  exports  from  Belgium  are,  on  an  average,  a  little 
under  ;{^  5  0,000, 000,  and  the  imports  a  little  over.  Of 
these  some  of  the  more  important  are — 


Imports. 

Exports. 

Grain. 

Coal  and  coke. 

Animals  and  meat. 

Linen  and  hemp  manufactu: 

Wool. 

and  yarn. 

Flax  and  hemp. 

Woollen  yam  manufactures. 

Cotton. 

Flax. 

Hides. 

Glass. 

Wood. 

Iron  and  machinery,  etc. 

I40  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

Linen  and  hemp  spinning  and  weaving  are  carried  on 
extensively  in  Belgium,  a  great  demand  being  made  both 
for  home  and  foreign  flax.  Linen  is  manufactured  near 
Courtrai  and  Ghent. 

Woollen  goods  are  produced  (mainly  pure  Argentine 
wool  imported  at  Antwerp)  in  the  neighbourhood  of 
Verviers. 

Cotton  is  not  so  important  in  Belgium  as  in  many  other 
countries.      It  chiefly  centres  round  Ghent. 

The  metal  industries  are  very  highly  developed  in 
most  of  their  branches,  the  most  important  district  being 
that  of  Li^ge  and  Charleroi,  where  a  plentiful  supply  of 
coal  lies  ready  to  hand. 

Of  the  chemical  and  allied  industries  several  are  very 
large.  Salt  is  found  in  several  districts,  and  near  Brussels 
are  very  important  chemical  works.  The  glcLSs  of  Belgium 
is  of  high  reputation,  particularly  so  in  the  case  of  plate 
glass,  etc.  Paper  is  also  a  considerable  export.  Lace  is 
produced  in  several  places,  and  notably  in  Mechlin. 
Leather  goods,  beet  sugar,  and  fancy  articles  are  also 
prominent  manufactures. 

The  chief  trade  is  carried  on  with  France,  the  United 
Kingdom,  Holland,  and  Germany. 


HOLLAND 

The  position  of  Holland  has  not  been  favourable  for 
anything  save  commerce.  It  is  a  land  snatched,  but 
barely  snatched,  from  the  sea.  Thus  in  every  essential 
sense,  and  to  both  its  advantage  and  its  disadvantage,  it  is  a 
marine  country  cut  up  in  almost  all  directions  by  a  network 
of  canals  and  navigable  rivers. 

Owing  to  its  climate,  severe  and  damp,  and  its  soil, 
which  is  not  fertile,  its  agricultural  development  is  not 
widespread,  despite  the  great  industry  of  the  people.  One- 
third  of  the  land  is  capable  of  cultivation,  another  third  is 
in  pasture,  and  the  rest,  with  the  exception  of  the  space 


HOLLAND  141 


I 


I 


occupied  by  the  towns,  is  of  little  or  no  value.  The  most 
important  crops  are  those  of  rye  and  oats,  after  which 
ranks  wheat ;  and  the  most  productive  districts  lie  in  the 
north  and  west.  Much  grain  is  imported.  Potatoes, 
beetroot,  and  flax  are  also  grown  in  considerable  quantities. 
Pastoral  pursuits  are  more  favourably  situated,  and  though 
Holland  is  small,  it  has,  considering  its  size,  a  large  number 
of  cattle  (i^  millions),  the  source  of  much  wealth  in  the 
shape  of  butter  and  cheese.     There  are  but  few  sheep. 

So  far  as  manufactures  are  concerned,  Holland  has  no 
home  supplies  of  iron,  and  practically  none  of  coal ;  a  very 
little  coal  is  found  in  Limburg.  Though  its  imports  of 
coal  are  large,  exceeding  4  million  tons,  they  do  not  enable 
it  to  maintain  many  manufactures.  The  state  of  these 
appears  from  a  consideration  of  the  chief  imports  and 
exports. 

Leading  Imports.  Leading  Exports. 

Grain  and  flour.  Butter  and  margarine. 

Iron  and  iron  wares.  Sugar. 

CoaL  Flax. 

Colonial  goods.  Paper  manufactures. 

Raw  cotton  and  wool. 

Some  small  amounts  of  cotton  and  woollen  goods  are 
exported,  but  most  of  those  produced  are  retained  for 
home'  consumption.  The  sugar  industry  is,  however, 
important  as  a  means  of  employment  and  support.  Both 
cane  and  beet  sugar  are  refined  in  the  Dutch  factories, 
which  are  mostly  situated  in  North  Brabant.  In  this,  as 
in  other  instances,  as  tobacco,  Holland  is  largely  engaged 
in  preparing  for  the  market  the  productions  of  its  colonies. 
Earthenware  is  made  in  many  places,  notably  at  Delft. 

In  commerce  Holland  occupies  a  vastly  different  posi- 
tion from  that  described  above.  There  are  many  good 
ports,  of  which  two  are  of  European  importance. 

Amsterdam^  lying  on  the  Amstel,  and  importing  much 
colonial  produce,  as  sugar,  coffee,  tobacco,  is  the  trading 
capital  of  the  country.      It  is  an  important  banking  centre. 

Rotterdam^  on  the  Meuse,  is  however  the  most  import- 


142  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

ant  maritime  city.  Many  railways  converge  there,  and 
the  greater  portion  of  the  colonial  trade  enters  the  country 
through  it  It  imports  grain,  coals,  ores,  etc.,  and  colonial 
goods,  as  sugar,  coffee,  tobacco,  rice,  etc.  It  exports 
manufactured  goods,  sugar,  butter,  etc. 

Owing  to  its  geographical  position  and  its  relation  with 
the  East  Indies,  a  most  extensive  transit  trade  takes  place 
through  Holland.  Many  goods  come  from  its  colonies  and 
other  places,  as  coffee,  tobacco,  Peruvian  bark,  etc.,  and 
are  distributed  through  Europe.  Many  goods  pass  through 
Holland  on  their  way  between  other  countries.  This 
transit  trade,  as  indeed  the  whole  commerce,  is  greatly 
facilitated  by  the  admirable  canal  system  and  the  railways. 


GERMANY 

Germany  is  a  Federal  Empire,  consisting  of  twenty-five 
states  and  the  Reichsland  (Alsace-Lorraine).  Of  the 
states  five — Prussia,  Bavaria,  Saxony,  Baden,  and  Wiirtem- 
berg — are  important,  the  first  named  holding  a  predominant 
position,  both  economic  and  constitutional. 

The  north  of  Germany,  comprising  the  larger  part  of 
Prussia  and  smaller  states,  of  which  Brunswick  and  the  two 
Mecklenbergs  are  the  most  important,  forms  part  of  the 
great  northern  central  plain  of  Europe,  which  extends 
through  Russia  to  the  North  Sea  and  the  Channel.  Its 
climate  is  severe,  owing  to  its  exposure  and  the  compara- 
tively small  extent  to  which  it  is  affected  in  any  but  its 
most  westerly  portion  by  the  moderating  influences  of  the 
westerly  sea  winds.  The  south  of  Germany  is  considerably 
warmer,  a  condition  particularly  noticeable  in  the  south-west, 
where  the  country  is  sheltered  on  the  east  by  the  ranges  of 
the  Schwarzwald,  on  the  west  by  the  Vosges. 

The  boundaries  of  Germany  are  on  the  south-east 
mountainous,  the  Bohemian  mountains.  Erz  Gebirge  and 
Riesen  Gebirge,  and  on  the  south  they  partake  of  the 
general  elevation  of  Switzerland.      On  the  western  side  the 


GERMANY  143 


» 


k 


frontier  is  an  artificial  one.  Within  the  country  there  are 
small  ranges  and  elevated  tablelands,  which  have  but  small 
climatic  importance,  save  in  their  immediate  localities. 

The  political  conditions  are  favourable  to  advancement. 
The  country  is  orderly  and  law-abiding.  In  no  other  land 
has  a  greater  amount  of  care  and  intelligence  been 
bestowed  upon  industry  and  trade.  The  standard  of 
general  education  is  high.  The  whole  country,  together 
with  the  duchy  of  Luxemburg,  now  forms  one  Zoll  Gebiet 
(Custom  Union),  the  customs  duties  being  high  and 
essentially  protective  for  home  industries. 

A.  Agriculture.  —  The  agricultural  development  of 
Germany  is  very  unequal.  So  far  as  soi'l  is  concerned  the 
southern  states — Bavaria,  Wiirtemberg,  and  Baden — have 
considerable  advantages.  In  these  states  the  percentage 
of  really  fertile  land  is  large.  But  in  Prussia,  and  particu- 
larly in  the  eastern  provinces  of  Prussia,  the  soil  is  poor 
and  would  yield  but  little,  except  for  the  great  industry  and 
science  with  which  it  has  been  cultivated.  The  climate  of 
the  north,  in  conjunction  with  the  soil,  has  led  to  the 
cultivation  in  these  parts  of  the  more  hardy  cereals,  rye 
and  oats,  rather  than  wheat.  Of  the  total  area  of  Germany 
about  half  is  in  active  cultivation. 

Of  agricultural  products  ^r^zVz  is  of  course  the  most 
important.  Oats  and  rye  yield  the  two  largest  crops.  The 
former  is  chiefly  cultivated  in  Rhenish  Prussia,  in  the  Prussian 
provinces  of  Saxony,  Silesia,  and  Hanover,  and  in  the  king- 
doms of  Bavaria  and  Saxony.  Rye,  which,  in  addition  to 
potatoes,  is  the  great  foodstuff  of  the  people  in  the  north  and 
in  Bavaria,  is  grown  chiefly  in  the  Prussian  provinces  of 
Brandenburg,  East  Prussia,  Pomerania,  Posen,  and  Hanover, 
and  also  in  Mecklenburg-Schwerin,  in  Bavaria,  and  in  the 
kingdom  of  Saxony.  Wheat,  while  cultivated,  as  indeed  are 
all  the  cereals,  over  a  large  area,  is  so  to  the  largest  extent 
in  Bavaria,  and  in  Prussian  Saxony,  and  the  Rhineland. 
Barley  is  grown  largely  in  Bavaria.  Potatoes  are  a  most 
important  crop  in  Northern  and  North-Eastern  Prussia. 

Beetroot  is  grown  mainly  in  the  Prussian  provinces  of 
Saxony,  Silesia,  and  Hanover,  and  also  in  Brunswick  and 


144  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

Anhalt,  the  district  formed  by  these  being  the  most 
important  for  sugar  production  in  Europe  and  elsewhere. 
A  very  large  number  of  the  factories  are  in  or  near 
Magdeburg,  which  is  thus  becoming  the  great  sugar 
manufacturing  centre.  Vi?ie  cultivation  takes  place  in  the 
valleys  of  the  Rhine,  Neckar,  and  Moselle. 

With  regard  to  live  stock  the  countries  richest  in  cattle 
proportionately  to  their  size  are  those  in  the  south,  Bavaria, 
Saxony,  Wiirtemberg,  and  Hesse.  On  the  other  hand  the 
chief  sheep  districts  are  in  North  Germany. 

B.  Mining  and  Conditions  of  Manufactures. — 
Germany  possesses  in  a  very  high  degree  the  main 
conditions  needed  for  the  development  of  manufacture. 
a.  The  people  are  industrious,  b.  The  climate  allows  of 
continued  and  regular  exertion,  c.  There  are  large  stores 
of  coal  and  iron.  Germany  has  been  rapidly  developing 
its  coal  resources,  and  now  produces  some  73  million  tons 
of  coal,  and  in  addition  some  20  million  tons  of  lignite. 
Of  all  European  countries  it  stands  next  to  England. 
Coal  production  takes  place  mainly  in  the  following  dis- 
tricts :  in  Rhenish  Prussia  (Ruhr  valley),  and  Westphalia, 
in  Silesia,  in  and  about  Saarbriicken,  in  Saxony,  d.  Near 
to  these  are  the  iron  districts,  iron  being  found  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  the  coal  in  Saxony  and  Silesia,  and  in 
the  valley  of  the  Saar,  also  in  Rhenish  Prussia.  In  some 
of  these  districts  iron  and  steel  production  is  carried  on  on 
a  very  large  scale.  This  is  particularly  the  case  in  the 
district  of  the  Ruhr,  where  the  most  important  metallic 
industries  are  situated  (see  p.  148). 

Other  minerals. — Copper  is  produced  to  a  considerable 
extent  in  the  Harz  and  Westphalia ;  zinc  in  very  great 
quantities  in  Silesia,  the  Harz,  and  near  Aachen  :  while  lead 
is  found  in  the  Harz,  where  there  are  silver  mines.  The 
production  of  salt  takes  place  in  the  Prussian  provinces  of 
Saxony  and  Hanover,  and  in  Thuringia  and  Wiirtemberg. 

C.  Commerce. — Independently  of  its  own  productions 
and  its  own  needs,  Gemiany  does  not  occupy  a  geographical 
position  fitted  to  give  a  large  share  in  general  trade.  In 
one  respect  it  is  at  a  great  disadvantage,  for  despite  coast- 


GERMANY  145 


line,  which  it  possesses  on  the  north  and  north-west,  it  has 
but  few  ports  which  lie  well  open  to  foreign  trade.  Most 
of  its  coast-line  lies  on  the  Baltic,  and  its  ports  there,  in 
addition  to  being  removed  from  the  great  marine  highways, 
are  often  obstructed  at  the  mouth.  The  chief  seaports 
are  as  follows — 

Hamburg,  on  the  Elbe,  with  an  annual  movement  of 
some  10  million  tons,  is  one  of  the  most  important  ports  in 
Europe,  imports  colonial  produce,  cotton,  wool,  coal, 
manufactured  goods,  machinery,  etc.,  and  exports  manu- 
factured goods,  salt,  dairy  produce,  etc.  Similar  to 
Hamburg  is  the  small  neighbouring  port,  Altona. 

Bremen  and  Bremerhaven.  These  two  ports,  of  which 
the  last  named  is  by  far  the  larger  so  far  as  shipping 
entries  and  clearances  are  concerned,  the  former  the  most 
important  in  commerce,  lie  on  the  Weser.  The  leading 
imports  are  colonial  goods,  coal,  iron,  machinery,  etc.  The 
exports^  woollen  goods,  linen,  glass,  rags,  wheat,  etc. 

Kiel,  both  a  commercial  and  a  naval  harbour,  lies  in  the 
Baltic,  and  does  a  trade  of  about  three-quarters  of  a  million 
tons,  importing  coals,  timber,  and  exporting  grain  and 
timber. 

Liibeck,  another  Baltic  port  doing  about  as  much  trade 
as  Kiel,  imports  and  exports  goods  somewhat  more  varied 
in  character. 

Stettin  is  the  most  active  of  all  the  Baltic  ports,  and 
imports  coals,  iron,  petroleum,  colonial  goods,  agricultural 
machinery,  etc.,  and  exports  grain,  flour,  potatoes,  timber,  etc. 
There  are  several  other  ports  of  fair  importance  in  the 
Baltic — Danzig,  Konigsberg,  Memel,  Geistemiinde,  and 
Swinemiinde. 

Internal  communication  is  very  thorough, 
i.  The  roads  in  Germany  are  exceedingly  well  kept, 
and  in  many  districts,  as,  for  instance,  Baden,  of 
considerable  importance  for  local  commerce, 
ii.  There  is  good  means  of  transport  both  by  river 
and   canal.      The   more   important   navigable 
rivers    are   the    Elbe,    Weser,    Rhine,    Oder, 
Vistula,  Pregel,  Memel. 
L 


146  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

The  water  system  is  largely  completed  by  the 
canals  which  join  the  various  rivers,  and  thus 
extend  a  network  of  water  communication  over 
the  country.  Among  the  most  important  are 
the  Friedrich-  Wilhebns  Canal  (from  the  Spree 
to  the  Oder),  Finow  Canal  (from  Havel  to 
Oder),  Rhine -Mame  Canal^  all  these  with 
heavy  traffic.  In  addition  there  are  Bromberger 
Canal  (from  Oder  to  Vistula),  Plane n  Canal, 
Ludwig^s  Canal. 
iii.  The  total  length  of  railroad  in  the  country  exceeds 
25,000  miles.  Most  of  the  railways  are 
owned  by  the  State.  The  principles  governing 
their  development  have  been  many.  There 
are,  firstly,  the  international  lines  of  com- 
munication ;  secondly,  the  lines  connecting  the 
different  states  and  chief  towns  ;  and,  lastly, 
often  coinciding  with  one  or  other  of  the 
above,  are  the  railways  which  open  up  and 
meet  the  needs  of  the  great  industrial  districts, 
seaports,  and  centres  of  commerce.  Thus  the 
districts  with  most  highly-developed  railway 
communication  lie  between  the  seaports  on  the 
North  Sea  (Hamburg  and  Bremen),  Berlin, 
and  the  three  industrial  districts  in.  Saxony, 
Rhineland  and  Westphalia,  and  Alsace- 
Lorraine.  Foremost  among  them  are  the 
Prussian  provinces  of  Rhineland,  Westphalia, 
Saxony,  Silesia,  and  the  kingdom  of  Saxony, 
Hesse,  etc. 


The  Foreign  Trade  of  Germany. 

Imports  during  the  last  three  years  have  been  about 

/205, 000,000. 
Exports  during  the  last   three  years  have  been  about 

;!^  1 6 1, 000,000. 
In    1 89 1     the   total   imports    were    ;^2o8,ooo,ooo,    of 


GERMANY 


147 


which  some  36  per  cent  consisted  of  foodstuffs,  42  per 
cent  of  raw  material,  and  22  per  cent  of  manufactured 
articles. 

Of  the  exports,  in   1891   amounting  to  ^158,000,000, 
64  per  cent  were  reckoned  as  manufactured. 


Leading  Imports. 

Grain  and  flour. 
Raw  wool. 
Raw  cotton. 
Coffee. 
Raw  silk. 
Hides. 


Leading  Exports. 

Sugar. 

Woollen  yarn  and  manufactures. 

Cotton  yarn  and  manufactures. 

Coarse  iron  wares. 

Silk  manufactures. 


These  give  us  some  clue  to  the  development  of  the  general 
industries,  though  in  the  case  of  Germany  it  is  particularly 
necessary  to  remember  that  there  is  a  large  home  industry 
in  many  instances  to  meet  home  requirements. 

LEADING  INDUSTRIES.— Textile  ;  Woollens.— In 
addition  to  the  home  supply  a  large  quantity  of  wool  is 
imported  from  Australia  and  from  South  America.  The 
manufacture  of  woollen  fabrics  takes  place  mainly  in  Rhenish 
Prussia  (Aachen  is  important),  in  the  kingdom  of  Saxony, 
and  in  Silesia.  Of  the  goods  exported,  after  the  home 
industry  is  satisfied,  the  largest  quantity  is  sent  to  Austria. 

Cottons. — Two  countries,  United  States  of  America 
and  British  India,  contribute  four-fifths  of  the  total  supply. 
There  are  some  important  cotton  factories  scattered  through 
the  country,  but  the  main  industry  centres  in  the  great 
manufacturing  districts  situated  in  close  proximity  to  the 
coal-fields.  In  the  Rhenish  province  the  cotton  manu- 
facture is  most  important,  among  the  chief  cotton  towns 
being  Elberfeld  and  Barmen,  Dusseldorf,  Gladbach,  and  in 
Westphalia  Bielefeld.  In  Saxony  the  cotton  factories  are 
mostly  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Chemnitz.  Miihlhausen 
is  a  very  busy  cotton  manufacturing  town.  The  industry 
is  also  pursued  in  Silesia.  The  cotton  manufactures  are 
widely  distributed,  in  this  instance,  too,  Austria  proving  the 
most  important  customer. 

Silks. — Silk  goods  and  mixed  silk  goods  are  largely 


148  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

manufactured  in  the  Rhenish  district,  where  Krefeld  is 
particularly  important  for  ribbons.  Silk  manufacture  also 
takes  place  in  Elberfeld,  etc.  Silk  goods  are  sent  in 
considerable  quantities  to  the  United  Kingdom  and  the 
United  States  of  America. 

Linens,  etc. — The  linen  manufacture  is  much  more 
extensively  diffused  throughout  the  country. 

METAL  INDUSTRIES.  — The  mineral  wealth  of 
Germany  has  already  been  described.  Its  richness  and  its 
nearness  to  plentiful  supplies  of  coal  have  led  to  an 
extensive  development  of  the  more  fundamental  metal 
industries.  Iron  and  steel  goods  are  produced  in  very 
large  quantities  in  both  Rhenish  Prussia  and  Westphalia. 
In  addition  to  Essen,  where  the  celebrated  Krupp  works 
are  established,  there  are  many  important  towns,  as 
Dortmund,  Iserlohn,  Hagen,  Solingen,  which  rival  the 
Birmingham  district  in  the  variety  of  their  goods.  The 
district  is  very  similar,  there  being  many  little  manu- 
facturing towns  and  many  manufacturing  villages,  where 
such  goods  as  nails,  wire,  hooks,  bolts,  etc.,  are  produced. 
Other  important  centres  for  iron  and  steel  are  the  Silesian 
towns,  as  Gorlitz,  Lobau,  etc.,  and  Miihlhausen.  Machinery 
is  produced  in  the  industrial  centres  at  Berlin,  Chemnitz, 
Magdeburg,  Miihlhausen,  Breslau. 

Germany  imports  a  good  deal  of  iron  from  the  United 
Kingdom,  but  it  sends  thither  more  iron  goods  than  it 
receives.  Large  quantities  of  its  iron  products  go  to 
Russia,  Holland,  Austria,  and  Switzerland. 

Brewing  is  a  great  German  industry.  Though  for  local 
purposes  it  takes  place  throughout  the  country,  the  more 
important  breweries  are  in  Bavaria. 

The  commercial  cities  of  Germany  are  numerous. 
Berlin,  in  addition  to  being  the  capital,  leading  money 
market,  and  commercial  city,  is  the  home  of  various 
manufactures.  Frankfurt  on  the  Main  is  a  celebrated 
financial  market,  and  Leipzig,  Magdeburg,  and  Cologne 
are  all  great  commercial  cities. 

ThQ  countries  whose  trade  with  Germany  is  most 
important  are,  in  the  order  of  their  importance,  the  United 


Ill  AUSTRIA-HUNGARY  149 

Kingdom,   Austria,    Russia,    the    United   States,    Holland, 
France,  and  Belgium. 


AUSTRIA-HUNGARY 

Austria-Hungary  is  a  Federal  Empire  consisting  of 
many  various  countries  of  different  language,  race,  and  cus- 
tom, and  in  very  different  stages  of  development  (Austria, 
Hungary,  Bohemia,  Styria,  Bosnia,  and  Herzegovina). 

Its  frontier  is  long,  but  almost  exclusively  a  land 
frontier,  bordering  on  Germany,  Russia,  Roumania,  Servia, 
Italy,  and  Switzerland. 

Since  it  is,  on  the  whole,  in  a  very  undeveloped  condition, 
and  since,  as  regards  both  commerce  and  manufacture,  it 
suffers  under  profound  disadvantages,  having  but  a  poor 
coast -line  and  not  possessing  coal  and  iron  in  near 
proximity,  its  main  reliance  is  upon  its  agriculture. 

AGRICULTURE. — In  this  respect  it  has  many  advan- 
tages. Its  climate  is  suitable  for  the  main  crops,  since,  by 
reason  of  the  hot  summers  and  the  moderate  and  fairly 
regular  rainfall  which  prevails  in  most  parts,  the  severity 
of  the  winter  is  not  injurious.  The  most  important  cereal 
is  wheat,  which  flourishes  best  in  the  large  plains — 
principally  in  Hungary  and  Bohemia.  Hungarian  flour 
holds  a  very  high  position.  Rye,  which  is  the  principal 
breadstuff  of  the  country,  is  grown  very  widely,  as  are  also 
oats  and  barley.  Of  other  productions  flax,  one  of  the 
most  important,  is  produced  in  Bohemia  and  Moravia. 
Vine-growing  is  carried  on  in  many  districts,  but  to 
especial  advantage  in  Hungary.  Beetroot  for  the  purpose 
of  sugar  extraction  is  widely  cultivated. 

If  the  methods  of  cultivation  were  a  little  more  modern, 
and  if  greater  skill  were  employed,  the  rich  soil  of  Hungary 
and  other  parts  would,  it  is  said,  yield  far  more  largely. 

Cattle  are  kept  in  some  numbers  (about  13  millions), 
and  have  been  increasing  of  recent  years.     On  the  other 


150  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

hand  the  number  of  sheep  is  almost  stationary,  by  far  the 
larger  portion  being  in  Hungary.  The  country  imports 
wool  from  abroad  to  the  value  of  some  ^^2, 500,000. 

COMMERCE. — Austria -Hungary  suffers  from  a  most 
serious  drawback  with  regard  to  its  development,  through 
the  want  of  any  sea-coast  beyond  a  narrow  strip  on  the 
Adriatic.  It  has,  nevertheless,  two  ports  of  fair  importance, 
Trieste  and  Fimne.  In  addition  its  system  of  internal 
communication  is  anything  but  well  developed.  Two  rivers, 
the  Danube  and  Elbe,  offer  with  their  tributaries  fair 
opportunities  of  navigation,  but  the  canal  system  has  been 
much  neglected.  Though  railway  communication  has 
been  extended  of  recent  years,  the  Empire  possesses  a 
very  insufficient  amount  for  the  development  of  its 
resources. 

Leading  Imports.  Leading  Exports. 

Raw  cotton.  Sugar. 

Raw  wool.  Grain. 

Coal.  Wood. 

MINING  AND  MANUFACTURES.— Of  the  promi- 
nent minerals  valuable  in  themselves  and  also  as  necessary 
to  a  manufacturing  country,  Austria  possesses  a  good  iron- 
field,  but  only  an  insufficient  supply  of  true  coal  (lignite 
is  yielded  in  much  larger  quantities).  Very  unfortunately 
the  two  important  minerals  are  not  found  in  proximity. 
True  coal  is  most  freely  yielded  in  Bohemia,  near  Pilsen, 
and  Silesia,  whereas  the  richest  iron  deposits  are  in  the 
Alps  and  in  Styria  and  Carinthia.  In  other  minerals 
Austria-Hungary  possesses  great  sources  of  wealth,  as  yet 
undeveloped ;  gold  and  silver  are  produced,  also  lead,  and 
in  Idria  quicksilver.  Salt  is  most  abundant,  particularly 
in  Galicia,  in  the  salt  mines  of  Wieliczka,  and  in  Hungary 
at  Marmaros. 

INDUSTRIES. — As  might  be  expected,  both  from  the 
state  of  development  and  also  from  the  deficiency  in  coal, 
etc.,  these  are  not  very  forward.  Cotton  manufacture  is 
most  highly  developed  in  Austria  and  Bohemia,  in  the 
latter  country   Reichenbach  occupying  a  position  of  con- 


Ill  SWITZERLAND  151 

siderable  prominence.  Woollen  manufacture  is  carried  on 
chiefly  in  the  north,  and  largely  in  the  neighbourhood  of 
Briinn.  Silk  manufacture  is  growing  in  the  Tyrol,  while 
the  linen  industry  is  spread  widely  over  the  country.  The 
metal  industries  are  rising  gradually,  mainly  in  Austria 
and  Styria,  while  in  Bohemia  glass  production,  chiefly  of 
the  more  common  kinds,  has  already  attained  importance 
in  foreign  trade.     Brewing  is  most  important  at  Pilsen. 

Of  commercial  centres  the  most  important  are  Vienna, 
Prag,  and  Briinn. 


SWITZERLAND 

Switzerland  is  entirely  cut  off  from  the  sea,  and  being, 
in  addition,  shut  in  by  mountain  frontiers,  is  dependent  on 
many  sides  upon  suitably-developed  passes  for  access  to 
other  countries.  This  fact,  together  with  the  directions 
given  to  the  occupations  of  the  people  by  its  mountainous 
character,  and  by  its  position  as  holiday  resort  for  other 
nations,  has  largely  determined  the  course  of  its  develop- 
ment. 

AGRICULTURE. — It  is  rather  a  pastoral  than  an 
agricultural  country,  as  only  a  comparatively  small  amount 
of  land  is  suitable  for  arable  purposes.  Much  wheat  is 
imported.  In  strong  contrast  it  possesses  fine  meadow 
and  grazing  lands,  on  which  are  pastured  its  herds  of 
cattle.      Butter  and  cheese  are  made  from  the  milk. 

COMMERCE. — Since  the  development  of  the  railways 
and  the  opening  of  the  mountain  passes,  a  large  transit 
trade  passes  through  Switzerland.  The  leading  com- 
mercial towns  are  Bale,  Zurich,  and  Geneva.  Of  the 
passes  the  more  important  are  the  St.  Gothard  into  Italy, 
and  the  Mont  Cenis  into  France.  For  internal  communica- 
tion the  country  relies  almost  entirely  upon  roads  and 
railways. 


152  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

Leading  Imports.  Leading  Exports. 

Grain.  Silk  goods. 

Baw  silk.  Cotton  goods. 

Woollen  goods.  Watches. 

Raw  cotton.  Cheese. 
Metal  goods  and  machinery. 

MINING  AND  MANUFACTURES.— Switzerland  pos- 
sesses but  poor  and  very  insufficient  amounts  of  both  coal  and 
iron.  For  these  it  is  driven  to  rely  upon  importation,  but 
as  a  partial  set-off  to  its  great  poverty  in  coal  it  possesses 
excellent  and  certain  water  power.  Its  workmen  are 
industrious  and  intelligent.  The  most  important  of  its 
industries  are  the  cotton  manufacture,  which  centres 
mainly  in  Zurich,  and  is  spread  over  the  surrounding 
district ;  the  silk  industry  has  as  its  headquarters  Bile, 
though  Zurich  and  its  neighbourhood  are  also  important. 
In  both  these  occupations  a  considerable  number  of  people 
are  employed.  Watch  making  and  similar  manufactures, 
as  the  production  of  musical  boxes,  etc.,  is  carried  on  in  the 
western  districts,  Geneva  being  the  important  centre. 

Its  chief  trade  takes  place  with  Germany,  France,  the 
United  Kingdom,  and  Italy. 


ITALY 

The  climate  of  Italy,  though  hot,  is  favourable  to  many 
kinds  of  cultivation,  the  soil  is  not  wanting  in  fertility,  and 
the  inhabitants  of  the  north  are  industrious.  But  owing  to 
certain  disadvantages  it  does  not  hold  a  fortunate  position 
in  agriculture,  manufacture,  or  commerce.  The  difficulty 
of  growing  certain  important  crops,  an  unfavourable  land 
system,  the  former  disunion  and  the  present  financial 
straits,  are  the  chief  reasons  which  prevent  its  develop- 
ment. 

AGRICULTURE. — In  the  north  and  north-east  grain  is 
grown  with  success,  though  the  yield  of  wheat  at  least  has 


ITALY  153 


to  be  supplemented  by  large  importations  (reaching  in  value 
^4,000,000  or  ;^5, 000,000)  ;  but  in  a  great  portion  of  the 
country  the  main  agriculture  consists  in  the  careful  cultiva- 
tion, often  in  terraces,  of  small  plots  in  which  olives 
and  vines,  etc.,  are  grown.  The  live  stock  in  the  country 
has  remained  fairly  stationary  of  recent  years,  save  as 
regards  cattle,  which  show  a  marked  increase  (now 
5  millions).  The  mulberry  is  also  largely  cultivated, 
especially  in  the  north.  Wine-growing  is  an  industry  fairly 
distributed  throughout  the  country,  some  of  the  more 
valuable  kinds  being  produced  in  the  south. 

MANUFACTURES.  —  Like  several  other  southern 
countries  Italy  is  severely  handicapped  by  its  want  of  coal, 
which  it  endeavours  to  make  good  by  a  large  and  continued 
import  from  several  sources,  and  particularly  the  United 
Kingdom.  (Total  coal  imports  in  1891,  ^4,000,000). 
Certain  minerals,  such  as  iron,  sulphur,  etc.,  it  has  in 
considerable  quantity. 

Leading  Imports.  Leading  Exports. 

Grain.  Silk  and  silk  goods. 

Coal.  Wine. 

Raw  cotton.  Sulphur. 

Raw  wool. 
Manufactures,  etc. 

The  silk  industry  is  by  far  the  largest  and  most 
important.  The  exports  of  silk  and  silk  goods  indeed 
form  nearly  one-half  of  the  total.  It  has  its  home  in  the 
north,  with  a  centre  at  Milan,  where  goods  of  various 
descriptions  are  produced.  The  velvets  of  Genoa  rank 
closely  after  those  of  Lyons. 

COMMERCE. — Italy  has  many  advantages  with  respect 
of  trade.  In  foreign  trade  it  has  a  good  sea-coast  line  with 
numerous  ports,  of  which  three,  Genoa,  Naples,  and  Venice, 
are  of  very  great  importance — an  importance  which  will 
soon  show  itself  when  the  country  is  in  a  sound  condition. 
Its  railways,  though  at  present  unsatisfactory,  would  offer 
good  means  of  internal  locomotion  on  each  side  of  the 
Apennines.      Its  advantages,  so  far  as  the  Mediterranean 


154  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

trade  of  Europe  is  concerned,  were  vastly  increased  by  the 
opening  of  tlie  Suez  Canal. 


THE  BALKAN  PENINSULA 

In  the  countries  in  the  Balkan  Peninsula  advancement 
has  been  prevented  by  the  miserable  political  conditions 
which  prevailed  both  in  Greece  and  in  the  countries  subject 
to  Turkish  rule.  In  these  latter,  while  the  peasantry  were 
systematically  oppressed,  no  thorough  or  intelligent  attempts 
were  made  to  develop  the  resources  of  the  country  by 
such  means  as  a  proper  system  of  communication,  etc. 
Hence,  despite  their  fertility,  they  have  made  but  little 
progress. 

Roumania,  Servia,  and  Bulgaria  are  now  practically 
free  from  the  dominion  of  the  Turk,  though  the  last  named 
of  the  three  is  still  nominally  subject.  In  them  all 
agricultural  and  pastoral  pursuits  are  the  main  and  nearly 
the  entire  occupation  of  the  people.  Owing  to  the  fertility 
of  the  soil  and  the  genial  climate,  grain  is  produced  in  very 
large  quantities,  and  serves  as  a  valuable  export.  This  is 
particularly  the  case  with  Roumania,  which  is  becoming 
one  of  the  largest  wheat-exporting  countries  in  Europe. 
Its  total  grain  exports  exceeded  ;^6,ooo,ooo  in  value  in 
1891. 

Pastoral  pursuits  are  also  important,  large  flocks  of 
sheep  and  cattle  finding  nourishment  in  the  three  countries. 

Of  7nineral  wealth  there  is  supposed  to  be  considerable 
store,  though  as  yet  little  has  been  done  in  the  way  of 
working  it  or  even  of  ascertaining  its  amount  with  pre- 
cision. 

The  Danube  furnishes  an  important  means  of  com- 
munication. 

Turkey  in  Europe  resembles  in  natural  characteristics 
the  foregoing  countries.  It,  too,  exports  grain,  which  is 
produced  on  its  singularly  fertile  soil.      Its  pastoral  wealth 


Ill  SPAIN  AND  PORTUGAL  155 

might  be  great.     The  system  of  communication  is  exceed- 
ingly deficient. 

Greece. — Till  the  acquisition  of  Thessaly,  Greece  had 
but  little  soil  fitted  for  agricultural  products.  Even  now 
its  pastoral  pursuits  remain  its  chief  occupation.  It  has, 
however,  valuable  products  in  its  currants  and  other 
southern  fruits.  Its  wine^  produced  in  large  quantities,  is 
principally  retained  for  home  consumption. 


SPAIN  AND  PORTUGAL 

As  a  country  Spain  presents  remarkable  inequalities  of 
temperature ;  and  in  consequence,  partly  of  that,  partly  of 
the  differences  of  soil,  of  fertility.  The  most  fertile 
districts  are  those  in  Valencia  and  Catalonia,  where, 
however,  as  indeed  nearly  throughout  Spain,  agricultural 
development  depends  on  irrigation  works.  Of  agricultural 
products,  wheat  and  barley  are  grown  most  favourably  in 
Leon  and  the  two  Castiles  ;  maize  has  a  much  wider  range. 
On  the  district  bordering  the  Mediterranean  there  is  a 
large  production  of  olives  and  southern  fruits.  But  more 
important  than  the  foregoing  is  wine-growing,  for  which 
the  leading  provinces  are  Barcelona,  Saragossa,  Cadiz, 
Malaga.  Of  the  wine  produced  the  chief  part  is  exported 
to  France  for  mixing  with  French  wines.  Of  live  stock 
sheep  are  the  m.ost  valuable,  but  now  less  so  than  formerly. 
The  Mediiterraxi^din  fisheries  Site,  principally  of  tunny,  sardines, 
and  anchovies. 

The  mineral  wealth  of  Spain  is  great.  In  its  production 
of  copper,  lead,  and  quicksilver,  it  excels  other  European 
countries.  The  copper  is  mainly  found  in  Huelva,  where 
are  the  Rio  Tinto  mines  ;  the  lead  in  Murcia  and  Jaen  ; 
and  the  quicksilver  in  the  mines  of  Almaden.  The  two 
great  minerals,  iron  and  coal,  exist, — iron  in  Murcia,  and 
coal  largely  in  the  provinces  of  Oviedo  and  Cordova.  The 
latter  is  but  little  worked,  while  the  former  is  mostly  sent 


156  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

away  as  ore  for  smelting  in  South  Wales  or  elsewhere. 
This  is  often  the  case  with  the  other  metals.  Despite  the 
possession  of  some  coal  and  the  imports  from  foreign 
countries,  mamifactures  are  but  little  advanced.  When  they 
exist,  as  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Barcelona^  itself  the 
busiest  port  and  commercial  town,  they  are  supported  by 
foreign  coal.  The  cotton  manufacture  is  the  largest.  Wine 
and  mineral  ores  are  the  two  leading  exports. 

In  Portugal  the  climate  is  more  equable  and  temperate, 
and  agricultural  products  similar  to  those  of  Spain  are  cul- 
tivated. The  wine  from  the  district  of  the  Douro  is  the 
most  important.  In  mineral  possessions  it  is  much  poorer 
and  they  are  but  little  worked. 


NORWAY,  SWEDEN,  AND  DENMARK 

Norway  and  Sweden  differ  considerably  in  their  main 
occupations.  In  Norway  the  sea  fisheries  are  a  main 
means  of  employment,  the  other  most  important  branch 
being  the  timber  production  and  industry.  It  produces 
but  little  grain.  Sweden  is  largely  agricultural,  and  has 
also  a  large  timber  industry.  Both  countries,  despite  all 
disadvantages,  have  developed  their  commerce.  Norway 
has  a  most  important  mercantile  fleet,  while,  owing  to  its 
narrowness  and  the  situation  of  its  population  in  the  coast 
district,  it  requires  but  little  means  of  internal  navigation. 
In  the  south  of  Sweden  railways  and  canals  are  well 
developed.  The  leading  commercial  cities  and  ports  are 
in  Sweden,  Stockholm  aijd  Gothenberg,  in  Norway, 
Christiania.  The  chief  exports  from  Norway  are  fish  and 
timber ;  from  Sweden,  timber,  butter,  and  oats. 

Norway  takes  an  active  part  in  the  cod  and  herring 
fisheries  in  the  North  Sea.  Its  timber  district  is  small  and 
somewhat  inland.  In  Sweden  agriculture  and  pastoral 
pursuits    are    carried   on   almost  altogether  in    the   south. 


I 


III  NORWAY,  ETC.,  RUSSIA  157 

where  they  occupy  a  large  portion  of  the  population.  The 
principal  forests  are  in  the  north. 

Both  of  the  countries,  but  more  particularly  Norway, 
import  grain  (in  the  case  of  Sweden,  wheat  and  rye),  and 
manufactured  goods  and  coal.  Though  they  possess  de- 
posits of  certain  metals  (Sweden,  iron),  they  are  poor  in  coal, 
and  this  want,  and  climatic  and  other  disadvantages,  have 
put  an  obstacle  in  the  way  of  manufacturing  development. 

Denmark  is  principally  an  agricultural  and  cattle- 
breeding  country.  In  grain  it  produces  on  an  average 
sufficient  crops  for  the  home  consumption.  It  imports, 
however,  a  good  deal  of  rye.  Cattle-farming  is  its  chief 
wealth,  furnishing  it  with  its  most  valuable  exports  in 
animals,  meat,  and  butter.  Its  capital  and  main  port  is 
Copenhagen,  which,  owing  to  its  position,  is  of  considerable 
commercial  importance.  Its  trade  is  carried  on  principally 
with  the  United  Kingdom  and  Germany. 


RUSSIA 

Russia  can  be  described  as  one  great  plain  stretching 
away  from  the  Ural  Mountains  to  the  European  bound- 
aries. On  the  other  side  of  the  mountains  lie  the  Asiatic 
possessions.  Despite  this  comparative  openness  a  very 
large  portion  of  Russian  soil  is  entirely  unfit  for  cultivation 
by  reason  of  its  marshy  and  rocky  nature.  In  addition  a 
great  portion  is  covered  by  vast  forests,  which  provide  the 
country  with  its  stores  of  timber,  and  another  large  portion 
consists  of  the  Steppes,  which  skirt  the  Black  and  Caspian 
Seas,  and  which,  rich  with  grass  in  the  spring,  are  burnt 
up  and  arid  in  the  summer.  Only  about  one-fifth  of  the 
total  area  is  under  cultivation.  Russia  possesses  a  good 
many  important  rivers^  which  would  be  more  useful  for 
navigation  were  they  not  ice-bound  during  a  large  portion 
of  the  winter.  Among  the  more  important  are  the  Petchora 
and  Northern  Dwina,  the  former  flowing  into  the  Arctic, 


158  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

the  latter  into  the  White  Sea ;  the  Volga  and  Ural  Rivers 
entering  the  Caspian ;  the  Don,  Dnieper,  and  Dniester, 
flowing,  the  first  into  the  Sea  of  Azof,  the  two  latter  into  the 
Black  Sea,  and  falling  ultimately  into  the  Baltic,  the 
Vistula,  and,  by  St.  Petersburg,  the  Neva. 

Though  mining  and  manufacture  have  some  importance, 
the  main  occupation  of  the  country  is  agricultural. 

AGRICULTURE  AND  ANIMAL  WEALTH.— Rye, 
which  is  the  great  food-stuff  of  the  country,  is  cultivated 
widely  and  to  a  very  great  extent,  but  wheat,  grown  principally 
for  export,  finds  its  chief  place  of  growth  in  the  famed  black 
earth  plain  which  sweeps  from  the  Urals  to  the  Carpathians. 
This  soil  is  so  rich  that  in  several  parts  cultivation  has  gone 
on  for  many  years  without  any  use  of  manure.  For  cereals 
the  climate,  with  its  long  severe  winters  and  its  hot  summers, 
is  not  unfavourable.  Where  slightly  less  severe,  as  in  the 
southern  district,  where  the  black  earth  plain  lies,  it  is 
extremely  advantageous.  North  Caucasus  is  a  very 
important  wheat  province.  Unfortunately  the  methods  of 
cultivation  continue  to  be  somewhat  primitive.  Of  other 
products  flax  is  grown  in  the  north-west  and  the  west, 
hemp  in  the  central  districts,  and  beetroot  for  sugar  pro- 
duction in  Little  Russia.  The  climate  of  the  Crimea  and 
the  most  southern  districts  is  so  warm  and  genial  that  vines 
are  cultivated  with  success.  The  chief  timber  districts  are 
in  the  north  and  east,  and  in  Poland. 

So  far  as  numbers  are  concerned,  Russia  excels  in  its 
live  stock,  having  great  quantities  of  cattle  (especially  on 
the  Steppes),  and  sheep.  But  in  both  cases  they  are 
mostly  of  inferior  quality.  The  best  cattle  are  in  the 
Baltic  provinces  ;  the  best  sheep  in  the  south. 

Fishing  takes  place  on  the  rivers  and  on  the  greater 
part  of  the  coasts,  but  the  most  valuable  fisheries  are  those 
of  the  Caspian  Sea  and  in  the  White  Sea,  and  off  the 
Norwegian  coast. 

COMMERCE. — Russia  has,  as  compared  with  many 
other  European  countries,  a  fairly  long  coast-line,  but  not 
one  on  the  open  sea.  It  has  several  good  busy  ports, 
among  which  the  following  are  prominent : — St.  Petersburg 


CANADA  159 


and  Riga,  in  the  Baltic,  both  exporting  hemp,  tallow,  grain, 
flax,  timber,  etc.  ;  and  in  the  south  the  great  wheat  port 
Odessa,  and  Taganrog,  which  also  exports  grain  and  oil- 
seeds, etc.  Baku,  on  the  Caspian,  is  largely  devoted  to 
the  export  of  petroleum.  Mutual  communication  is  carried 
on  by  means  of  the  rivers,  which,  when  not  bound  by  ice, 
are  busy  with  heavy  traffic,  as,  for  instance,  timber,  and 
railways,  which  are  best  developed  in  the  south-western 
portion  of  the  empire  and  between  the  Baltic  provinces 
and  the  great  grain  districts  in  the  south.  On  its  European 
frontier  its  principal  import  is  raw  cotton,  and  its  principal 
exports  are  grain  (worth  about  half  its  exports),  flax,  timber, 
sugar,  oil-seeds,  hemp,  petroleum. 

MINING  AND  MANUFACTURES.— The  mineral 
wealth  is  great,  and  will  probably  be  a  source  of  great 
future  prosperity.  In  the  central  district  of  the  Urals  are 
found  most  important  metals,  including  gold;  iron  is  also 
there  in  abundance.  The  main  production  of  coal  takes 
place  in  the  district  round  Moscow,  and  in  the  Donetz 
basin,  where  there  are  also  iron-fields. 

Manufactures,  which  are  still  somewhat  primitive,  take 
place  chiefly  in  the  provinces  of  Moscow,  St.  Petersburg, 
and  Kieff.  Among  the  more  important  are  cotton  and  other 
textile  fabrics,  and  sugar  refining. 


AMERICA 

DOMINION  OF  CANADA  AND  NEWFOUND- 
LAND 

The  Dominion  of  Canada  is  an  enormous  territory, 
comprising  the  whole  of  the  northern  half  of  North  America, 
with  the  exception  of  Alaska,  which  belongs  to  the  United 
States,  and  Newfoundland,  with  its  dependency  Labrador. 
Its  provinces  are  Ontario,  Quebec,  Nova  Scotia,  New 
Brunswick,  British  Columbia,   Prince  Edward  Island,  and 


i6o  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

the  North-West  Territories.  In  consequence  of  its  position 
it  has  access  to  the  sea  on  two  dififerent  sides.  It  may  be 
divided  into  several  districts  with  different  characteristics. 
In  the  east  are  the  eastern  states,  which  are  the  most  for- 
ward and  most  developed  ;  among  these  must  be  included 
the  southern  portions  of  Ontario  and  Quebec.  From 
thence  to  the  Rocky  Mountains  extend  the  great  central 
plateaux  of  Canada,  thickly  wooded  in  many  parts,  and  in 
other  parts  offering  rich  open  lands,  left  clear  by  Nature  or 
cleared  by  man,  eminently  suitable  for  wheat.  The  more 
easterly  of  these,  covering  Manitoba  and  Assiniboine,  are 
particularly  rich.  As  the  Rocky  Mountains  are  approached, 
the  land,  which  has  a  higher  elevation,  becomes  suitable 
rather  for  grazing  than  for  arable  cultivation.  Between  the 
Rocky  Mountains  and  the  Pacific  lies  the  rich,  fertile,  and 
well-watered  district  of  British  Columbia. 

AGRICULTURE  and  Natural  Resources.— For  wheat 
growing  Canada,  and  especially  the  central  portion,  is 
well  fitted.  The  richness  of  the  soil  has  already  been 
spoken  of.  In  addition,  the  climate,  with  a  dry,  cold 
winter,  a  fairly  regular  rainfall,  and  a  hot  summer,  is  most 
favourable.  The  principal  provinces  for  wheat  and  other 
grain  crops  are  Ontario  and  Manitoba,  but  in  Quebec,  New 
Brunswick,  and  elsewhere,  a  good  quantity  is  produced. 
The  home  consumption  is  high,  and  despite  the  fact  that 
about  half  the  population  are  engaged  in,  or  dependent  upon 
farming,  the  average  net  exports  of  grain  are  not  very 
large.  The  largest  export  is  that  of  barley.  Stock  farm- 
ing is  rising  into  importance,  both  cattle  and  sheep  being 
exported  in  increasingly  large  quantities  to  the  United 
States  and  the  United  Kingdom.  Another  proof  of  their 
growth  is  the  large  annual  export  of  cheese  and  butter.  In 
the  North- West  Territories,  particularly  in  Alberta,  horse- 
breeding  promises  to  be  of  importance. 

There  are  two  great  industries  connected  with  the 
natural  resources  of  Canada  which  require  particular  men- 
tion because  of  their  importance  and  size. 

Lumbering  and  the  timber  trade  have  been,  and  still 
are,  a  source  of  much  wealth.     They  prevail  in  all  the  pro- 


Ill 


CANADA 


I6i 


vinces,  with  the  exception  of  Prince  Edward  Island  and 
the  North-West  Territories,  but  especially  in  Ontario,  Quebec, 
and  British  Columbia. 

The  sea  fisheries  are  situated  off  the  coasts  of  Nova 
Scotia,  New  Brunswick,  Prince  Edward  Island,  Quebec, 
and,  in  the  Pacific,  British  Columbia.  In  the  Atlantic  the 
catch  of  cod,  herring,  mackerel,  and  haddock  is  very  valu- 
able, while  from  the  rivers  of  British  Columbia  comes  a 
large  yield  of  salmon.  The  river  and  fresh-water  fisheries 
are  indeed  very  valuable. 

COMMERCE. — The  position  of  Canada  gives  it  a 
double  sea-coast,  a  possession  which  has  become  of  much 
greater  importance  since  the  construction  of  the  Grand 
Trunk  Railway,  and  more  particularly  of  the  Pacific  Railway, 
provided  means  of  transit  from  sea  to  sea.  Of  seaports 
the  most  active  are — on  the  Atlantic,  Halifax  (Nova  Scotia), 
which  exports  fish,  lumber,  and  coals ;  Montreal  and 
Quebec  on  the  St.  Lawrence  ;  St.  John  in  New  Brunswick  ; 
on  the  Pacific,  Victoria,  in  British  Columbia,  which  imports 
general  merchandise,  and  exports  fish,  lumber,  and  coals. 

As  regards  internal  communication  the  water  system 
of  Canada  is  very  conspicuous ;  the  St.  Lawrence.,  with 
the  great  lakes.,  offers  a  line  of  communication  for  over 
2  GOO  miles,  only  one  small  portion  of  which  is  artificial. 
The  Richelieu  and  Lake  Champlain  system  is  also  important. 
Railway  communication  is  good,  the  Canadian  Pacific,  unit- 
ing the  two  coasts  of  the  country  with  its  long  stretch  of 
line,  is  having  important  consequences  in  opening  up  new 
districts.  Next  to  it  ranks  the  Grand  Trmtk,  which  has  its 
lines  in  the  east  and  south-east,  and  connects  Canada  with 
the  United  States  lines  at  Chicago  and  the  Canada  Southern. 

By  these  various  channels  and  outlets  Canada  carries  on 
a  considerable  trade. 


Leading  Imports. 

Woollen  goods. 
Iron  and  steel  goods. 
Sugar. 

Cotton  goods. 
Coal. 


Leading  Exports. 

Timber. 

Animal  products. 
Grain. 


i62  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

MINING  AND  MANUFACTURES.— Nearly  all  the 
coal  at  present  produced  comes  from  the  provinces  of  Nova 
Scotia  (including  Cape  Breton)  and  British  Columbia ;  but 
there  are  large  fields  unworked,  and  but  imperfectly  ex- 
plored, in  the  North-West  Territories.  Iron  is  found  mainly 
in  Nova  Scotia,  where  it  lies  near  the  coal,  and  in  Ontario. 
Of  other  minerals,  gold  and  petroleum  are  the  most  im- 
portant. 

Manufactures  are  still  in  a  backward  condition.  Out- 
side those  which  are  concerned  with  the  conversion  of 
wholly  rough  material  into  partially  manufactured,  as  flour- 
mills,  saw-mills,  etc.,  those  which  do  exist  are  mainly  in 
Ontario  and  Quebec,  where  there  are  some  cotton  and 
woollen.  The  leather  industries  have  attained  their  largest 
development  in  the  city  of  Quebec. 

The  trade  of  Canada  is  done  mainly  with  the  United 
States  and  the  United  Kingdom. 

Newfoundland. — The  trade  and  interests  of  this  island, 
which  has  as  its  dependency  the  barren  Labrador,  are  very 
closely  assimilated  to  those  of  the  Dominion  of  Canada. 
The  most  important  employment  of  its  people  are  the 
fishery  and  its  attendant  occupations. 


THE  UNITED  STATES 

The  United  States  lies  mainly  between  latitudes  30°  to 
45°  north,  and  extends  from  the  Atlantic  to  the  Pacific. 
On  its  eastern  shores  it  has  singularly  g-ood  co7ninunication 
with  the  sea,  for  on  the  more  easterly  portion  of  its  south 
frontier  it  is  bounded  by  the  sea,  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  while 
in  the  north-east  the  line  of  the  great  lakes  (Ontario,  Erie, 
Huron,  Michigan,  Superior)  offers  free  access  to  the  ocean. 
From  the  neighbourhood  of  the  most  western  of  these 
lakes  the  Mississippi  River  runs  in  an  almost  due  southerly 
direction  to  the  Gulf  of  Mexico.  Owing  to  its  breadth, 
and  the  number  and  importance  of  its  tributaries  (on  the 


UNITED  STATES  163 


right  bank,  Missouri,  Arkansas,  Red  River ;  on  the  left, 
Ohio),  water  communication  in  this  part  of  the  country  is 
good.  In  the  east  of  the  States  the  various  ranges  of  the 
Appalachian  Mountains  run  almost  parallel  to  the  line  of 
the  coast ;  in  the  west,  the  Rocky  Mountains,  the  Sierra 
Nevada,  etc.  Between  the  Mississippi  and  the  Rocky 
Mountains  is  the  great  central  and  western  plain.  These 
main  natural  features  coincide  very  closely  with  the  leading 
divisions  into  which  the  various  states  may  be  grouped. 
East  of  the  Mississippi  are  the  New  England  States  (Con- 
necticut, Maine,  Massachusetts,  New  Hampshire,  Rhode 
Island,  Vermont),  and  the  Middle  States  (Delaware,  Mary- 
land, New  Jersey,  New  York,  Pennsylvania,  West  Virginia) 
in  the  north,  and  in  the  south  the  Southern  States  (Louis- 
iana Hes  chiefly  to  the  west  of  the  Mississippi)  ;  between 
the  Mississippi  and  the  Rockies  are  the  Wester?t  States, 
with  which  are  included  the  states  through  which  these 
mountains  run,  while  farther  west  come  the  five  Pacific 
States  (Arizona,  Nevada,  California,  Oregon,  Washington). 
These  divisions  are  very  important.  The  New  England 
and  Middle  States  are  chiefly  manufacturing,  mining,  and 
commercial ;  the  Southern  States  rear  a  fair  quantity  of 
live  stock,  but  are  chiefly  agricultural,  having  as  their  lead- 
ing crops,  not  the  principal  cereals,  but  such  products  as 
cotton,  tobacco,  etc.  Those  of  the  Western  States,  which 
lie  on  the  great  plain,  raise  the  great  wheat  and  maize  crops, 
and  pasture  the  largest  numbers  of  live  stock  ;  those  in  which 
the  mountains  fall  are  important  for  their  mines.  The 
Pacific  States  have  rich  mines,  produce  southern  crops, 
and  also  large  crops  of  the  leading  cereals.  They  are  very 
rich. 

From  this  short  account  it  will  be  seen  that  the  United 
States  have  already  reached  a  condition  of  high  development 
in  many  directions.  Their  immense  extent  affords  them 
a  variety  of  climates,  which  far  exceeds  that  possessed  by 
any  other  nation.  And  when  it  is  remembered  that  the  soil  is 
rich,  and  that  they  possess  in  addition  great  mineral  resources, 
and  are  peopled  by  an  active  and  energetic  population,  their 
future  seems  well  assured.     Alone  among  all  countries  do 


i64  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

they  at  once  manufacture  goods,  and  export  large  quantities 
of  foodstuffs  and  raw  material. 

AGRICULTUHE,  etc. — The  advantages  possessed  by 
the  United  States  for  agricultural  development  are  great. 
With  a  great  variety  of  climate,  allowing  of  a  great  variety 
of  productions,  it  has  on  the  whole  a  climate  temperate  and 
of  such  a  nature  as  to  allow  of  the  successful  cultivation 
of  the  more  valuable  cereals  and  other  great  crops.  The 
winters  are  colder  and  the  summers  hotter  than  those 
experienced  in  the  United  Kingdom.  The  average  rainfall 
is  sufficient.  The  soil  is  good^  and  the  vast  tracts  of  land 
in  the  central  and  central  western  portion  enable  the  culti- 
vators to  raise  crops  with  comparatively  light  cultivation. 
This  is  shown  by  the  low  yield  to  the  acre  (p.  37).  The 
general  tendency  of  cultivation  has  been  to  proceed  west- 
ward (p.  40),  and  to  resort  to  new  and  fresh  lands.  In  the 
south  and  west  of  the  central  district  are  the  great  cattle 
plains.  The  com  crops  are  raised  partly  for  home  con- 
sumption and  partly  for  export.  In  1893  the  leading  wheat 
states  were  Dakota,  Ohio,  Indiana,  California,  Minnesota, 
and  after  these  come  Kansas,  Michigan,  Pennsylvania, 
Missouri,  and  Illinois.  Maize,  the  cereal  which  in  the 
United  States  bears  the  title  of  corn,  is  grown  very  exten- 
sively and  very  successfully ;  the  states  engaged  in  its  pro- 
duction being,  in  order  of  importance,  Iowa,  Illinois, 
Missouri,  Nebraska,  and  Kansas.  Indiana  and  Ohio  are 
also  very  important.  In  1893  the  total  value  of  the  maize 
crop  was  some  ^120,000,000;  that  of  the  wheat  crop 
some  ;^4o,ooo,ooo.  Oats  are  also  produced  in  large 
quantities  (in  value  about  ;^3 7,000,000  sterling)  ;  barley 
and  rye  to  a  much  less  extent.  The  hay  harvest  is  of  high 
value,  the  states  most  prominent  in  its  production  being 
Iowa,  Missouri,  Illinois,  and  Minnesota.  It  is,  however, 
fairly  evenly  distributed  throughout  the  entire  country. 
Potatoes  are  cultivated  very  largely,  chiefly  in  the  more 
densely-peopled  states,  as,  for  instance,  New  York.  Among 
the  other  important  crops  are  cotton  and  tobacco.  Cotton 
is  produced  most  largely  in  Texas,  Georgia,  and  Missis- 
sippi,  also   in  Alabama,    Arkansas,   and    South   Georgia ; 


UNITED  STATES 


I6S 


while  most  of  the  other  Southern  States  contribute  to  the 
annual  yield  to  some  extent.  Of  the  total  quantity  pro- 
duced, about  65  per  cent  is  exported.  In  the  culti- 
vation    of     tobacco,      Kentucky,     Virginia,     and     North 

•  Carolina  are  by  far  the  most  important  states,  while  next 
to  them  come  Tennessee,  Pennsylvania,  Wisconsin,  and 
Ohio.  Of  other  products  sugar  is  grown  chiefly  in  Louis- 
iana, the  vine  in   California,  oranges  and  other  southern 

fruits  in  Florida,  while  flax  and  hemp  are  grown  more  in 
the  north.  In  both  the  east  and  the  far  west,  by  the 
Pacific,  are  large  forests,  whence  the  country  continues  to 
derive  its  valuable  supply  of  timber. 

Among  live  stock  cattle  and  sheep  are  the  most  in 
number  and  the  greatest  in  value.  The  western  states 
stand  first,  for  of  the  53,000,000  cattle  (oxen  and  cows), 
35,000,000  are  pastured  on  the  great  grassy  plains  which 
lie  between  the  Mississippi  and  the  Rockies.  Of  the 
45,000,000  sheep,  27,000,000  are  in  these  states.  For 
oxen  the  principal  states  are  Texas,  Iowa,  Kansas,  Mis- 
souri, Nebraska,  New  Mexico  ;  for  sheep,  California,  Texas, 
Ohio,  New  Mexico,  Montana,  Oregon.  Great  numbers  of 
swine  (45,000,000)  are  kept  in  the  United  States,  and 
furnish  it  with  one  of  its  valuable  exports.  They  exist  in 
considerable  quantities  in  most  of  the  southern  and  western 
states,  but  to  the  greatest  extent  in  Iowa,  Missouri,  Illinois, 
Texas,  ^nd  Ohio.  Chicago  and  St.  Louis  are  the  centres 
of  the  bacon,  ham,  and  pork  industries. 

The  fisheries  of  the  United  States  are  of  two  kinds. 
There  is  the  fishing  in  the  great  lakes  and  in  the  rivers, 
more  especially  those  running  into  the  Pacific  (salmon 
fisheries),  which  render  a  fair  yearly  yield,  but  which  do 
not  compare  in  importance  with  the  fishing  off  the  banks 
of  Newfoundland.  This  resembles  that  which  falls  to  the 
share  of  the  Canadians,  though  exceeding  it  in  value. 

MINING  AND  CONDITIONS  OF  MANUFAC- 
TURE.— The  mineral  wealth  of  the  United  States  is 
enormous,  though  as  yet  comparatively  little  developed.  It 
is  particularly  rich  in  those  minerals  which  form  the  basis  of 
a  modem  industrial  country.     Coal  is  worked  mainly  in 


i66  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

two  districts — in  the  Appalachian  ranges,  continuing  into 
Pennsylvania,  and  in  the  district  lying  at  the  head  of  the 
Mississippi  basin.  It  is,  as  yet,  in  the  early  stage  of  de- 
velopment, though  during  recent  years  the  advance  made 
has  been  prodigious,  the  coal  output  having  more  than 
doubled  in  the  last  ten  years.  It  now  (1892)  amounts  to 
160,000,000  tons.  Of  this  amount  88,000,000  tons  are 
produced  in  Pennsylvania.  This  state  has  always  held  a 
very  high  position.  In  several  of  the  southern  states,  and 
especially  in  Alabama,  coal  mining  has  increased  enormously 
during  the  last  decade.  The  same  has  been  the  case  in 
West  Virginia.  In  Illinois,  Ohio,  and  Iowa  a  good  deal  of 
coal  is  found.  Coal  is  also  found  in  Maryland,  Nebraska, 
Missouri,  Tennessee.  But  the  future  prospects  of  coal 
mining  in  the  United  States  seem  illimitable.  Besides 
whole  districts  of  the  Appalachian  range,  as  yet  imperfectly 
worked,  the  coal-fields  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  offer  a 
large  supply.  In  Colorado  mining  is  increasing  most 
rapidly.  In  addition  to  the  force  thus  provided  comes 
that  of  the  natural  gas,  found  mainly  in  Western  Pennsyl- 
vania, round  Pittsburg,  in  North-West  Ohio,  in  Indiana,  and 
in  Western  New  York.  Petroleum  furnishes  another 
great  lighting  power,  the  American  petroleum  fields  being 
among  the  richest  of  the  world  ;  their  only  rivals 
are  in  the  Caspian  district  of  Russia.  In  the  United 
States  petroleum  is  raised  principally  in  Pennsylvania  and 
New  York.  In  Ohio  the  yield  has  been  rapidly  increasing 
since  1885. 

Iron  is  produced  in  many  states,  and  in  several  places  in 
convenient  proximity  to  the  coal.  Taking  the  principal 
states  in  their  order  of  importance,  iron  ore  is  mined  chiefly 
in  Michigan,  Alabama,  Pennsylvania,  New  York,  Minne- 
sota, Wisconsin.  But  the  77iain  smelting  and  production 
of  pig-iron  \.2k.^s  place  in  Pennsylvania,  where  3,500,000 
tons,  or  about  one-half  of  the  total  pig-iron,  is  turned  out. 
The  Lake  Superior  iron  is  brought  to  this  state  by  water, 
the  principal  iron  ore  ports  being  Esconaba  and  Ashland. 
In  both  Alabama  and  Ohio  iron  smelting  is  carried  on  to 
a  considerable  extent. 


UNITED  STATES 


167 


Other  minerals  are  found  in  great  quantities.  Chief 
among  them  are  the  following — copper  (3, 500,000  tons), 
in  the  production  of  which  the  United  States  ranks  high 
among  the  three  copper  countries  of  the  world,  is  produced 
chiefly  in  Michigan  (nearly  2,500,000  tons),  and  also  in 
Montana  and  Arizona.  Lead  is  found  in  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tains, and  also  in  the  Mississippi  valley,  Colorado  and 
Missouri  respectively  leading  the  way.  Zinc  is  found  in 
various  places,  largely  in  Illinois,  Wisconsin,  Kansas.  Tin 
is  found  to  a  considerable  extent  in  South  Dakota  and 
California,  and  also  in  Virginia  and  Wyoming.  In  the 
production  of  quicksilver  the  United  States  occupies  a 
very  high  position,  the  Californian  mines  being  the  chief. 
Among  them  is  the  New  Almaden  mine,  the  largest  in  the 
world  till  the  discovery  of  the  one  at  Idria  in  Austria. 

Gold  is  found  to  the  greatest  extent  in  California,  and 
also  in  Colorado,  Nevada,  Montana,  Dakota,  Idaho,  while 
for  sil\ier  the  states  of  greatest  importance  are  Colorado, 
Montana,  and  Nevada. 

Asphalt  comes  chiefly  from  California  and  Utah. 
Building  stone  is  contained  in  many  places  ;  granite  chiefly 
on  the  east  coast  in  New  England.  Brine  pumping  for 
salt  is  carried  on  to  the  largest  extent  in  Michigan,  New 
York,  Ohio,  and  West  Virginia. 

When  the  energy,  industry,  and  skill  of  the  American 
workmen  are  remembered,  it  is  little  wonder  that  with  great 
mineral  wealth  the  United  States  has  developed  its  manu- 
factures so  rapidly  as  has  been  the  case. 

COMMERCE. —  On  one  coast  the  United  States  is 
engaged  in  a  busy  trade  with  the  countries  of  Europe  and 
Africa  and  some  parts  of  Asia ;  on  the  other  side  with 
Australia  and  parts  of  Asia.  Since  the  opening  of  the  great 
lines  of  communication  the  activity  of  its  various  ports  has 
been  much  increased.  The  coast-line,  particularly  on  the 
east,  is  good,  and  the  ports  numerous  and  busy.  Of  these 
the  principal  are  :  on  the  Atlantic — New  York,  now  the 
most  active  port  in  the  world,  doing  an  immense  general 
export  and  import  trade,  exporting  raw  and  partly  raw 
materials  and  food-stuffs  ;  Boston,  exporting  raw  materials, 


i68  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

woollen  and  cotton  goods,  etc.  ;  Philadelphia  ;  New  Or- 
leans, the  great  cotton  exporting  port ;  Baltimore  ;  Galves- 
ton ;  Savannah  ;  Portland  ;  Mobile.  On  the  Pacific — San 
Francisco,  exporting  gold,  silver,  copper,  wool,  etc.,  and 
importing  manufactures,  rice,  etc. 

The  internal  communication  is  carried  on  by  means  of 
navigable  rivers^  of  which  the  Mississippi  and  its  tributaries 
are  the  most  important,  and  canals  greatly  developed  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  the  great  lakes,  and  railways.  The 
railway  system  is  gigantic,  the  total  length  of  lines  in 
operation  being  over  170,000.  In  the  eastern  states  the 
development  is  high,  numerous  lines  forming  a  network  of 
communication.  Of  equal  importance  are  the  great  trunk 
lines  which  now  cross  the  country  from  east  to  west. 
These  are  now  several  in  number,  and  offer  means  of 
transport  from  most  important  districts  by  very  different 
routes.  Chicago  and  St.  Louis  are  important  railway 
centres  for  the  Pacific  traffic.  , 

In  one  respect  the  com7nerce  ot  the  United  States  has 
been  restricted  by  the  action  of  the  Government,  which,  in 
order  to  protect  certain  home  industries,  has  placed  heavy 
customs  duties  on  the  import  of  foreign  manufactures.  Of 
recent  years  the  tariff  question  has  been  made  a  party  one, 
with  the  result,  it  is  true,  of  occasional  modifications  ;  but  it 
may  be  questioned  if  the  additional  uncertainty  thus  brought 
about  has  not  of  itself  had  serious  effects.  Still  the  wealth 
of  the  country  is  so  great  and  its  productions  so  varied,  that 
interferences,  which  in  other  less  favoured  countries  might 
have  most  disastrous  effects,  do  little  more  than  check  the 
rate  of  its  progress.  They  have,  however,  brought  about 
several  crises. 


Trade  of  the  United  States. 


The  trade  of  the  country  is  great  (1893) — 

Imports ;^i  73,000,000. 

Exports  of  home  produce     ,         -         ;^  166, 000, 000. 


UNITED  STATES 


169 


I 


The  principal  countries  with  which  it  is  carried  on  are 
the  United  Kingdom,  which  takes  about  half  the  exports 
from  the  United  States,  and  contributes  about  one-fifth  of 
its  imports,  Germany,  France,  the  countries  of  Southern  and 
Central  America,  and  the  West  Indies. 


Important  Imports. 

Sugar. 

Coffee. 

Silk  and  silk  goods. 

Wool  and  woollens. 

Chemicals. 

Cottons. 

Iron  goods. 


Important  Exports. 

Bread  stuffs. 

Raw  cotton. 

Meat  and  dairy  produce. 

Timber. 

Iron  goods. 


Manufacturing  Industries. — A  glance  at  the  table  of 
imports  and  exports  shows  us  that  the  United  States,  unlike 
the  United  Kingdom,  does  not  export  manufactured  goods 
in  large  quantities,  and,  unlike  countries  which  are  mainly 
manufacturing,  does  not  rely  upon  foreign  sources  for  such. 
This  is  the  case.  The  manufacturing  industries  are  very 
highly  developed,  but  as  yet  the  rapid  increase  of  the 
population  keeps  pace  with  their  growth,  and  they  are  plied 
mainly  for  the  home  consumption. 

Cotton  Industry. — The  United  States  has  its  raw  cotton 
at  home,  and  all  that  is  necessary  is  to  bring  it  into  the 
industrial  district  where  there  is  coal.  The  chief  home 
of  the  cotton  industries  is  in  the  eastern  states,  and 
principally  in  Massachusetts  round  Lowell,  which  is  often 
called  the  American  Manchester,  and  in  New  Hampshire 
and  Connecticut.  Important  cotton  manufacturing  towns 
are,  in  Massachusetts,  in  addition  to  Lowell,  Fall  River, 
Lawrence,  New  Bedford  ;  in  New  Hampshire,  Manchester ; 
in  Maine,  Beddeford ;  and  Philadelphia  and  New  York. 
Cotton  manufacture  is  on  the  increase  in  the  south  and 
especially  in  Georgia. 

Woollen  Industry. — The  manufacture  of  woollens  is 
carried  on  principally  in  Massachusetts  (Lawrence,  Lowell), 
Connecticut,  Pennsylvania  (Philadelphia),  Rhode  Island 
(Providence),  and  in  New  York  and  Manchester.      Carpets 


I70  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

are  largely  produced  in  Massachusetts,  Pennsylvania,  and 
New  York  States,  while  in  the  two  latter  hosiery  is  actively 
carried  on. 

The  silk  industry  is  carried  on  in  the  cities  of  New  York, 
Philadelphia,  and  Hartford  in  Connecticut.  Boots  and 
shoes  in  New  York,  Philadelphia,  Haverhill,  Brockton, 
San  Francisco,  and  Cincinnati. 

Iron  Industry. — The  iron  industry  is  carried  on  mainly 
in  Western  Pennsylvania,  where  Pittsburg  is  the  leading 
iron  town.  The  ore  is  partly  raised  in  the  neighbourhood, 
partly  brought  from  the  rich  fields  by  Lake  Superior.  In 
Pittsburg  and  district  there  is  a  most  abundant  supply  of 
power.  The  coal-fields  are  very  rich  and  the  natural  gas 
supplements  the  coal.  In  Pittsburg  metal  industries  are 
carried  on  in  nearly  all  their  branches,  small  iron  and  steel 
goods  and  machinery  being  alike  turned  out  in  great 
quantities.  Iron  and  steel  goods  are  also  produced  in  New 
York,  Paterson,  Baltimore.  Machinery,  in  addition  to  being 
manufactured  in  several  of  the  above  cities,  is  also  produced 
in  the  industrial  centres,  as  Lowell,  Cincinnati,  and  agricul- 
tural machinery  largely  in  the  western  towns. 

For  chemicals  the  most  important  factories  are  in  New 
York,  Pennsylvania,  Massachusetts,  and  New  Jersey. 
The  principal  glass-works  are  in  the  Alleghany  county  of 
Pennsylvania. 


MEXICO 

The  large  resources  which  Mexico  possesses  in  its  mines 
and  soils  are  but  little  developed  owing  to  the  backward 
condition  in  which  the  country  still  is.  Its  differences  of 
climate  are  important  as  they  serve  to  divide  the  country 
into  districts  suitable  for  different  products.  The  climate 
grows  hotter  in  the  south,  but  the  main  differences  in 
temperature  are  the  consequence  of  a  difference  in  average 
altitude.  Taking  both  into  account  Mexico  may  be  separated 
into  three  districts — (i)  The  hot  lands  bordering  the  Gulf 
of  Mexico  and  lying  low.     In  the  south  their  nearness  to 


Ill 


MEXICO 


171 


the  equator  increases  their  heat  and  renders  them  well  fitted 
for  tropical  and  semi-tropical  productions ;  (2)  the  temperate 
lands  which  lie  much  higher  at  a  minimum  elevation  of  3000 
feet ;  (3)  and  still  farther  in  the  interior  the  cold  lands, 
reaching  back  to  the  high  mountain  ranges.  There  is  a 
fair  distribution  of  rain,  excessive  at  times  in  most  parts 
of  the  country  save  the  north-west. 

The  agricultural  wealth  is  great.  In  the  hot  lands 
forest  products  (including  wood  and  cacao)  are  yielded  in 
great  abundance,  and  there  are  crops  of  rice^  indigo^  cotton^ 
and  tobacco^  the  last-named  being  best  cultivated  in  the 
vicinity  of  Vera  Cruz.  In  the  more  temperate  districts,  and 
particularly  in  the  south,  a  good  deal  of  attention  is  paid 
to  the  cultivation  of  maize  and  also  of  wheat  and  barley. 
Hennequen  is  an  important  cultivation  in  Yucatan.  The 
live  stock  are  numerous,  cattle  being,  however,  the  most 
important,  and  finding  their  home  in  the  northern  part  of 
the  country. 

As  to  commerce  Mexico  occupies  a  most  favourable 
position  ;  but  little  more  can  be  said.  Its  ports,  of  which 
Vera  Cruz  on  the  Atlantic  and  Acapulco  on  the  Pacific,  do 
not  do  the  business  they  well  might,  both  in  the  export  of 
the  home  productions  and  in  transit  trade.  It  is  hoped 
that  recent  railway  enterprise  will  produce  great  effect. 
The  trade,  which  certainly  shows  signs  of  increase,  is  carried 
on  to  the  extent  of  nearly  two-thirds  with  the  United  States, 
after  which  ranks  the  United  Kingdom.  Among  its  chief 
exports  fancy  woods,  silver,  hennequen,  etc.,  and  its  imports 
textile  goods,  metal  manufactures,  and  coal,  etc. 

Mining  and  Manufacture. — If  properly  worked  its 
mines  would  be  a  great  source  of  wealth.  Even  now  silver, 
found  chiefly  in  the  district  of  San  Luis  Potosi,  is  one  of  its 
main  products.  It  has  also  large  stores  of  copper.  Of  coal 
there  is  very  little.  Owing  to  this  want,  and  to  the  backward 
condition  of  the  country,  manufactures  in  the  European  sense 
can  hardly  be  said  to  exist. 


172  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 


CENTRAL  AMERICAN  STATES 

With  the  exception  of  British  Honduras,  these  are  all 
republics,  Guatemala,  Salvador,  Honduras,  Nicaragua, 
and  Costa  Rica. 

In  climate  and  conditions  of  production  they  resemble 
the  southern  part  of  Mexico,  for  the  low-lying  land  along 
the  coast  is  unhealthy  and  extremely  fertile.  Tropical 
productions  are  yielded  most  richly,  the  most  important 
product  being  the  coffee  of  Costa  Rica,  but  of  fancy  and 
dye-woods,  rubber,  sugar,  and  cacao  there  is  a  most 
abundant  supply. 

The  projected  canal  through  Nicaragua,  if  successfully 
carried  to  a  conclusion,  will  no  doubt  do  much  to  assist  the 
development  of  these  countries  out  of  their  present  backward 
condition. 


THE  WEST  INDIES 

With  the  exception  of  Hayti,  divided  into  two  negro 
republics,  the  West  Indies  are  the  colonial  possessions  of 
the  United  Kingdom,  Spain,  France,  Holland.  Of  these 
the  United  Kingdom  holds  by  far  the  most  important  place, 
having  as  its  possessions  Jamaica,  Trinidad,  Barbadoes, 
the  Bahamas,  and  a  great  number  of  smaller  islands. 
Prominent  among  the  colonies  of  Spain  is  Cuba. 

The  climate  is  tropical,  though,  being  moderated  by  the 
trade-winds  and  the  constant  exposure  to  the  sea  breezes, 
it  is  in  most  cases  healthy. 

For  a  long  time  the  one  valuable  product  was  the  sugar- 
cane, the  cultivation  of  which  afiforded  occupation  for  the 
inhabitants  of  nearly  all  the  islands  ;  but  now,  owing  to  the 
competition  of  European  beetroot  sugar,  etc.,  to  the  want 
of  enterprise  of  the  planters,  and  the  indolence  of  the 
emancipated  negroes,  it  is  by  no  means  so  great  a  source 
of  wealth  as  formerly.  Jamaica,  Trinidad,  and  Barbadoes, 
together   with    other   of   the   islands,    still    produce   large 


Ill  SOUTH  AMERICA  173 

quantities.  Molasses  and  rum  are  also  very  profitable.  In 
addition  there  have  been  several  attempts  made  to  develop 
coffee  plantations,  an  enterprise  which  is  yearly  gaining 
ground,  while  spices,  arrowroot,  forest  products,  add  to  the 
natural  wealth  of  these  islands.  Trinidad  has  large  deposits 
oi  pitch. 

The  island  of  Cuba,  with  its  capital  Havana,  holds  an 
almost  unique  position  in  the  tobacco  trade.  It  yields 
some  of  the  finest  tobacco  in  the  world,  and  so  famous  are 
its  cigars  that  the  title  of  Havana  is  often  usurped  by 
cigars  which  come  from  other  quarters.  In  addition  the 
sugar-cane  is  widely  cultivated  in  Cuba. 


THE  REPUBLICS  OP  SOUTH  AMERICA 

In  the  case  of  South  America  the  position  and  con- 
figuration of  the  country  have  notable  results.  It  lies  with 
its  two  sides  exposed  to  the  trade-winds,  and  with  a  range 
of  mountains,  at  some  places  a  double,  at  others  even  a 
triple  range,  running  along  its  base,  with  a  narrow  strip  of 
land  between  them  and  the  sea.  The  winds,  striking  the 
coast,  and  forced  upward  by  the  slight  neighbouring  hills, 
sweep  over  the  land  till  they  meet  the  giant  chains  of  the 
Andes,  which  drain  them  of  the  moisture  they  bring  from  the 
ocean.  From  the  Andes  stream  the  great  rivers  which  are 
so  important  to  South  America.  On  the  other  side  of  the 
Andes  is  a  plain  without  much  rain,  and  in  some  places  a 
desert.      In  the  extreme  south  is  Patagonia. 

The  river  system  is  the  most  extensive  of  any  continent. 
As  very  many  of  them  are  navigable  their  aid  in  the 
development  of  the  country  is  great.  Falling  into  the 
sea,  in  the  north  are  the  following :  In  Venezuela^  the 
Orinoco  (navigable  for  1000  miles),  which,  with  its 
tributaries,  on  the  right  the  Apaure,  on  the  left  bank  the 
Caura  and  others,  provides  the  country  with  a  regular 
system  of  communication.  In  Brazil  (a)  the  Amazon, 
two-thirds    of  which    lie    in    Brazil,    and    which,    with    its 


174  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

tributaries,  offers  some  6000  miles  of  communication.  Its 
chief  tributaries  are,  on  the  left  the  lea,  Japure,  Nigro, 
Jamunda  ;  on  the  right  bank  the  Purus,  Madeira,  Tapajoz, 
and  Xingu,  these  two  latter  being  much  impeded  in  their 
course,  {b)  Araguara  and  Tocantins,  both  navigable,  but 
not  of  great  use.  {c)  San  Francisco  running  into  the  sea 
at  Penedo.  Running  south  are,  in  Brazil,  and  flowing  out 
through  the  Argentine,  the  Paraguay,  and  Parana ;  in 
Uruguay  and  the  Argentine,  the  Uruguay. 

South  America  consists  of  thirteen  countries^  of  which 
three — British,  French,  and  Dutch  Guiana — are  colonies 
belonging  to  European  countries,  and  ten — Brazil,  Uruguay, 
Argentine,  Paraguay,  Chili,  Peru,  Bolivia,  Ecuador, 
Colombia,  Venezuela — are  republics.  In  these  latter,  with 
the  exception  of  Brazil,  the  language  of  the  country  is 
Spanish.      In  Brazil  it  is  Portuguese. 

The  most  important  countries,  or  groups  of  countries, 
are  Brazil,  the  Argentine  Republic  and  Uruguay,  Chili, 
Peru,  and  Venezuela. 

BRAZIL  is  the  largest  and  the  leading  country  in  South 
America.  Its  main  wealth  lies  in  its  7iatural  resources^ 
which  are  extremely  rich.  It  has  forest  products  in  an 
abundant  degree,  and  offers  also  great  advantages  to  the 
cultivation  of  certain  products.  Its  climate  is  varied,  and 
it  is  divided  among  the  three  zones,  tropical,  sub-tropical, 
and  temperate. 

Agricultural  products.  —  The  chief  productions  of 
Brazil  are  as  follows  :  Coffee,  the  most  conspicuous  of  all, 
for  Brazil  supplies  about  one-half  of  the  total  production  of 
the  world.  It  is  grown  in  three  districts,  the  most  important 
of  which  lies  round  Rio  and  San  Paulo  ;  the  other  two 
being  the  districts  respectively  of  Bahia  and  Maranhao 
with  Ceara.  Sugar  is  chiefly  cultivated  near  the  coast 
from  Bahia  to  Ceara,  but  also  in  the  north  of  Rio.  Cotton 
production  takes  place  in  the  provinces  of  Bahia  and 
Sergipe,  in  the  province  of  Parana,  and  also  in  Minas 
Geraes,  where  some  manufacture  takes  place.  Rubber 
comes  in  large  quantities  from  the  valley  of  the  Amazon  in 
the  province  of  Para.     Skins  are  exported  from  the  grazing 


ARGENTINE  175 


lands  of  Rio  Grande  do  Sul,  where  the  German  colonists 
have  reared  large  flocks  of  cattle.  Tobacco  from  various 
districts,  but  mainly  from  Bahia. 

Commerce.  —  So  far  as  its  commerce  is  concerned 
Brazil  possesses  some  good  ports^  the  best  of  v^hich  is  the 
fine  harbour  of  Rio  ;  others,  which  are  important,  being 
Santos,  Bahia,  Pernambuco,  and  Para.  Its  railway 
developjnent  is  as  yet  slight.  The  railways  are  constructed 
principally  for  two  purposes  :  Firstly,  as  auxiliary  to  the 
lines  of  river  communication  ;  and,  secondly,  locally,  as  the 
lines  running  into  the  country  immediately  surrounding 
leading  ports,  as  Rio,  Santos,  Bahia. 

As  yet  the  country  is  undeveloped,  but  the  lack  of  good 
and  easily  worked  coal  seems  to  preclude  much  industrial 
development. 

The  main  direction  of  its  commerce  before  the  dis- 
turbances brought  about  by  recent  war  was  towards  the 
United  Kingdom,  France,  and  Germany. 

THE  ARGENTINE  REPUBLIC  AND  URUGUAY— 
These  two  countries  are  very  different  from  Brazil  in  the 
nature  of  their  leading  occupations  and  productions. 
Uruguay  finds  its  main  employment  in  pastoral  pursuits. 
These  are  prominent,  too,  in  the  Argentine,  where,  however, 
agriculture  is  also  highly  developed.  In  the  Argentine  the 
wheat  and,  maize  crops  are  very  important  for  home 
consumption  and  export,  both  being  most  productively 
cultivated  in  the  provinces  of  Buenos  Ayres  and  Santa  Fd. 
Cordoba,  Tecuman,  and  Salta  have  attained  a  high  position 
in  this  respect.  In  Tecuman  the  cultivation  of  the  sugar- 
cane has  been  successfully  undertaken.  In  its  pastoral 
pursuits  sheep  hold  the  first  place,  the  Argentine  possessing 
more  sheep  than  any  country,  save  Australia  (p.  196,  etc.). 
By  far  the  largest  number  of  its  sheep  are  in  the  province 
of  Buenos  Ayres.  Of  cattle  there  are  many,  their  number 
being  placed  at  some  18,000,000.  They  are  much  reared 
for  the  purpose  of  slaughter  at  the  Saladeros,  where  their 
meat  and  hides  are  salted.  The  trade  in  prepared  meats 
and  meat  extracts  is  becoming  a  large  one.  The  Argentine 
Republic  has   good  harbours  both  in  the   rivers  and  the 


176  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

estuary  of  the  La  Plata  (the  capital  of  Buenos  Ayres)  and 
on  the  sea  Bahia  Blanca.  Its  communication  by  rail  is 
already  good,  and  much  care  is  taken  for  its  further 
improvement.  Many  of  the  manufactured  goods  in  use, 
and  nearly  the  whole  of  its  railway  plant  and  machinery,  is 
imported  from  the  United  Kingdom,  which  has  a  great 
deal  of  capital  invested  in  the  various  Argentine  under- 
takings. In  Uruguay  pastoral  occupations  are  all 
important,  and  among  them  cattle  farmi7tg  (6,000,000 
cattle)  is  most  prominent,  furnishing  a  great  number  of  the 
inhabitants  with  employment  either  connected  with  their 
keeping  or  with  the  preparation  of  their  products  when 
slaughtered.  At  Fray  Bentos  are  the  celebrated  Liebig 
works.  The  country  is  more  undulating  and  better  wooded 
than  is  the  Argentine.  It  possesses  fair  harbourage  in 
the  neighbourhood  of  its  capital  Monte  Video,  which  is  the 
centre  of  the  railway  system. 

CHILI  is  a  long  slip  of  land  nowhere  broader  than  160 
miles.  In  the  north  is  the  celebrated  desert  of  Atacama, 
whence  the  nitrates  are  brought  chiefly  through  the  port  of 
Iquique.  In  the  centre  round  Valparaiso,  and  especially  to 
its  south,  there  is  a  fertile  district  where  wheat  is  produced. 
A  large  amount  of  copper  is  produced  in  this  district  (the 
capital),  and  largely  exported  from  Valparaiso,  the  capital 
and  leading  seaport.  Coal  is  also  worked  in  the  north. 
Chili  carries  on  a  fairly  large  trade  with  European  countries, 
the  United  Kingdom  being  by  far  the  most  prominent. 
Unlike  most  of  the  other  South  American  states  its  main 
wealth  consists  in  the  products  of  its  mines.  Its  most 
important  exports  are  nitre,  copper,  wheat,  tin,  silver,  and 
wood.  As  a  natural  consequence  its  future  prospects  are 
more  equally  divided  between  agriculture,  mining,  com- 
merce, and  manufacture  than  is  the  case  in  either  Brazil  or 
the  Argentine. 

PERU  is  of  less  comparative  importance  than  the  fore- 
going. Its  agricultural  resources  are  great,  and  from  the 
forests  in  the  interior  come  various  products,  as  rubber  and 
spices,  etc.  Of  late  years  its  sugar  production  has  grown 
considerably,  and  together  with  raw  cotton  forms  an  im- 


VENEZUELA 


177 


portant  part  of  its  exports.  Its  mines ^  still  very  rich,  are 
little  worked  owing  largely  to  their  lack  of  accessibility 
and  the  cost  of  transport. 

BOLIVIA,  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Peru,  contains  the 
celebrated  mines  of  Potosi.  At  present  the  country  is  very 
poorly  developed. 

PARAGUAY  in  the  interior  between  Bolivia,  the 
Argentine,  and  Brazil,  is  of  no  present  importance,  com- 
munication with  it  is  difficult,  and  as  yet  it  remains  crippled 
from  its  disastrous  war  with  Brazil. 

ECUADOR  AND  COLOMBIA  partake  of  like  char- 
acteristics. In  both  the  mountain  ranges  of  the  Andes  are 
conspicuous  features,  and  in  both  the  cool  and  healthy 
tablelands  contrast  with  the  hot  and  moist  sea-coast  plains. 
They  both  yield  large  quantities  of  forest  products  which 
enter  conspicuously  into  their  exports.  In  the  mountain 
regions  there  is,  or  is  supposed  to  be,  considerable  mineral 
wealthy  but,  as  yet,  little  has  been  done  towards  its  working. 
Colombia  has  some  additional  importance  from  its  most 
northerly  portion,  the  Isthi7ius  of  Panama,  across  which, 
and  in  the  neighbourhood  of  which,  a  fair  amount  of  trade 
takes  place.  Had  the  Panama  Canal  been  carried  to  its 
completion,  it  would  have  done  a  great  deal  towards  the 
development  of  the  country.  The  chief  exports  from 
Colombia:  forest  products,  including  timber  and  dye- 
woods,  Peruvian  bark,  cocoa  and  rubber,  coffee  and  cotton. 

VENEZUELA  is  the  country  of  the  basin  of  the  Orinoco. 
As  such  it  possesses  a  highly  navigable  way  for  the 
products  of  its  rich  agricultural  and  forest  land.  Like  the 
preceding  countries  it  suffers  from  the  supineness  of  its 
people,  though  during  recent  years  more  progress  has  been 
made.  In  the  most  northerly. district  lie  the  Andes,  where 
there  is  much  prospect  of  future  mineral  wealth,  but  this 
northern  zone  is  the  one  chiefly  devoted  to  agricultural 
products,  amongst  which  coffee  is  very  important.  The 
country  round,  mainly  to  the  south  of  the  Orinoco,  is  the 
district  where  live  stock  is  pastured,  while  in  the  extreme 
south  are  the  rich  forests.  In  the  east  as  mineral  products 
the  gold  of  Callao  and  copper  are  valuable. 

N 


178  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

THE    GUIANA    COLONIES.— British  Guiana,  with 

its  capital  Georgetown  on  the  Demerara,  is  mainly  important 
for  the  cultivation  of  the  su£-ar-ca.ne  and  the  export  of  sugar. 
Dutch  Guiana  yields  sugar,  cacao,  and  coffee,  and  has  been 
busy  in  developing  its  gold-fields.  French  Guiana  is  a 
convict  settlement  and  the  most  unfavourably  situated  of  the 
Guianas. 


ASIA 
TURKEY  IN  ASIA,  ARABIA,  PERSIA 

So  naturally  fertile  is  the  soil  of  ASIA  MINOR,  and  so 
favourable  its  climate  for  agriculture,  that,  despite  the  un- 
fortunate condition  in  which  it,  in  common  with  other 
Turkish  dominions,  finds  itself,  the  annual  harvests  are  of 
great  value.  Grain  is  grown  widely,  the  cultivation  of 
barley  being  of  particular  importance,  large  quantities 
entering  into  trade.  Southern  fruits  are  another  important 
product,  and  raisins  from  the  Levant  bear  a  high  value. 
Dye-stuffs^  as  madder,  valonia,  etc.,  tobacco^  opiutn^  cottony 
are  all  grown  and  all  capable  of  much  greater  development. 
Silk  is  largely  produced.  In  other  departments  the  country 
is  very  backward  ;  its  mineral  wealth  remains  undeveloped, 
and  its  manufactures  have  suffered  an  absolute  decline. 

The  foreign  trade  is  almost  entirely  in  the  hands  of 
foreigners,  the  principal  port  being  Smyrna,  lying  on  the 
Gulf  of  Smyrna,  and  joined  by  railways  with  the  interior. 

AEABIA  carries  on  a  very  small  trade  with  the  outside 
world.  Of  its  productions  the  most  noteworthy  is  coffee, 
which  is,  however,  of  small  commercial  importance.  Only 
a  comparatively  small  portion  of  Arabia  is  fertile,  large 
districts  in  the  interior  being  bare  and  affording  little  but 
scanty  pasturage. 

PERSIA  is  becomingacountry  of  more  importance,  owing 
to    the  reforms   and   changes    in   process   of   introduction. 


Ill  ASIATIC  RUSSIA  179 

There  is  a  large  yield  of  grain,  fruits,  rice,  etc.,  and  in 
addition  certain  of  the  valuable  products  are  carefully 
cultivated.  Opium  is  a  rapidly  growing  export,  and  is  sent 
both  to  the  United  Kingdom  and  to  China.  Silk  is  a 
valuable  product. 


ASIATIC  RUSSIA 

The  Russian  dominions  comprise  about  one-third  of  Asia. 
They  may  be  treated  of  in  three  divisions : — Caucasus, 
which  lies  partly  in  Europe,  partly  in  Asia,  Siberia,  and 
Central  Asia.     Each  of  these  have  their  importance. 

CAUCASUS. — In  this  large  division  there  are  sources  of 
great  wealth  and  prosperity.  The  North  Caucasus  is  a  rich 
agricultural  district,  the  provinces  of  Kaubau  and  Stavropol 
holding  a  high  position  for  wheat  growing.  On  the  whole 
it  is  a  well-watered  region.  Its  main  wealth,  however,  lies 
in  its  mineral  possessions, — silver,  lead,  and  other  metals 
being  found  in  the  ranges  of  the  Caucasus.  But  more 
important  still  is  the  production  of  petroleum,  which  takes 
place  in  the  trans -Caucasian  districts  lying  between  the 
Black  and  the  Caspian  Seas.  The  output  is  increasing 
rapidly  {cf.  p.  99).  Tiflis,  the  capital  of  the  district,  lies  in 
good  communication  with  the  ports^  the  Batoum-Tiflis-Baku 
Railway  passing  through.  This  line  has  been  of  great 
importance  for  the  petroleum  export,  though  in  a  short  time 
a  great  deal  of  the  oil  will  be  conveyed  to  Baku  by  a  pipe. 
Coal  and  salt  are  also  found. 

SIBERIA  has  districts  of  very  different  character.  In  the 
north  the  bitter  and  unfriendly  climate  prevents  cultivation, 
whereas  in  the  south  there  are  all  the  conditions  needed  for 
successful  agriculture.  The  main  products  of  the  north  are 
timber  and  furs,  and  even  these  have  not  been  successfully 
developed  owing  to  lack  of  good  com^nunication.  This  want 
will  be  very  effectually  remedied  when  the  great  Siberian 
railway  terminating  in  Vladivostok  is  completed.  But  the 
greatest  wealth,  of  Siberia  lies  in  the  mines.  From  the 
Urals  come  gold  and  copper  in  large  quantities.     There  are 


i8o  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

most  extensive  deposits  of  iron  and  coal  in  the  neighbourhood 
of  the  Altai  Mountains,  and  this  district  will,  it  is  supposed, 
prove  one  of  the  richest  mining  centres  in  the  world. 

The  CENTRAL  ASIATIC  DOMINIONS  are  also  of 
high  value.  Here  the  main  occupations  are  as  yet  pastoral 
and  agricultural,  cotton,  tobacco,  and  wine  being  produced 
among  other  commodities,  but  Turkestan  is  said  to  possess 
good  coal  and  iron. 

The  Russian  dominions  are,  save  so  far  as  the  petroleum 
of  the  Caucasus  is  concerned,  rather  important  for  their 
promise  of  future  wealth  than  for  their  present  products. 
At  the  present  every  effort  is  being  made  to  stimulate  their 
industries  and  commerce.  Railways  are  being  extended, 
roads  made,  etc. 


BRITISH  INDIA  AND  CEYLON 

INDIA,  which  is  in  shape  an  irregular  triangle  extending 
into  the  sea,  is  bounded  on  its  base  in  the  north  by  lofty 
mountain  ranges  known  most  generally  as  the  Himalayas, 
though  strictly  speaking  there  are  several  different  ranges 
with  distinctive  names.  This  lofty  barrier  not  only  has 
great  climatic  influences,  but  it  affords  the  protection  of  a 
mountain  frontier  pregnable  only  by  means  of  certain  and 
few  passes ;  of  these  the  most  important  are  the  Bolan  and 
the  Khyber  passes. 

The  country  can  be  separated  into  several  well-marked 
divisions,  each  with  distinctive  characteristics  in  condition 
and  product.  Thus  in  the  north  are  the  Himalayas  with 
their  many  mountain  valleys.  To  the  south  of  this 
mountainous  district  lies  the  Plain  of  the  Great  Rivers, 
well  watered  by  the  many  streams  and  rivers  which  take 
their  rise  in  the  mountains.  The  three  great  rivers  of  India 
proper  are  the  Indus,  the  Brahmapootra,  and  the  Ganges. 
In  British  Burmah  is  the  Irrawadi.  Both  the  Indus  and 
the  Brahmapootra  take  their  rise  in  the  north  side  of  the 
mountains.  The  Brah7napootra  flowing  east  and  then  south 
passes  through  Assam  and  empties  itself  near  the  mouth  of 


Ill  BRITISH  INDIA  AND  CEYLON  i8i 

the  Ganges.  The  Indus,  flowing  westward  and  then  south, 
is  joined  by  the  five  rivers  of  the  Punjab — Jhelum,  Chenab, 
Ravi,  Bias,  and  Sutlej — and  flows  into  the  Arabian  Sea.  The 
Ganges,  the  great  fertihser  of  the  greater  of  the  plains,  has 
many  and  important  tributaries,  while  cities  of  great  note 
are  situated  on  its  banks,  as  Calcutta,  Patna,  Benares, 
Allahabad.  These  rivers  with  their  tributaries  present  an 
extensive  means  of  communication  and  transport.  The 
Indus  is  navigable  for  some  900  miles,  and  receives  con- 
siderable traffic  from  its  tributaries.  The  Brahmapootra 
bears  the  trade  of  East  Bengal  and  Assam.  The  Ganges  is 
navigable  in  some  degree  as  soon  as  it  reaches  the  plains, 
and  by  light  steamer  to  Cawnpore.  Of  its  tributaries  the 
Jumna,  on  which  are  Agra  and  Delhi,  is  the  greatest.  The 
Plain  of  the  Rivers  is  divisible  into  two,  that  of  the  Ganges 
and  that  of  the  Indus.  It  is  bounded  on  the  south  by  the 
Vindhya  and  Satpura  Mountains. 

The  next  division  is  the  tableland  of  India.  It  again 
falls  into  two  plateaux,  very  closely  connected  in  character- 
istics and  productions — the  old  kingdom  of  Malwa  and  the 
Deccan.  The  Deccan  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  the 
ranges  separating  it  from  the  Great  Plain,  in  the  east  and 
west  respectively  by  the  Eastern  and  Western  Ghats,  and 
at  the  southernmost  point  by  the  Nilgiri  Hills. 

Between  each  range  of  the  Ghats  and  the  sea  is  a  narrow 
strip  of  coast-land. 

Burmah  consists  of  four  main  divisions,  the  plain  of  the 
delta  of  the  Irrawadi,  and  the  valleys  respectively  of  the 
Irrawadi,  Saluen,  and  the  Mekong. 

AG-RICULTURE  is  the  great  employment  of  the  people 
of  British  India.  It  has  been  estimated  that  about  three- 
quarters  of  the  population  are  dependent  directly  upon  the 
cultivation,  while  in  all  probability  nine-tenths  are  dependent 
upon  it  more  or  less.  The  soil  varies  very  greatly,  but  taking 
into  account  the  difference  of  soil  required  for  the  different 
productions  it  may  be  said  that  it  is  on  the  whole  rich  and 
fertile.  It  varies  from  the  light  sands  of  Scinde,  the  delta 
swamps  and  the  stony  clays  of  the  Punjab,  to  the  black 
cotton  soil  of  the  Deccan.     The  climate,  however,  in  point 


1 82  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

of  moisture  is  by  no  means  so  propitious.  The  rains  are 
heavy  but  uncertain.  The  north-west  monsoon  blowing 
across  India  deposits  some  of  its  moisture  on  the  west  side 
of  the  Western  Ghat,  but  sweeps  in  the  main  over  the  Great 
Plain  to  the  Himalayas.  Thus  the  rainfall  is  most  constant 
and  assured  in  Assam  and  Lower  Burmah,  in  the  deltas  of 
the  Bay  of  Bengal.  This  irregularity  and  uncertainty  in 
the  rainfall  which  was  a  cause  of  famine,  would  still  occasion 
disaster  and  be  a  great  drawback  to  the  welfare  of  the 
country  were  it  not  for  the  system  of  irrigation.  Here 
Government  action,  by  the  construction  of  irrigation  canals, 
has  supplemented  native  efforts.  How  necessary  irrigation 
is  is  shown  by  the  large  proportion  of  land  under  irrigation 
to  the  total  cultivated  in  certain  districts,  as  for  instance  in 
Scinde,  and  in  the  next  degree  in  the  North-West  Provinces, 
Punjab,  and  Madras.  The  main  efforts  of  the  people  are 
directed  to  the  cultivation  of  the  three  great  food-stuffs — 
millets,  rice,  and  wheat.  Millets  are  on  the  whole  the 
staple  food-stuflC  of  India,  being  grown  in  nearly  every 
province,  but  most  largely  in  Bombay,  Scinde,  Mysore, 
Madras.  They  are  grown  even  in  the  good  wheat  provinces, 
as  the  Central  Provinces,  the  North-West  Provinces,  and 
the  Punjab.  Bice,  on  the  other  hand,  requiring  as  it  does 
very  particular  condition  (much  moisture),  is  a  very  local 
crop,  though  where  grown  it  is  most  important,  and  forms 
the  food  of  the  surrounding  population.  Probably  one- 
third  of  the  people  are  rice -eating.  It  is  grown  most 
advantageously  in  the  valley  of  the  Ganges,  where  it 
nourishes  a  dense  population.  In  Bengal  and  Assam  the 
proportion  of  rice-eating  people  to  the  total  population  is 
high.  On  the  other  hand  rice  is  very  little  cultivated  in 
Bombay,  Punjab,  and  North-West  Provinces.  It  is 
grown  in  Madras.  Rice  for  export  is  chiefly  produced  in  and 
about  the  delta  of  the  Irrawadi.  Wheat  as  a  rule  grows  in 
the  provinces  or  parts  of  provinces  where  rice  does  not. 
Thus  the  provinces  where  it  has  assumed  the  greatest 
importance  as  a  crop  are  the  North-West  Provinces,  Behar, 
Punjab,  Central  Provinces,  and  West  Bengal.  It  is  a  very  im- 
portant export.      Of  other  agricultural  productions  the  most 


Ill  BRITISH  INDIA  AND  CEYLON  183 

important  are  :  cotton,  grown  on  the  black  cotton  soil  of  the 
Deccan,  in  Behar,  and  in  Madras  in  the  district  round 
Bellary  ;  jute,  the  cultivation  of  which  is  mainly  confined 
to  North  and  East  Bengal ;  indigo,  chiefly  grown  in  Behar, 
North-East  Madras,  and  Punjab ;  opium,  in  the  Ganges 
valley  round  Patna  and  Benares,  and  in  the  old  kingdom  of 
Malwa.  Coffee  is  grown  on  the  slopes  of  the  Nilgiri  Hills 
and  in  Mysore,  tea  mainly  in  Assam.  Oil-seeds  are  a  large 
product,  mainly  in  Bengal.  In  Burmah  there  is  a  consider- 
able production  of  rice,  in  addition  to  which  forest  products 
(spices  and  gums,  etc.)  are  valuable.  In  Ceylon  the  coffee 
plantations  are  yielding  to  tea,  the  cultivation  of  which  is 
assuming  comparatively  large  proportions.  Teak  is  a  valu- 
able product  in  Burmah. 

The  live  stock,  though  moderately  numerous  and  yielding 
an  export  in  the  form  of  hides,  are  usually  of  a  poor  quality. 
Cattle  are  reared  with  results  somewhat  better  than  elsewhere 
in  North- West  Provinces,  Punjab,  Oudh,  Central  Provinces, 
Madras,  and  some  parts  of  Bombay.  Sheep  are  not  a  source 
of  great  profit.      The  greatest  number  are  in  Madras. 

COMMERCE. — The  commerce  of  India  is  great.  In 
addition  to  its  own  trade,  which  is  large,  a  certain  amount 
of  transit  trade  passes  through  some  of  her  ports,  in  par- 
ticular through  Calcutta,  between  Europe  and  the  Straits 
Settlements,  Malay  Archipelago,  etc.  Of  her  ports,  the 
chief  3,re — Bombay,  importing  coal,  iron,  textiles,  etc.,  and 
exporting  wheat,  oil-seeds,  opium,  etc.  ;  Calcutta,  zjnporting 
salt,  coal,  iron,  textiles,  etc.,  and  exporting  cotton,  rice,  dye- 
stuffs,  oil-seeds,  etc.  ;  Kurachi,  importing  metals,  etc.,  and 
exporting  salt,  rice,  hides,  etc.  Other  ports  are — Madras, 
Chittagong,  Coconada,  Tuticorin. 

Internal  communication  is  to  some  extent  provided 
by  rivers  and  canals  so  far  as  the  Plain  of  the  Rivers  is 
concerned.  Some  of  the  latter  serve  the  twofold  objects 
of  navigation  and  irrigation.  The  railways  have  been  laid 
down  with  the  aim  of  extending  trade,  and  of  facilitating 
military  defence.  A  good  example  of  this  is  offered  by  the 
Bengal  Najpur  and  Najpiir  Bombay  (Great  Indian  Penin- 
sula) lines,  which  pass  through  a  very  rich  wheat  district, 


i84  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

join  the  two  chief  commercial  cities,  and  will  be  of  great 
military  use.  Other  lines  are  the  East  Indian,  from  Cal- 
cutta to  Delhi,  the  Eastern  Bengal,  the  Northern  Bengal, 
Madras  line,  communicating  by  its  main  line  with  the 
Grand  Indian  Peninsula.  These,  however,  are  but  a  few 
of  the  hues,  for  the  activity  of  the  State,  together  with 
private  enterprise,  has  stimulated  a  high  development  of 
the  means  of  communication. 

The  Trade  of  British  India  is  very  great.  The  foreign 
trade  by  land  has  been  reckoned  at  about  ;^8,ooo,ooo  in 
value,  of  which  a  large  portion  is  with  Nepal.  But  it 
sinks  into  insignificance  by  the  side  of  the  sea-borne  trade, 
which,  reckoned  in  tens  of  rupees,  is  in  value  170,000,000. 

Leading  Imports.  Leading  Exports. 

Cotton  goods.  Grain  and  pnlse. 

Metal  and  metal  goods.  Raw  cotton. 

Machinery  and  railway  plant.  Opium. 

Oil-seeds. 

Cotton  goods  and  yarn. 

Raw  jute. 

Tea. 

MINING  AND  MANUFACTURES.— The  coal  produc- 
tion of  India  takes  place  mainly  in  the  district  of  Raniganj, 
some  little  distance  from  Calcutta.  The  working  of  these 
pits  has  been  developed  of  recent  years.  In  addition  some 
coal  for  railway  purposes  is  raised  in  the  Central  Provinces. 
Elsewhere  coal,  if  worked  at  all,  is  worked  on  a  very  small 
scale  ;  although  it  is  estimated  that  the  area  of  deposits  in 
India  is  large,  it  is  impossible  to  speak  with  any  amount  of 
assurance.  Coal  to  the  value  of  over  ;^  1,000,000  is  im- 
ported, for  both  Bombay  and  Madras  have  to  be  supplied 
with  English  coal.  Iron  exists  in  large  amounts  and  in 
good  quality,  but  its  production  is  hindered  by  lack  of  coal, 
or  by  the  poor  quality  of  the  native  coal  where  such  can 
be  obtained.  Of  other  metals,  copper  and  lead  are  found 
chiefly  in  the  Himalayas,  tin  mainly  in  Burmah.  Petro- 
leum is  also  found  in  Burmah  and   in  Assam.      Salt  is 


Ill         INDIA  AND  THE  MALAY  ARCHIPELAGO         185 

obtained  both  by  evaporation  and  by  mining  in  the  won- 
derful salt  hills  of  the  Punjab. 

Despite  the  want  of  good  fuel,  one  main  branch  of 
manufacture  has  grown  to  considerable  proportions.  In 
the  neighbourhood  of  Bombay  the  large  home  yield  of  raw 
cotton  has  been  used  for  starting  home  manufactures 
at  first  of  yarn^  and  latterly  also  of  piece  goods.  These 
are  used  for  home  consumption,  and  also  exported  to  the 
further  east  (as  China),  where  British  India  is  proving  a 
serious  rival  to  the  United  Kingdom  so  far  as  yarns  and 
certain  classes  of  goods  are  concerned. 

Of  the  foreign  trade  of  British  India,  more  than  one-half 
is  carried  on  with  the  United  Kingdom  ;  the  next  most  im- 
portant country  being  China,  with  nearly  one-eighth. 


FURTHER  INDIA  AND  THE  MALAY 
ARCHIPELAGO 

Beyond  Bumiah,  now  wholly  an  English  possession,  lie 
several  other  countries.  In  the  Indo-Chinese  peninsula 
there  are  Siam,  Lower  Siam  running  down  the  Malay 
Peninsula,  the  French  colony  of  Cochin  China,  and  cer- 
tain other  states,  some  of  which  are  in  a  position  of  de- 
pendence upon  France.  The  climate  of  these  countries  is 
tropical,  and  their  products  those  which  might  be  expected 
from  countries  lying  in  such  a  position  and  as  yet  in  a  back- 
ward condition.  Rice  is  produced  very  largely,  furnishing 
at  once  the  staple  food  of  the  country  and  an  important 
export.  Forest  products,  as  teak,  indigo,  etc.,  are  found  in 
considerable  amounts  and  exported;  in  the  case  of  Siam 
chiefly  from  Bangkok,  the  capital,  on  the  river  Menam ; 
in  the  case  of  Cochin-China,  from  Saigon. 

Of  much  greater  importance  for  commerce  are  The 
Straits  Settlements,  belonging  to  the  United  Kingdom, 
and  situated  on  the  western  side  and  to  the  south  of  the 
Malay    Peninsula.        Penang,    Wellesley    Province,    and 


i86  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

Malacca  contribute  certain  products,  as  tapioca,  but  the 
great  importance  lies  in  the  commercial  activity  of  Singa- 
pore, which  lies  on  an  island  of  that  name  at  the  very  south 
of  the  peninsula.  It  is  a  busy  emporium  and  port  of 
transit.  It  holds  a  central  position  between  British  India 
and  the  far  East,  and  goods  passing  from  this  latter  quarter 
to  the  former,  or  to  Europe,  pass  through  Singapore,  form- 
ing as  it  were  a  steady,  endless  stream.  At  Singapore  are 
collected  for  despatch  the  miscellaneous  products  of  the 
neighbouring  regions  and  the  Malay  Archipelago. 

The  Malay  Archipelago  is  the  title  given  to  the  many 
islands  lying  south-eastward  of  the  Asiatic  continent. 
The  more  important  of  them  are  Borneo^  Sumatra,  Celebes, 
Java  (all,  with  exception  of  part  of  Borneo,  belonging  to 
Holland),  the  Philippines  (Spanish),  Moluccas  (Dutch). 
Part  of  Borneo  is  British.  The  Dutch  East  Indies  pro- 
duce large  quantities  of  tropical  articles  for  the  European 
markets.  From  Java,  the  most  forward,  comes  coffee,  of 
great  value,  and  sugar,  this  latter  being  especially  important 
in  its  trade  with  the  United  Kingdom.  The  islands  of 
Banca  and  Billiton,  off  the  coast  of  Sumatra,  export  tin 
from  their  rich  mines.  From  the  Moluccas  come  important 
spices.  In  Borneo  there  is  a  good  store  of  mineral  pro- 
ducts in  addition  to  other  sources  of  wealth.  The  Philip- 
pines yield  hemp,  sugar,  rice,  coffee,  and,  in  particular, 
tobacco,  exported  mainly  from  Manilla. 


CHINA 

The  empire  of  China,  vast  though  its  area  and  great 
though  its  population  (400,000,000),  does  not  hold  a  com- 
mercial or  industrial  position  at  all  commensurate  with  its 
size.  This  largely  arises  from  the  rigidness  with  which  it 
has  resisted  the  habits  and  customs  of  other  nations, 
and  from  the  fact  that  in  most  parts  of  the  kingdom  the 
sole  occupation  is  a  backward  agriculture. 


CHINA  187 


Agriculture  is,  indeed,  the  main  employment.  In  the 
more  northerly  districts  wheat  and  millets  are  grown,  but  in 
the  south,  where  the  population  is  densest,  rice  is  the  chief 
crop  and  the  staple  food.  It  is  grown  for  home  consump- 
tion and  not  for  export.  There  are,  however,  two  products 
which  have  an  importance  for  China  in  the  markets  of 
other  countries — silk  and  tea.  Silk  is  produced  widely,  as 
the  range  of  the  mulberry  tree  in  China  is  wide  ;  but  the 
best  comes  from  the  provinces  of  Kuangtung  and  Che- 
Chiang.  Tea  was  once  almost  a  monopoly  product  of 
China,  which  even  now,  though  deprived  of  certain  mar- 
kets by  the  competition  of  Indian  tea,  is  the  most  im- 
portant tea  -  producing  country.  The  production  of  tea 
takes  place  in  the  south-western  provinces.  Much  of  the 
soil  of  China  is  rich  and  fertile,  but  none  more  so  than  the 
great  yellow-earth  plain  through  which  the  Hoang-ho  finds 
its  way  to  the  sea. 

In  mining  wealth  China  is  rich,  though  as  yet  but  little 
has  been  done  to  develop  its  stores  of  coal^  believed  to  be 
enormous,  and  of  other  minerals.  The  industries  plied 
are  chiefly  hand  industries,  and  mostly  of  a  distinctively 
Eastern  nature,  including  ivory  carving,  lacquer,  and  the 
manufacture  of  earthenware  (china)  of  a  very  delicate 
kind. 

For  commerce  China  possesses  the  advantage  of  a 
good  system  of  internal  water  commujiication.  Its  four 
great  rivers — the  Yang-tsi-kiang,  Hoang-ho,  Si-kiang,  and 
the  Pei-ho — are  all  navigable,  and  by  means  of  tributaries 
and  canals  afford  a  means  of  transport,  etc.,  throughout 
the  country.  Foreign  commerce,  long  discouraged,  is  now 
carried  on  through  the  treaty  ports,  of  which  the  chief  are, 
Shanghai,  Canton,  Foochow,  Hankow,  Amoy,  Swatow, 
Pakhoi. 

Leading  Imports.  Leading  Exports. 

Cotton  goods.  Silk. 

Opium.  Tea. 

Metal  goods. 

Of  its  trade,  by  far  the  largest  amount  is  carried  on 


i88  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

with  the  United  Kingdom  and  the  British  Colonies,  espe- 
cially India. 

Hong-Kong,  of  much  importance  to  the  United  King- 
dom in  its  China  trade,  lies  at  the  mouth  of  the  Canton 
River. 


JAPAN 

In  striking  contrast  with  China,  Japan  has  been  of 
recent  years  singularly  open  to  foreign  influences.  It  has 
aimed  at  reconstructing  its  life,  both  social  and  industrial, 
on  European  models,  and  has  introduced  important  changes 
in  very  many  directions.  But  the  effect  of  these  is,  of 
course,  restricted  to  a  limited  area  ;  and  the  greater  part 
of  the  islands  still  remains  dependent  on  agricultural  pur- 
suits. The  climate  is  temperate  and  the  natural  features 
varied. 

In  agriculture  the  most  important  crop  is  that  of  rice, 
after  which  come  rye,  barley,  and  wheat.  Both  sugar  and 
tea  are  objects  of  careful  cultivation,  the  latter  forming  a 
valuable  export.  Cattle  and  horses  are  the  principal  live 
stock.  The  fisheries  off  the  coast  yield  a  considerable 
supply  of  food,  and  employ  a  great  number  of  people. 
Attempts  have  been  and  are  being  made  to  develop  the 
mining  resources  of  the  country.  Coal  is  actively  mined, 
but  as  yet  little  progress  has  been  made  in  the  production 
of  iron.  Owing  to  the  possession  of  coal,  and  the  new 
enterprise  in  the  country,  branches  of  European  industry 
are  being  introduced,  chief  among  them  being  the  manu- 
facture of  cotton  yarn.  Silk  and  other  textiles  are  also 
produced. 

The  internal  commerce  is  carried  on  by  means  of 
roads  and  railways,  which  are  being  rapidly  extended. 
Most  of  the  foreign  trade  passes  through  Yokohama,  about 
one-fourth  being  with  the  United  Kingdom.  The  chief 
imports  are  cotton  goods,  sugar,  woollens,  metals,  and 
the  chief  exports  raw  silk,  silk  goods,  tea. 


Ill  ALGERIA,  TUNIS,  MOROCCO  189 


AFRICA 
ALGERIA,  TUNIS,  MOROOOO 

On  the  south-west  shores  of  the  Mediterranean  are 
three  states  whose  development,  mainly  agricultural,  has 
proved  of  some  considerable  value  to  the  trade  and  industry 
of  the  world. 

ALGERIA,  which  is  the  most  important  of  these,  is  the 
most  prominent  of  the  dependencies  belonging  to  France. 
It  is  regarded  rather  as  a  detached  province  than  as  a  colony. 
The  advantages  it  possesses  consist  in  its  beautiful  climate 
and  its  fertile  soil.  Despite  these,  it  is  only  of  recent  years 
that  it  has  made  much  progress.  At  present  it  is  chiefly 
agricultural.  Regular  cultivation  is,  however,  confined  to 
the  tracts  lying  between  the  Greater  Atlas  and  the  sea,  and 
even  in  this  district  there  is  much  desert  and  barren  land. 
In  the  neighbourhood  of  the  Lesser  Atlas,  and  in  many 
parts  of  the  coast  plain,  large  crops  of  wheat  and  barley 
are  raised,  which  form  a  large  item  in  the  exports  into 
France.  Southern  fruits,  and  especially  the  vine  and  the 
olive,  are  cultivated  with  success.  An  important  product 
and  export  is  esparto  grass,  which  grows  with  very  little 
trouble,  and  is  sent  largely  to  England  for  the  paper 
industry.  Flax  and  vines  are  valuable.  The  live  stock  is 
large  for  the  size  of  the  country — sheep,  which  furnish  very 
good  wool,  being  the  most  conspicuous. 

As  yet,  mining  is  but  little  developed.  The  most 
important  mineral  produced  in  any  quantity  is  iron. 
Owing  to  the  position  it  holds  in  the  neighbourhood  of 
France,  and  to  its  want  of  coal,  it  is  not  likely  that  manu- 
factures will  become  of  much  importance. 

The  trade  is  carried  on  chiefly  through  Algiers,  which 
is  a  good  port,  and  has  the  best  railway  communication 


I90  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

with  the  interior  of  the  country.  The  main  commerce  is 
with  France^  to  which  country  go  7nore  than  four-fifths  of 
its  exports,  the  chief  articles  being  grain,  wines,  animals, 
wool,  etc.  From  France  it  receives  about  a  like  proportion 
of  its  imports,  most  being  in  the  shape  of  manufactured 
goods.  Its  most  important  exports  to  the  United  Kingdom 
are  esparto  and  other  paper-making  fibres. 

TUNIS  is  a  French  protectorate.  Though  not  so  highly 
developed  as  the  foregoing  country  it  is  naturally  more 
fertile,  raising  and  exporting  grain  and  olive  oil.  Like 
Algeria  it  sends  esparto  grass  to  the  United  Kingdom. 
The  capital  is  Tunis,  which  is  the  principal  commercial 
centre,  and  is  connected  by  railway  with  the  port,  Goletta. 

MOROCCO. — The  nature  of  the  development  of  Morocco 
is  very  similar  to  that  of  the  two  foregoing  countries,  the 
leading  exports  being  beans,  barley,  and  wool.  Though 
there  are  supposed  to  be  stores  of  minerals,  mining  has  not 
been  developed,  and  manufactures,  in  the  European  sense  of 
the  word,  do  not  exist.  Of  the  foreign  trade,  which  is 
mainly  conducted  through  Tangier  and  Mogador,  the 
greater  portion  is  with  the  United  Kingdom. 


EGYPT 

Of  all  the  countries  in  the  north  of  Africa  Egypt  is  the 
one  of  the  greatest  importance.  Since  its  administration 
by  English  advisers  its  prosperity  has  greatly  increased, 
and  though  nominally  a  Turkish  dependency',  the  pre- 
dominant and  active  influence  is  English. 

Agriculture  is  the  great  mainstay  of  the  people,  some 
70  per  cent  of  the  total  population  being  directly  engaged 
in  it.  But  the  district  in  which  cultivation  is  possible  is 
but  a  small  part  of  the  whole  area.  To  the  statement  that 
Egypt  has  two  features,  the  Desert  and  the  Nile,  it  must 
be  added  that  it  is  only  in  the  neighbourhood  and  by  the 
assistance  of  the  latter  that  agriculture  of  any  importance  is 


EGYPT 


191 


possible.  The  best  agricultural  districts  are  the  Nile  delta 
in  Lower  Egypt,  and  the  land  close  to  the  stream  in  Upper 
Egypt.  The  importance  of  the  Nile  is  twofold  :  firstly,  it 
gives  the  moisture  which  is  needed,  and  which  the  land 
derives  not  from  rainfalls,  but  from  the  rising  of  the  river, 
which  is  due  to  the  rains  more  than  a  thousand  miles  away  ; 
secondly,  it  brings  fertilising  ingredients  which  it  mixes 
with  the  light  sandy  soil  over  which  it  pours  its  flood.  To 
increase  the  agricultural  cultivation  of  Egypt  means  to 
improve  and  develop  the  irrigation  of  the  country,  to 
make  the  water  supply  more  continuous,  and  to  prevent 
great  flooding,  which  would  destroy  certain  of  its  crops,  e.g. 
cotton  and  sugar,  as  it  occurs  just  at  the  season  when  these 
would  be  in  growth. 

The  crops  which  occupy  most  space  are  wheat  and 
maize,  both  of  which  are  yielded  abundantly.  After  these 
come  clover,  cotton,  beans,  barley,  etc.  Rice  is  grown,  as 
also  the  sugar-cane,  to  a  considerable  extent.  Cotton  and 
sugar  are  particularly  favoured  by  the  warm  dry  climate, 
together  with  the  artificial  moisture  which  is  supplied  to 
them  according  to  their  requirements.  Cotton,  grain,  and 
sugar  are  the  most  important  products  for  the  trade  of  the 
country,  raw  cotton  forming  nearly  three-fourths  of  the  total 
exports,  i.e.  about  ^9,000,000  out  of  some  ^14,500,000. 
In  addition  the  export  of  cotton  seed  bears  a  value  of 
about  ;!{^i,5oo,ooo.  The  cotton  and  sugar  harvests  are  in 
October  and  November.  With  the  improvements  which 
are  being  made,  it  is  probable  that  the  position  which 
Egypt  holds  in  the  cotton  market  will  be  considerably 
improved.     Tobacco  may  become  an  important  product. 

The  internal  trade  of  the  country  takes  place  partly  by 
means  of  the  Nile,  which  at  some  seasons  of  the  year  offers 
a  very  good  navigable  channel,  and  partly  over  the  railways 
which  have  been  extended  (about  1250  miles),  and  the 
activity  of  which  has  increased  greatly  of  recent  years. 
Most  of  the  foreign  trade  passes  through  Alexandria, 
which  is  a  very  busy  port,  exporting  corn,  cotton,  wool,  and 
rice,  and  importing  cotton  and  other  textile  goods,  timber, 
coal,  and  hardware.     Of  the  trade  by  far  the  larger  share 


192  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

is  carried  on  with  the  United  Kingdom,  which  takes  about 
three-fourths  of  the  exports,  and  contributes  nearly  two-fifths 
of  the  imports. 

There  is  no  mining  development  in  Egypt,  and  manu- 
factures, with  the  exception  of  the  few  of  local  importance, 
can  hardly  be  said  to  exist. 

The  Suez  Canal,  which  connects  the  Red  Sea  with  the 
Mediterranean,  is  a  feature  of  great  importance  both  in  the 
history  of  Egypt  and  in  the  growth  of  the  Mediterranean 
countries.  Since  its  opening  in  1869  there  has  been  a 
steady  and  latterly  a  rapid  growth  in  the  traffic.  Nearly 
four-fifths  of  the  tonnage  passing  through  the  canal  are 
British.  It  has  thus  largely  facilitated  the  commerce  of 
this  country  and  of  Europe  with  India,  Australia,  and  in 
general  with  the  East.  In  addition  it  has  conferred  much 
benefit  on  the  countries  bordering  on  the  Mediterranean, 
and  led  to  an  increase  of  the  commerce  entering  the  Italian 
and  French  Mediterranean  ports.  Lastly,  it  has  not  been 
without  salutary  results  on  the  industry  and  commerce  of 
Egypt,  which  has  thus  been  provided  with  a  position  on 
one  of  the  great  highways  of  trade. 


SOUTH  AFRICA 

The  main,  and  by  far  the  most  important  countries  in 
South  Africa  are  those  belonging  to  the  United  Kingdom. 
In  addition  to  these  there  are  the  two  Dutch  Republics  of 
the  Orange  Free  State  and  the  Transvaal,  the  undeveloped 
territories  belonging  to  Germany  on  the  west,  and  to  Portugal 
on  the  east. 


BRITISH   SOUTH    AFRICA 

The  British  domains  comprise  the  Cape  Colony,  much 
the  most  valuable  possession  in  South  Africa,  the  colony  of 


Ill  BRITISH  SOUTH  AFRICA  193 

Natal,  and  the  large  territories  of  British  Bechuanaland, 
etc.,  which  stretch  far  into  the  interior,  and  as  yet  yield 
but  little,  though  offering  undoubted  promise  of  future 
development. 

The  CAPE  COLONY  and  NATAL.— The  land  of  these 
colonies  falls  into  three  divisions :  The  coas^-/and  sloping  down 
to  the  sea  with  a  warm  and  often  a  moist  climate  ;  in  Natal 
this  part  is  almost  tropical  in  its  development.  Beyond 
comes  the  middle  district^  with  a  much  more  exhilarating, 
and,  on  the  whole,  a  dry  climate,  gradually  rising  in  height. 
Lastly,  the  high  inland  district^  known  in  the  case  of  the 
Cape  as  the  Karoo,  where  the  air  is  excessively  dry,  and 
the  rainfall  very  scarce  and  intermittent.  It  is  by  far  the 
largest  of  the  three  divisions,  and  is  of  great  pastoral 
importance. 

The  agricultural  development  of  the  country  varies  with 
the  characteristics  of  the  divisions  just  enumerated.  In  the 
coast-lands,  and  in  the  lower  midlands  of  the  Cape  Colony, 
grain  crops  are  raised  and  vines  cultivated.  The  grain 
production  in  Natal  takes  place  chiefly  in  the  midlands,  for 
there  the  climate  of  the  coast-lands  is  much  hotter,  and  the 
soil  being  suitable,  there  is  a  fairly  successful  cultivation  of 
sugar,  cotton,  etc.  Cereals  are  cultivated  in  the  districts 
spoken  of  with  considerable  success,  large  quantities  of 
wheat,  barley,  maize,  oats,  etc.,  being  yielded.  Fruit-trees 
needing  a  southern  climate  flourish,  and  there  is  a  good 
yield  of  tobacco.  Wine  is  a  product  of  very  considerable 
value.  Its  production  is  conducted  under  the  most 
favourable  conditions  in  the  province  of  Constantia,  and  in 
the  districts  near  to  it,  and  it  is  probable  that  in  the  future 
wine-making  will  grow  to  be  an  important  industry.  In 
1890  over  4,000,000  gallons  were  produced.  The  wines 
are  exported  as  yet  to  only  a  small  extent.  The  staple  oc- 
cupation of  the  countries  is  not  arable  agriculture  but  sheep- 
farming.  The  Karoo  consists  of  dry  plains,  at  times  very 
bare,  but  covered  with  rich  grass  after  rain.  In  the  Cape 
Colony  there  are  nearly  1 7,000,000  sheep  which  yield  wool 
of  a  very  high  quality.  Natal  possesses  about  1,000,000 
sheep.      In  addition  there  are  a  great  quantity  of  Angora 

O 


194  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

and  other  hair-yielding  goats,  the  number  in  the  Cape 
exceeding  5,000,000.  Cattle  and  horses  are  pastured  to  a 
less  extent.  A  branch  of  live  stock  of  importance  is  the 
ostrich.  Ostrich-farming  at  one  time  was  one  of  the  most 
important  industries.  At  the  present  it  is  far  below  sheep- 
farming  in  value,  the  export  of  feathers  having  declined  to 
about  ;^ 500,000. 

Mining  and  Manufactures. — Coal  is  best  worked  in 
Natal,  in  the  district  of  Newcastle,  whence  it  is  brought 
to  Durban  ;  but  there  are  good  beds  in  various  parts  of 
this  colony,  and  the  general  output  is  rapidly  increasing. 
There  is  a  small  yield  of  coal  at  Cape  Colony.  Copper  is 
found  in  abundance  in  Namaqualand,  and,  owing  to  the 
lack  of  fuel  in  the  Cape  Colony  itself,  is  largely  shipped  to 
South  Wales  for  smelting.  The  diamond  fields  of  Kim- 
berley  have  attracted  a  large  number  of  settlers,  and  the 
diamonds  enter  largely  into  the  exports.  As  yet  manufac- 
tures are  in  a  backward  condition,  owing  partly  to  a  want 
of  convenient  fuel,  but  more  perhaps  to  the  great  profits 
offered  in  other  directions.  Those  which  exist  are  chiefly 
connected  with  the  preparation  of  raw  material,  as  tan- 
neries, breweries,  flour  mills,  etc. 

Trade. — The  trade  of  these  colonies  is  increased  by  the 
goods  which  pass  through  them  to  and  from  the  Dutch 
Republic  and  the  British  possessions  in  the  interior.  The 
mining  and  pastoral  industries  of  both  the  Orange  Free 
State  and  the  Transvaal  have  had  a  stimulating  influence  ; 
more  important  still  have  been  the  results  of  the  gold 
mining  in  the  latter  country  near  Johannesburg.  The 
internal  ineans  of  communication  till  recently  were  very 
poor,  and  even  now  they  require  much  development  before 
transport  can  be  reckoned  even  fairly  easy  and  cheap. 
The  principal  railways  start  from  the  coast  from  Cape  Town, 
Port  Elizabeth,  East  London,  and  in  the  case  of  Natal,  from 
Durban.  From  Cape  Town  to  the  north  (in  connection 
also  with  the  lines  from  Port  Elizabeth  and  East  London), 
runs  the  Northern  line,  extending  through  the  Orange  Free 
State  into  the  Transvaal.  The  foreign  trade  takes  place 
through  the  seaports  already  mentioned. 


AUSTRALIA 


X95 


Leading  Imports  and  Exports  of  Cape  Colony  and  Natal. 

Imports.  Exports. 

Textile  fabrics.  Diamonds. 

Leather  goods.  Wool. 

Iron  and  Machinery.  Ostrich  feathers. 

Hides. 

Goats'  hair. 

Of  the  trade,  by  far  the  largest  amount  is  carried  on  with 
the  United  Kingdom.  In  the  case  of  the  Cape  the  home 
country  nearly  monopolises  the  wool,  hair,  and  animal 
exports. 


AUSTRALASIA 
AUSTRALIA 

The  Australian  continent  is  a  solid,  somewhat  unshapely 
mass,  with  slightly  indented  coast-lines,  having  on  the  one 
side  the  Indian,  on  the  other — the  east — the  Pacific  Ocean. 
A  particular  feature  of  the  east  coast  is  the  Great  Barrier 
Reef  which  for  over  looo  miles  runs  parallel  at  some  50 
miles  distance  from  the  coast.  The  main  and  best  known 
mountain  ranges  are  situated  in  the  south-east  portion  of  the 
continent,  lying  at  some  distance  from  the  coast,  and  form- 
ing a  massive  and  irregular  curve,  which  corresponds  more 
or  less  with  its  outline.  In  Victoria,  the  Grampians  and 
the  Pyrenees  run  south  to  north :  east  to  west  is  the  Divid- 
ing Range.  The  Australian  Alps  lie  just  within  the  borders 
of  New  South  Wales.  This  great  mass  of  high  land,  with 
its  different  ra?iges^  is  the  main  watershed^  and  facing  as  it 
does  to  a  certain  extent  the  moisture-laden  south-west  trade 
wind,  performs  a  most  important  function.  From  it  flow  the 
rivers.     The  land  lying  between  it  and  the  coast  is  on  the 


196  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

whole  the  best  watered,  and  it  is  in  this  district  that  the 
greatest  progress  has  been  as  yet  achieved.  The  rivers 
are  short  and  fairly  rapid,  though  many  of  them  are  im- 
portant and  navigable.  On  the  west  and  north-west  the 
land  slopes  gradually  to  the  interior  through  long  plains, 
the  most  important  of  which  are  the  Darling  Downs.  The 
most  important  rivers  of  the  whole  continent,  the  Darling  2Ln6. 
the  Murray,  flow  through  these  plains,  and  finally  joining, 
find  their  way  into  the  sea  in  South  Australia,  a  little  to 
the  east  of  Adelaide.  These  rivers  are  important  both  for 
navigation  and  for  irrigation,  which  is  now  beginning  to  be 
systematically  extended  through  the  interior  district  of 
Victoria.  The  real  interior  of  the  continent  is  very  rain- 
less, and  offers  but  little  opportunity  for  cultivation.  That 
takes  place  in  those  colonies,  or  in  those  parts  of  the 
colonies  which  are,  though  not  necessarily  on  the  coast, 
still  far  from  the  central  regions. 

NEW  SOUTH  WALES,  the  oldest  and  the  wealthiest 
of  the  Australian  colonies,  lies  on  the  east,  having  Victoria 
on  its  southern  and  Queensland  on  its  northern  frontier. 
Its  natural  resources  are  very  great. 

Agriculture  and  Live  Stock. — Till  quite  recently  little 
attention  in  this  department  was  given  to  anything  but 
sheep-farming  and  the  production  of  wool.  The  number 
of  sheep  exceeds  50,000,000,  and  the  yearly  clip  of  wool 
is  very  heavy.  Owing  to  the  climate  and  the  care  exercised, 
it  holds  the  best  position  in  the  market  as  regards  quality. 
More  recently  wheat-growing  has  been  extended  with  great 
success,  for  the  rich  soils  of  the  valleys  of  the  Murray, 
Murrumbidgee,  and  Lachlan  offer  great  advantages.  The 
one  obstacle,  which  must  be  met  by  irrigation,  is  the  want 
of  moisture.  The  country  round  the  Hunter  River  is  well 
watered.  The  district  of  lUawarra  is  agriculturally  rich. 
Maize  is  widely  cultivated.  In  the  north  of  the  colony 
sugar  is  produced,  and  in  the  south,  chiefly  near  Albany, 
wine  is  most  important ;  their  production  can  be  largely 
increased.  In  the  Illawarra  province  and  in  the  district 
near  the  Hunter  River  dairy  farming  is  being  extended. 

Commerce. — There   are  several  fine  harbours    on  the 


Ill  AUSTRALIA  197 

coast  of  New  South  Wales.  At  present  the  most  forward 
seaports  are  Sydney,  which,  with  its  unsurpassed  harbour, 
does  an  enormous  trade,  its  leading  exports  being  wool, 
tallow,  and  hides  ;  Newcastle,  which  is  at  the  mouth  of  the 
Hunter  River,  and  exports  coal  and  agricultural  produce. 
The  internal  communication  by  road  and  river  is  good,  and 
the  railways  run  from  Sydney  in  the  three  main  directions  ; 
south  to  Albany,  thus  effecting  communication  with  Vic- 
toria, north  via  Newcastle  to  meet  the  Queensland  lines, 
and  into  the  interior. 

Mining  and  Manufacture. — To  its  agricultural  wealth 
and  busy  commerce  New  South  Wales  adds  the  possession 
of  the  more  important  minerals  and  of  gold.  Coal  is  well 
worked  in  the  country  lying  inland  from  Newcastle  (round 
Maitland),  and  in  the  Illawarra  district,  while  the  deposits 
of  iron  in  this  latter  part  are  rich.  It  is  also  found  else- 
where. Copper  and  lead  are  also  found'  The  main  gold- 
fields  are  round  Bathurst,  but  their  yield  has  declined 
during  recent  years.  Manufacture  is  as  yet  little  developed, 
owing  to  the  comparative  ease  with  which  imports  could 
be  procured  from  th€  United  Kingdom.     But  it  is  extending. 

The  chief  trade  (about  one-half)  is  done  with  the 
United  Kingdom,  which  practically  receives  all  the  Aus- 
tralian wool. 

VICTORIA,  the  smallest  of  all  the  five  colonies,  was 
for  some  time  the  wealthiest,  owing  to  its  great  discoveries 
of  gold,  and  the  industries  which  it  called  into  activity. 
In  agriculture  and  pastoral  pursuits  it  occupies  a  high 
position,  though  its  production  of  wool  is  far  under  that  of 
New  South  Whales.  It  grows  good  wheat,  in  quantity  more 
than  sufficient  for  the  home  consumption.  Now  that  atten- 
tion is  being  paid  to  irrigation,  it  seems  probable  that  the 
northern  portion  of  the  colony  will  become  highly  suit- 
able for  a  variety  of  products. 

In  commercial  importance  Victoria  ranks  high,  holding 
a  position  only  a  little  lower  than  that  of  New  South  Wales. 
Its  active  ports  are  on  Port  Phillip  Bay,  where  Geelong  is  situ- 
ated, in  addition  to  Williamstown  and  Port  Melbourne,  the 
two  outlets  of  the  capital.     Melbourne  itself  is  accessible 


198  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part 

to  vessels  of  small  enough  tonnage  to  come  up  the  Yarra. 
Railways  are  well  developed,  and  radiate  from  the  capital. 

Gold  has  been  its  chief  mining  product,  and  is  still  one 
of  the  chief  staples  of  the  colony.  There  are  two  prin- 
cipal districts — Ballarat  and  Sandhurst.  Manufactures  are 
still  in  their  initiatory  stage  ;  and,  unfortunately  for  their 
future,  the  country  is  poor  in  coal  and  iron. 

SOUTH  AUSTRALIA. — In  addition  to  what  may  be 
called  South  Australia  proper,  there  is  attached  to  this  colony 
the  immense  arid  central  and  northern  tracts  through  which 
the  great  telegraph  line  passes.  They  contribute  nothing  to 
the  wealth  of  the  colony,  which,  like  that  of  all  the  other 
colonies,  consists  largely  of  wool.  South  Australia,  how- 
ever, has  two  distinctive  and  valuable  products.  In 
the  plains  of  Adelaide  wheat  of  an  excellent  quality  is 
raised,  while  the  copper  mines  (the  best  are  at  Barra  Barra 
and  Wallaroo)  furnish  a  fairly  important  export.  The  colony 
is  but  little  developed  save  in  its  southern  districts.  Both 
climate  and  soil  are  favourable  to  the  growth  of  the  vine, 
and  wine  is  likely  to  become  one  of  its  more  profitable  pro- 
ducts.    Port  Adelaide  is  the  leading  seaport. 

QUEENSLAND,  lying  as  it  does  to  the  north-east, 
comes  partly  within  the  Tropical  Zone.  It  yields  tropical 
products,  as  sugar  and  maize.  But  more  valuable  than 
these  is  the  wool  of  the  sheep  pastured  on  the  higher 
plains  of  the  interior,  nowhere  with  greater  success  than  on 
the  Darling  Downs,  and  the  gold  found  mainly  in  the 
northern  and  central  gold-fields.  Other  minerals,  including 
coal,  though  existing  in  considerable  quantities,  are  as  yet 
but  little  worked,  with  the  exception  of  copper.  Brisbane 
is  the  capital,  and  it  and  Rockhampton  are  the  chief 
seaports. 

WESTERN  AUSTRALIA,  is  the  most  backward  of  the 
continental  colonies.  Of  recent  years  there  has  been  some 
advance,  owing,  firstly,  to  the  attempts  to  develop  the  agri- 
culture ;  and,  secondly,  to  the  discoveries  of  gold.  It  also 
possesses  large  numbers  of  sheep. 


Ill  TASMANIA  199 


TASMANIA 

This  is  one  of  the  oldest  of  the  Australian  colonies.  It 
is  very  unlike  those  on  the  main  continent,  possessing  a  far 
more  temperate  climate,  and  presenting  a  more  mountainous 
and  more  variously  and  richly- wooded  surface.  Its  agri- 
culture is  also  more  varied  and  more  European  in 
character.  Apart  from  sheep,  which  are  very  important 
here  as  elsewhere,  it  yields  large  amounts  of  fruit,  and 
could,  it  has  been  reckoned,  serve  as  a  magnificent  market 
garden  if  there  were  only  a  large  enough  market  with  a 
large  enough  demand.  Tin  and  copper  are  produced  in 
the  north-west  and  north-east  of  the  island.  Hobart  and 
Launceston  are  the  principal  ports. 


NEW  ZEALAND 

New  Zealand  consists  of  two  islands  very  different  in 
their  main  characteristics.  The  North  Island  is  unusually 
fertile  in  the  north,  while  in  the  remainder  of  the  island 
land  highly  suitable  for  cultivation  ox  pasture  is  interspersed 
among  the  luxuriant  woodlands.  Its  climate  is  warm  and 
exhilarating,  though  in  winter,  more  especially  in  the 
extreme  north,  it  is  wet.  The  South  Island  is  more 
mountainous,  having  parallel  with  its  west  coast  the  mag- 
nificent range  of  Southern  Alps.  Thence  the  land  slopes 
gradually  down  to  the  eastern  shores.  The  winter  is  cold, 
but  the  climate  drier  than  in  the  North  Island.  Its 
resources  are  very  varied.  Sheep  are  a  great  source  of 
wealth,  providing  it  with  exports  of  •wool  and  of  frozen 
mutton.  In  agriculture  it  excels.  Its  wheat  is  exceed- 
ingly good,  especially  so  in  the  North  Island,  where  the 
soil,  rich  with  decomposed  volcanic  matter,  gives  a  much 
higher    average    yield   than    is    the    case    in    continental 


200  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY  part  hi 

Australia.  It  has  a  large  production  of  fruit  and  vege- 
tables. Lastly,  it  has  great  mining  wealth,  which  is  in  the 
process  of  development,  near  Dunedin  in  the  south  and 
in  the  north  of  North  Island.  Coal  is  worked,  and  the 
yield  in  the  north  is  very  good  ;  but  about  the  extent  of 
most  of  its  coal-fields  little  is  known.  Its  chief  towns  are 
Wellington,  the  capital,  Auckland,  and  Dunedin,  the  two 
latter  being  the  most  important  commercial  towns.  Auck- 
land is  its  large  seaport ;  the  trade  of  Dunedin  passes 
through  Port  Chalmers. 


OCEANIA 

The  numerous  groups  of  islands  lying  in  the  Pacific  Sea, 
though  of  growing  importance,  enter  as  yet  but  little  into 
the  commerce  of  the  industrial  trading  world.  Their  chief 
exports,  which  do  not  attain  much  value,  consist  as  a  rule 
rather  of  their  surplus  products  than  of  articles  specially 
produced  for  foreign  markets.  Among  the  more  important 
are  sugar ^  fruits^  copra. 


TABLE 

Showing  the  Principal  Money  in  use  in  important 
Foreign  Countries. 

The  value  in  exchange  varies  from  many  causes.      The  English 
value  given  is  the  par  value. 


Country. 

Foreign  Money, 

English 
Par  Value. 

France 

Franc         .... 
100  Centimes  =  I  Franc. 

9id. 

Germany     . 

Mark          .... 
100  Pfennige=i  Mark. 

IS. 

Belgium 

Franc 
100  Centimes  =  I  Franc. 

9ici. 

Holland      . 

Florin  or  Guilder 

100  Cents  =  I  Florin. 

IS.  8d. 

Austria- Hungary 

Gulden       .... 

100   Kreutzers  =  i  Gulden 

=  2  Krone. 

IS.  8d. 

Switzerland 

The  same  as  France. 

Italy  1. 

Lira 

100  Centimes=i  Lira. 

9id. 

Spain. 

Peseta        .... 
100  Centimos=i  Peseta. 

9icl. 

Portugal 

Milreis       .... 
ioooReis=i  Milreis. 

4s.  5id. 

Norway 

Kronor       . 

100  6re=i  Kronor. 

IS.    I^d. 

Sweden 

Riksdaler  .... 
100  Ore=i  Riksdaler. 

IS.    I^d. 

1  In  Italy  the  use  of  paper  i 

noney  has  led  to  a  depreciation  of 

the  currency. 

Instead  of  25,  between  27  and  : 

8  Lire  are  the  usual  exchange  equiv 

alent  for  J[,\. 

202 


COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY 


Country. 

Foreign  Money. 

English 
Par  Value. 

Denmark     . 

The  same  as  Norway. 

Russia^ 

Silver  Rouble     . 
100    Copecks    =    I    Silver 
Rouble. 

3S.  2d. 

Turkey 

Piastre        .... 
40  Para  =  i  Piastre. 

2i<l. 

Canada 

Dollar        .... 
100  Cents=i  Dollar. 

4s.  2d. 

United  States      . 

Dollar        .... 
100  Cents  =  I  Dollar. 

4s.  2d. 

British  India  2      . 

Rupee        .... 
16  Annas=i  Rupee. 

28. 

China 

100  Cash    .... 

7d. 

Argentine  ' . 

Dollar  (Peso  Nacional) 
100  Centesimi=i  Dollar. 

4s. 

Brazil 

Milreis       .... 
1000  Reis=i  Milreis. 

2S.   3d. 

1  The  paper  rouble  =  2s. 

2  The  fall  in  the  value  of  silver  as  compared  with  that  of  gold  has  caused  a 
continual  fall  in  the  value  of  the  rupee  when  exchanged  into  English  money. 
Its  value,  instead  of  being  as.,  has  sunk  to  below  is.  2d.  (August  1894). 

3  In  both  these  countries  the  existence  of  a  large  issue  of  inconvertible  paper- 
money  renders  the  actual  exchange  equivalent  in  English  money  very  variable, 
and  much  less  than  the  above  quoted  par  value. 


INDEX 


Allspice,  66 
alpaca,  85 
aluminium,  96 
amber,  105 
anchovy,  57 
aniseed,  66 
antimony,  96 
arrowroot,  64 
arsenic,  96 
asphalt,  99 

Barley,  43 

beans,  48 

beer,  69,  70 

bees-wax,  105 

beetroot,   57-59  ;    (France),    132  ; 

(Germany),  143 
bismuth,  96 
bleaching  powder,  102 
brandy,  70 
brewing,  148 
bricks,  103 
butter,  54 

Cacao,  63 

camel's  hair,  85 

camphor,  66,  105 

castor  oil,  loi 

cattle,  49-54 

cement,  103 

cheese,  55 

chemicals  (United  Kingdom),  129 

(Belgium),  140 
chickpea,  48 


China  grass,  85 

China  matting,  105 

cigars,  71 

cinnamon,  65 

cloves,  66 

coal,  86-90;  (United  Kingdom), 
114;  (U.S.A.),  166 

cochineal,  104 

cod,  56 

coffee,  60-61  ;  (Brazil),  174 

coir  fibre,  85 

copper,  93;  (Spain),  155;  (U.S.A.), 
167  ;  (ChiH),  176 

cork,  103 

cotton,  73-79;  (U.S.A.),  164; 
(India),  183  ;  (Egypt),  191 

cotton  manufacture  (United  King- 
dom), 125  - 126  ;  (Germany), 
147;  (U.S.A.),  169 

currants,  65 

Earthenware,  103 
^ggs,  55 
eider-down,  104 
esparto  grass,  102 

Feathers,  104 

figs,  65 

fisheries,  55-57 

flax,  82  ;  (New  Zealand),  85 

furs,  98 

Gin,  70 
ginger,  65 


204 


COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY 


glass,  103 

grain   (Canada),    160;   (U.S.A.), 

164 
guano,  105 
gutta-percha,  100 

Haddock,  56 

hemp,  82  ;  (Manilla),  83 

hennequin,  85 

herring,  56 

hides,  97 

Indigo,  104 

iron,  90-93 ;  (United  Kingdom), 

115 

iron  manufacture  (United  King- 
dom), 128  ;  (Germany),  144  ; 
(U.S.A.),  170 

ivory,  105 

Jute,  83 

Kaolin,  103 

Lac,  ioi 
lard,  67,  ioi 
lead,  94 
leather,  98 
lemons,  65 
lentils,  48 
lignite  v.  coal,  86 
linen,  82 
live  stock,  49-54 
logwood,  104 

Mackerel,  56 
madder,  104 
mahogany,  100 
maize,  44 
manganese,  96 
manures,  105 
marble,  103 
meat,  49-54 
millstones,  103 
mohair,  84 
mustard,  66 

Nickel,  96 
nutmegs,  66 


Oats,  44 
oils,  IOI 
olive  oil,  IOI 
onions,  67 
opium,  66 
oranges,  65 
ostrich  feathers,  104 
oysters,  56 

Palm  oil,  ioi 

Panama  straw  hats,  105 

paper,  102 

paraffin,  99 

peas,  48 

pepper,  65 

petroleum,  98-99  ;  (Russia),  159  ; 

(U.S.A.),  166 
pilchards,  57 
platinum,  96 
porcelain,  103 
potash,  102 
potatoes,  46 

Quercitron,  104 
quicksilver,  96 
quinine,  66 

Raisins,  65 

resins,  loo-ioi 

rice,  46-48  ;  (India),  182  ;  (Siam), 

185 
rosewood,  100 
rubber,  100 
rum,  70 
rushes,  104 
rye,  43 
rye-bread  (Germany),  143 

Saffron,  66 

sago,  64 

salmon,  56 

salt,  63 

sardine,  57 

sheep,  49-54  ;   (Argentine),   175  ; 

(Cape),  193;  (Australia),  196-199 
silk,  83  ;   (China),  187 
silk  manufactures  (France),   137  ; 

(Switzerland),  152  ;  (Italy),  153 


INDEX 


205 


slate,  103 

soap,  102 

soda,  102 

sole,  56 

sorghum,  60 

soya-beans,  48 

spirits,  70 

steel,  92 

stone,  103 

straw,  105 

strychnine,  66 

sugar,  57-60 

sugar-cane  (West  Indies),  172 

sumach,  104 

Tallow,  ioi 
tannin,  97 
tapioca,  64 
tar,  100 
tea,  62,  63  ; 
teak,  100 
timber,     100 . 
(Canada),  161 


(China),  187 

(Norway),     156 


tin,  95 
tobacco,  71 
tunny,  57 
turpentine,  10 1 

Vanilla,  66 
Vicuna,  85 
vinegar,  66 

Whalebone,  105 

wheat,  34-43 

whisky,  71 

whiting,  56 

wine,  67-69  ;  (France),   132-133  ; 

(Spain),  155 
woad,  104 
wool  V.  sheep,  79-82 
woollen     manufactures      (United 

Kingdom),  126-127 

Yeast,  67 
Zinc,  95 


Printed  by  R.  &  R.  Clark,  Edinburgh. 


MACMILLAN'S  ELEMENTARY  COMMERCIAL  CLASS  BOOKS. 

Edited  by  James  Gow,  Litt.D.,  Headmaster  of  the  High  School,  Nottingham. 
Globe  8vo. 

COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY.   By  E.  C.  K.  Conner,  M.A.,  Professor 

of  Political  Economy  in  University  College,  Liverpool. 

THE  HISTORY  OF  COMMERCE  IN  EUROPE.   By  H.  de  B.  Gibbins, 

M.A.,  Oxford  University  Prizeman  in  Political  Economy,  and  Author  of  "  The 
Industrial  History  of  England."     With  Maps.     3s.  6d. 

SPEAKER.— ^' With  this  volume  Dr.  Gow's  proposed  series  of  Elementary 
Commercial  Class  Books  has  made  an  excellent  start." 

TIMES.— ^ K  useful  and  compendious  introduction  to  the  intelligent  study  of 
commercial  history." 

NA  TURE. — "  His  appreciation  of  the  action  of  historical  causes  in  the  develop- 
ment of  commerce  is  excellent ;  and  for  a  general  view  of  commercial  progress  his 
manual  will  be  of  much  service  to  students." 

ATHENj'EUM. — "A  really  interesting  sketch,  accurate  in  its  outlines,  and  not 
loaded  with  details,  exactly  suited  for  use  in  schools  along  with  such  general  histories 
as  Professor  Freeman's  or  Green's." 

COMMERCIAL   ARITHMETIC.      By   S.  Jackson,    M.A.,   formerly 

Post-Master  of  Merton  College,  Oxford  ;  lately  Master  in  the  Nottingham  High 
School  ;  Headmaster  of  Victoria  College,  Congleton.     3s.  6d. 

SCHOOLMASTER. — "As  a  work  of  reference  and  a  guide  to  commercial 
arithmetic  in  its  widest  sense,  we  know  of  nothing  that  is  its  equal.  All  who  aspire  to 
become  proficient  in  the  counting-house  should  get  the  book." 

EDUCATIONAL  NEIVS.—"  No  book  on  arithmetic,  applied  to  practical  com- 
mercial transactions,  at  once  so  thorough-going,  rational,  compendious,  full,  informing, 
and  withal  so  interesting,  has  hitherto  come  under  our  observation." 

JOURNAL  OF  EDUCATION.— "  A  CcLveiully  written  manual  on  a  subject  of 
growing  importance  for  middle-class  schools." 

THE  STUDENT'S  MANUAL  OF  BOOK-KEEPING.  By  J.  Thornton. 

[In  preparation. 
COMMERCIAL  LAW.  By  J.  E.  C.  Munro,  LL.M.,  formerly  Professor 
of  Law  in  the  Owens  College,  Manchester.     3s.  6d. 

EDUCATIONAL  NEIVS.— "The  luminous  lucidity  of  his  stvie,  the  clear 
logicality  of  his  arrangement,  and  the  completeness  of  his  survey,  within  the  limits 
assigned  to  him,  show  that  he  is  master  of  his  subject,  and  mark  his  book  as  a  successful 
endeavour  to  make  commercial  education  a  living  reality." 

LAW  JOURNAL. — "The  book  is  clearly  written  and  arranged,  and  in  the  space 
of  less  than  200  pages  combines  an  astonishing  mass  of  information." 

SA  TURDA  V  REVIEW.— "Mr.  Munro's  selection  has  been  judicious,  and  if  the 
students  attending  lectures  on  mercantile  law  become  thoroughly  familiar  with  all  those 
he  sets  before  them,  it  will  do  them  nothing  but  good." 

MERCANTILE  GUARDIAN.— '\A  very  full  index  is  added,  which  completes 
a  most  valuable  addition  to  the  commercial  library." 

INTRODUCTION  TO  COMMERCIAL  GERMAN.     By  F.  Coverley 

Smi,th,    B.A.,    Assistant   Master   in   the   High   School,   Nottingham,  formerly 
Scholar  of  Magdalene  College,  Cambridge.     3s.  6d. 
L  YCE  UM. — "  One  of  the  most  useful  and  practical  of  the  many  German  grammars 
which  have  been  provided  for  the  use  of  our  schoolboys.  ...  It  is  a  book  which  we  can 
heartily  commend." 

EDUCA  TIONAL  NEWS.—"  For  those  who  desire  to  teach  or  to  learn  German 
for  commercial  purposes,  we  have  as  yet  seen  no  book  so  simple,  so  fitly  furnished,  and 
so  rational  in  plan." 

COMMERCIAL  FRENCH.  By  James  B.  Payne,  King's  College  School, 

London.  [/» preparation. 

COMMERCIAL    SPANISH.      By  Leon    Delbos,   M.A.,   Instructor, 

H.M.S.  Britannia.     3s.  6d. 

MACMILLAN  AND  CO.,  LONDON. 


MACMILLAN'S    GEOGRAPHICAL    SERIES. 

Edited  by  Sir  ARCHIBALD  GEIKIE,  F.R.S., 

Director-General  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  the  United  Kingdom. 

THE  TEACHING  OF  GEOGRAPHY.     A  Practical  Hand- 
book for  the  use  of  Teachers.     By  Sir  A.  Geikie,  F.R.S.     Globe 
8vo.     2S. 
TIMES. — "The    book  is  written  with  Mr.   Geikie 's  well-known  fluency  and 
eloquence,  and  will  be  read  with  profit  and  pleasure  by  any  one." 

AN  ELEMENTARY  CLASS-BOOK  OF  GENERAL  GEO- 
GRAPHY.   By  Hugh  Robert  Mill,  D.Sc,  F.R.S.E.,  Librarian 
of  the  Royal  Geographical  Society.    With  Illustrations.    Crown  8vo. 
3s.  6d. 
JOURNAL  OF  EDUCATION.— "VfG  can  recommend  it  to  teachers  as  a 

valuable  help." 

GEOGRAPHY  OF  EUROPE.    By  James  Sime,  M.A.   With 
Illustrations.     Globe  8vo.     3s. 
UNIVERSITY  CORRESPONDENT.—"  Mr.   Sime's  book  is  worthy  of  its 
place  in  this  admirable  series.     The  whole  treatment  is  fresh  and  suggestive." 

GEOGRAPHY  OF  THE  BRITISH  ISLES.  By  Sir 
Archibald  Geikie,  F.R.S.     Pot  8vo.     is. 

A  THENMUM.—^'^  h.  favourable  specimen  of  what  a  book  of  this  type  should  be. 
It  is  surprising  how  large  an  amount  of  information  and  what  variety  of  matter  the 
author  has  succeeded  in  crowding  into  127  very  small  pages  without  rendering  his 
little  book  repellent." 

AN  ELEMENTARY  GEOGRAPHY  OF  THE  BRITISH 
COLONIES.  By  G.  M.  Dawson  and  A.  Sutherland.  Globe 
8vo.     3s. 

A  THENMUM.—"  Strikes  us  as  being  excellent." 

AN  ELEMENTARY  GEOGRAPHY  OF  INDIA,  BURMA, 
AND  CEYLON.     By  H.  F.  Blanford,  F.R.S.     With  Illustra- 
tions.    Globe  8vo.     2s.  6d. 
ACADEMY. — "The  first  portion  of  the  book,  treating  of  India  generally,  is  a 

model  of  clear  exposition,  and  is  made  as  interesting  as  the  character  of  the  subject 

permits." 

MAPS  AND  MAP  DRAWING.  By  W.  A.  Elderton. 
Pot  8vo.     IS. 

MORNING  POST.—"  A  useful  book  to  those  students  who  have  an  elementary 
knowledge  of  geometry,  and  the  use  of  the  more  conunon  mathematical  instruments." 

THE  ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL  ATLAS.     With  24  Maps^^ 
in  Colours,  specially  designed  to  illustrate  all  Elementary  Text-v 
Books  of  Geography.  By  John  Bartholomew,  F.R.G.S.  4to.   is. 

GUARDIAN. — "  The  shilling  Elementary  School  Atlas,  which  we  have  received 
from  Messrs.  Macmillan  and  Co.,  is  almost  a  model  of  judicious  selection  and 
arrangement. " 

MACMILLAN  AND  CO..  LONDON. 


o 


r^ 

K 

lo 
^ 


4. 


Or, 


o 


UNIVERSITY  OF  TORONTO 
LIBRARY 


Do    not 
re  move 
the   card 
from   this 
Pocket. 


Acme   Library   Card   Pocket 

Under  Pat.  "  Ref.  Index  File." 
Made  by  LIBRARY  BUREAU